United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Air and Radiation
Washington, DC 20460
Region 9
San Francisco, CA 94105
 450/2-89-020
September 1990
Air
Transportation  Control  Measure:
State  Implementation  Plan  Guidance

-------

-------
                          Revised Final Report

                TRANSPORTATION CONTROL MEASURES:
               STATE IMPLEMENTATION PLAN GUIDANCE

                         Work Assignment No. 39
                         Contract No. 68-02-4393

                             SYSAPP-90/OS4

                             September 1990
                               Prepared for

                   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     Region IX, Air and Toxics Division
                           75 Hawthorne Street
                      San Francisco, California 94105

                   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                 Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
                      Air Quality Management Division
                Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711

                                   and

                     Pacific Environmental Services, Inc.
                           1905 Chapel Hill Road
                       Durham, North Carolina 27707

                                Prepared by

                            Douglas S. Eisinger 2
                            Elizabeth A. Deakirj
                             Lenna A. Mahoney
                              Ralph E. Morris l
                              Robert G. Ireson
1 Systems Applications, Inc.
  101 Lucas Valley Road
  San Rafael, California 94903
                                            Institute of Transportation Studies
                                            109 McLaughlin Hall
                                            University of California
                                            Berkeley, California 94720
P9«tO

-------

-------
                           NOTICE
Funding for this report has been provided by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.  The report has been
subjected t$» the agency's peer and administrative review,  and
it has been approved for publication as an EPA document.
Mention of trade names or commercial products does not
constitute an endorsement.

This guidance document was issued as Congress debated
amendments to the Clean Air Act.  The amendments set up
tiered requirements for control strategies depending on the  •
severity of the air quality problem in an area.
Transportation control measures are likely to be required in
areas with more serious air quality problems.  EPA will be
issuing new overall SIP guidance and other information
documents on specific TCMs.  While .this document will "remain
a primary information source on TCMs, readers should contact
their EPA Regional Office to obtain the latest EPA SIP
guidance.

-------

-------
                            ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This report was prepared by Douglas Eisinger, Lenna Mahoney, Ralph Morris, and
Robert Ireson of Systems Applications, Inc., and Elizabeth Deakin with the Institute
of Transportation Studies, the University of California at Berkeley. This work has
been accomplished under contract 68-02-4393, Work Assignment Number 39, through
Pacific Environmental Services (PES) for the United States Environmental Protection
Awncy (EPA) Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards and EPA Region IX Air
and Toxics Division.  Frances Wicher of EPA Region IX was the project manager and
provided valuable direction, support, and editorial assistance. Laurel Impett,
formerly of EPA Region IX, served as project manager during the initial planning
stage. A number of individuals reviewed earlier report drafts and offered
constructive comments: Lyle Chinkin, Jay Haney, Henry Hogo, and David Souten of
Systems  Applications all contributed to the report. The Transportation/Air Quality
Review Group (TARG) of California, Nevada, and Arizona served as an excellent
resource throughout the project. Important comments and recommendations were
offered by peer reviewers from regional EPA offices, and state and regional
transportato and air quality agencies.  Special thanks go to 3udy Rodich of Systems
Applications for her editorial support.
  8»OS8P2 1                             ill
              •oacv

-------

-------
                                 ABSTRACT
This guidance document has been developed for the United States Environmental
Protection Agency to summarize current knowledge about transportation control
measures (TCMs). The target audience inciudes transportation and air quality
management staff at all government levels.  The guidance development effort is
mooted by the need to provide post-1987 guidance to attain National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS); however, it is also timely to summarize TCM experi-
ences of the past 10 to 15 years. The guidance document provides descriptions and
examples of the most frequently implemented TCMs; institutional guidance such as
assessing feasibility, agency responsibilities, and funding; and tech"l^fo^
monitoring and enforcing TCMs. In addition, the document describes the tools avail-
able for evaluating TCM impacts on hydrocarbons, nitrogen oxides, and carbon
monoxide emissions. Appendices present approaches to estimate TCM effects on
PM-10 emissions; important sources of additional information; implementation
experiences in various cities; and rules of thumb to quantitatively evaluate TCM
transportation system effects.  This is the first significant effort by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency in more than a decade to provide national W*™*
on transportation control measures. The information presented demonstrates^that
there have been significant advances in TCM development over the past decade, and
that TCMs are appropriate control options for state implementation plans.
  890S«r*

-------

-------
                            EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
 This document is one of several recent U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
 efforts to help states achieve ozone and carbon monoxide National Ambient Air
 Quality Standards (NAAQS) in the "post-1987 era." Examples of these efforts include
 guidance to prepare emission inventories and to address mobile-source-reiated
 problems, and workshops to explain and discuss the agency's proposed P«t-1987
 policy. This document focuses on mobile sources and complements other EPA
' activities to provide guidance related to mobile source controls.  It is part of an
 effort to provide guidance on identifying, screening, evaluating, adopting, imple-
 menting, monitoring, and enforcing transportation control measures (TCMs). This
 document brings together substantial TCM information from numerous sources dis-
 cuSing TCMs' past effectiveness at controlling traffic problems and the* potential
 application to improve urban air quality.  This guidance document identifies impor-
 tant information sources and summarizes key steps in the TCM identification, anal-
 ysis, and selection process.  The target audience for this document includes air
 quality agency staff and transportation planning agency staff at all government
 levels who may be responsible for choosing and implementing transportation con-
 trols  The focus is to help planners select TCMs that will relieve urban ozone and
 Srban monoxide problems. An appendix (Appendix A) provides insights into app y mg
 TCMs to PM-10 problems. The document is organized into six main sections: U) an
 Action, <2Hdentif ication, description, and packaging of TCMs, (3) institutional
 guidance, (*) technical guidance, (5) organizational/administrative guidance, and (6)
 appendices.


 Identification, Description, and Packaging of TCMs

 Descriptive information is presented in three categories: (1) reviews of about a
 dozen measures-giving brief descriptions of each measure, examples of the
 measure's implementation and factors leading to successful implementation, and
 «^ed past effectiveness of the measure; (2) TCM -packaging- information (i.e.,
 coSa^ns to implement several measures as a single , onmri I********™
 recommended documents to obtain for follow-up research. The *f***W*V ' «
 perhaps the most important.  Seven key references are identif led ^f™*™*?
 reDresent a substantial body of knowledge on a variety  of measures. If Planners and
                       ™ obtain only these seven documents, they will stiU have
  tion presented.
                                       vil

   890S8r2 1

-------
  Institutional Guidance

  Numerous institutional issues influence how TCMs are selected and implemented.
  The institutional guidance discussion examines the scope and "fit" of particular
  measures and implementation strategies to specific areas, suggests which agency or
  agencies should take lead responsibility for TCM implementation, identifies funding
  needs and resources, and addresses the political acceptability of control strategies.
  The section highlights these issues with four in-depth examples of TCM strategies
  and their institutional considerations.  The discussion closes with a look toward the
  future and emerging issues in TCM implementation.


  Technical Guidance

  Technical guidance identifies the range of tools available to forecast the travel
  impacts of measures and to estimate resulting emissions and air quality changes.
  This section, by identifying data necessary to carry out each step in the travel/
  emissions/air quality analyses chain, should prove to be helpful to botn transportation
  and air quality staff.  The section makes an effort to identify  (primarily for air
  quality analysts) sources of uncertainty and variability in transportation forecasting
 methods that could affect the results of TCM-air quality analyses. Less time is
 spent discussing emissions and air quality assessment tools, since EPA has produced
 separate guidance documents on these topics. Transportation planners may wish to
 focus on the references mentioned in the travel demand modeling discussion to
 determine whether they identify previously unknown sources of useful information.


 Organizational/Administrative Guidance

 Successful TCM program management requires attention to administrative detail.
 This discussion is focused to help government officials monitor and enforce TCMs.
 Included are methods for monitoring background conditions and growth trends, for
 tracking implementation, and for assessing in-place performance and making
 adjustments as needed. Various enforcement issues are also addressed, including
 alternative approaches such as in-lieu fees and assessments. The concluding
 discussion presents issues to consider when setting up the administration of TCM
 programs.

 Appendices

 The document includes four appendices: Appendix A offers guidance for estimating
 the effects of transportation measures on PM-IO emissions; Appendix B lists
 additional recommended references; Appendix C profiles TCM descriptions, analyses,
and implementation efforts; and Appendix O outlines past experiences and potential
rules of thumb associated with TCM effectiveness.
•»os«rz

-------
                                Contents
                                                            ......     in
Acknowledgments	'	
                                                     	     v
Abstract   	•	
                                                     	     vii
Executive Summary	
                                                     	     xi
List of Figures	
                                                     	    xii
List of Tables	•	
 I    INTRODUCTION	••••	
          Background and Motivation	•	•	
          EPA SIP-Approval Criteria Specific to TCMs	     2
          Preparation of This Document	
 2    IDENTIFICATION, DESCRIPTION, AND PACKAGING OF TCMs	     ^

          Overview	•	
          Identification of TCMs	
           TCM Descriptions	•	
           Sample Packaging Arrangements	•	
           Recommended Sources for More Specific Information	    &

 3    INSTITUTIONAL GUIDANCE	    3l
           Introduction	
           TCM Implementation Issues: An Overview	
           Assessing TCM Scope and Fit	    ^
           Determining Responsibility for TCM Implementation.;	•    **
           Identifying Resource Requirements	• • •	
           Assessing Political Acceptability	    **
           Examples	-	•	    7Q
           Summary	•	

-------
            Emerging Directions:  New Institutional Arrangements and
             Implementation Approaches	     70
  4    TECHNICAL GUIDANCE	     79
            Introduction	     79
            Overview of Technical Guidance 	     79
            Step 1: Technical Screening	     82
            Step 2: Evaluating TCM Traffic Effects	     96
               Overview 	     9g
               Analytical Objectives and Caveats	     96
               The Transportation Demand Analysis Process	    100
               Analytical Approaches	    100
           Step 3: Evaluating Emissions Changes	    125
           Step 4: Evaluating Air Quality Changes	    131
               Carbon Monoxide Analyses	„	    131
               Ozone Analyses	    132
 5    ORGANIZATIONAL/ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDANCE	
           Introduction	
           Monitoring	
           Enforcement	    153
           Administrative Considerations	    156
 Definitions of Abbreviations	    159

 Appendix A:   Guidance for Estimating Effects of Transportation
              Measures on PM-10 Emissions

 Appendix B:   Additional Recommended References
 Appendix C:   TCM Profiles

Appendix Dt   Past Experience and Potential Rules of Thumb
             Associated with TCM Effectiveness
References
                                                                        R-l
8S05«r2

-------
                                    Figures
2-1  Example packaging considerations among selected TCMs	•    32

2-2  Packaging opportunities for eight measures proposed by
     Rosenbloom (1978)	• • • • •	
2-3  Ranking of the proposed packages1 applicability to five traffic
     congestion locations	•	•	

4-1  Overview of technical analyses to be performed, and their
     relationship to the four steps described in the guidance
     document	
4-2  Applicability of transportation control measures to areas on                ^
     the basis of population «	•	
                                                                             92
4-3   Prototypical TSM program	

4-4   Urban transportation planning system and typical
      inputs/outputs	•	
4-5   Developing motor vehicle emissions inventories for ozone
      air quality modeling	

4-6   Sample mobile source hot spot  analysis process for CO:
      intersection traffic, emissions, and air quality analyses	

-------
                                      Tables
  2-1   TCM categories identified in pending congressional amendments
        to the 1977 Clean Air Act	      g

  2-2   Sample transportation control measure categories and implementation
        approaches	      9

  2-3   Categorization of selected TCMs listed in the 1977 Clean Air
        Act and in pending legislation (does not include "tailpipe"
        controls)	J	     13

  2-4    Recommended documents to examine that provide descriptive
        information for a number of TCMs	     33

 3-1    TCM implementation issues	     ^0

 3-2    Transportation control measures: Examples and typical
        responsibilities	     ^

 3-3    Typical TCM responsibilities	,.	     <,9

 3-4   Major organizations and financing sources for TCM planning
       and implementation	'.	„	.„..,	     55

 3-5   Land use-transportation strategies with TCM potential	     76

 4-1    Applicability of measures to local or regional air quality
       problems	     g^

 4-2    TCM applicability to traffic problem sites	„	     86

 4-3    Example problems addressed by specific measures	„	     88

 4-4    General traffic-related data and calculations required to
       conduct mobile source emissions and air quality analyses  »	     97

4-5    Summary inputs and outputs for each of the four principal
       transportation demand analysis steps	„	    102


 S*05«r2 1

-------
4-6   Sample pros and cons to alternative techniques to conduct trip
      generation, distribution, mode choice, and trip assignment
      analyses  	

4-7   Potential uses of transportation models to characterize TCMs	   1U

4-8   Example: approach taken by the San Diego Association of
      Governments (SANDAG) to simulate TCMs using a mode
      choice model	• * *

4-9   Example hot spot traffic modeling steps using TRANSYT-7F:
      Maricopa County, Arizona	
4-10  Sources of information about computerized and manual
      transportation modeling tools
                                                                         120
4-11  Comparison of the EKMA and UAM models	

                                                                         145
5-1   Monitoring strategies	•	

5-2   Enforcement approaches	    l55
  890Slr2 i
                                     xiii

-------

-------
                             1  INTRODUCTION
BACKGROUND AND MOTIVATION

This guidance document will help state, and local government officials incorporate
transportation control measures (TCMs) into their state implementation plans (SIPs)
for air quality control. The guidance focuses on choosing TCMs to help meet and
maintain ozone and carbon monoxide National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS).  Information presented addresses identifying, evaluating, implementing,
monitoring, and enforcing TCMs. An appendix (Appendix A) addresses guidance con-
cerning PM-10.

Three major factors motivate the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's)
desire to release TCM guidances (1) the Clean Air Act §108 instructs EPA to publish
"from time to time" information concerning transportation planning and guidelines;
(2) the EPA's proposed post-1987 policy for ozone and carbon monoxide state imple-
mentation plan (SIP) revisions (the "post-1987 policy") identifies transportation con-
trols as an essential part of control strategies for many nonattainment areas (as of
31 December 1989, 96 areas were still nonattainment for ozone NAAQS, and 41 areas
were nonattainment for carbon monoxide NAAQS); and (3) following the release of
the proposed post-1987 policy,  numerous state and local officials asked EPA to help
them identify, evaluate, and adopt TCMs.
It is also timely to summarize TCM experiences of the past 10 to 13 years.
guidance was first prepared for air quality planning purposes in the late 1970s; addi-
tional studies supported the last major round of transportation/air quality planning in
the early and mid-1980s; and, recently, local governments have turned to TCMs to
control growth and relieve traffic congestion (air quality benefits accrue as a
bonus). These more recent actions, commonly referred to as either transportation
demand management (TDM) or transportation system management (TSM), include
familiar TCM air quality improvement measures such as ridesharing and traffic flow
and transit improvements. In updating its guidance, EPA wants to distill current and
past experience with TCMs to provide guidance and examples to local and state
transportation  and air quality agencies that will evaluate TCMs in their attainment
plans.

-------
 As documented in this report, although the TCM information base is still incomplete,
 a wealth of information exists concerning many facets of TCMs: discussions pro-
 filing individual measures, the efficacy of packaging measures to address various
 problems; and methods available to analyze TCMs1 effects on traffic, emissions, and
 air quality. A substantial portion of this information was first developed during the
 late 1970s in response to Clean Air Act §108 requirements. The U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency (EPA) and other agencies, primarily the U.S. Department of
 Transportation (DOT), produced substantial TCM guidance during the late 1970s and
 early 1980s.  Appendix B includes a listing of these documents, which fall into three
 categories: overview guidance published by EPA, EPA-published guidance specific to
 individual measures, and related  guidance materials published by other agencies.
 TCM research has continued over the past few years. Some of this more recent work
 was completed to promote improved air quality; most has been undertaken to help
 alleviate the traffic congestion problems plaguing the nation's urban and suburban
 areas. This document synthesizes this substantial information base and directs the
 reader to important supplementary documents.

 In addition to giving the reader essential information, this guidance document pro-
 vides a roadmap for the use of this information. Where possible, the guidance identi-
 fies valuable information sources, briefly reviews how they might be utilized, and
 indicates how they can be obtained. The guidance provides advice regarding (1)
 information gathering and analytical tasks that must be taken to adopt and imple-
 ment specific TCMs; (2) methods available to complete these tasks; and (3)
 references available to help the reader understand and use these methods.
EPA SIP-APPROVAL CRITERIA SPECIFIC TO TCMs

Prior to beginning the effort to inventory existing TCMs and implement new
measures* it is important to bear in mind the criteria against which EPA will evalu-
ate TCMs included in future SIP submittals. EPA*s proposed post-1987 policy (EPA,
1987a) defined six criteria TCMs must meet before the agency can consider them for
approval in a SIP. States must provide EPA with

     1.    A complete description of the measure and its estimated emissions reduc-
           tion benefits;

     2.    Evidence that the measure was properly adopted by a jurisdiction^) with
           legal authority to commit to and execute the measure;

     3.    Evidence that funding has been (or will be) obligated to implement the
           measure;

     4.    Evidence that all necessary approvals have been obtained from ail appro-
           priate government entities (including state highway departments if appli-
           cable);
990S«r2

-------
     5.   Evidence that a complete schedule to plan, implement, and enforce the
          measure has been adopted by the implementing agency or agencies;

     6.   A description of the monitoring program to assess the measure's effec-
          tiveness and to allow for necessary in-place corrections or alterations.

These six criteria are unlikely to change under the proposed amendments to the
Clean Air Act.  It is thus important that SIP submittals be designed such that their
TCM strategies meet EPA approval criteria. Some previous SIP submittals to EPA
have included TCMs failing to meet all adoption criteria; in these cases, the agency
has been forced to disallow the state from taking credit  for projected emissions
reductions attributed to these measures (e.g., see EPA, I988b).  Problems that have
arisen include (I) failure to substantiate emission reduction estimates for a measure,
(2) local agencies committing to.implement measures over which they lacked legal
authority (e.g., committing to fleet-wide use of alternative fuels and I/M program
improvements that required state legislative action); (3) partial funding commit-
ments that do not secure long-term funding for continued implementation; and W
lack of written evidence that a legally enforceable commitment has been obtained
from the lead agency to carry out TCM implementation, monitoring, and enforce-
ment.                                                                                 I

Pending changes to the Clean Air Act will establish new SIP planning requirements
and schedules; local and state agencies should contact their EPA regional office to
obtain the latest guidance and policy on SIP development.


PREPARATION OF THIS DOCUMENT

The guidance development effort proceeded in two stages; the first outlined guidance
needs (Eisinger et ai., 1988); the second prepared the guidance document. To outline
guidance needs Systems Applications conducted a series of interviews during 3une
and July of 1988.  The interview process solicited comments from federal, state, ano
local government  officials throughout the country regarding what a guidance docu-
ment should contain. Interviewees were chosen to represent both the transportation
'and air quality analysis communities, and to highlight different geographic interests
and planning experience. The 15 individuals interviewed reflected e*P«rie"ce
 specific to 6 geographic areas: New York/New Jersey, Washington, D.C., Chicago,
 D«5£ Arizona,  and southern California.  In addition  to the interviews, the outline
 effort drew from  recent and past EPA experience with transportation control mea-
 sure planning, as documented in several studies.

 Guidance preparation focused on three broad stages: (1) literature reviews, (2) sup-
 Dlememal interviews, and (3) peer review of draft products. These efforts sought to
 SmmaSe client understanding of TCMs and the f"*******!^^
 evaluation. The literature  review identified key references for TCM  analysts to
  6*OS8r2 *

-------
 obtain, and summarized important findings from other studies that were too detailed
 to be of general usefulness to the air quality analyst.  Should analysts wish to develop
 a library for their agency concerning specific measures or methodologies, the
 guidance cites numerous studies that offer more detailed information.  Supplemental
 interviews and peer review helped to further develop and critique the guidance.  The
 peer-review process involved review by more than 40  individuals from across the
 country.  Officials from EPA regional offices, and state and local transportation and
 air quality agencies offered comments and suggested changes to an earlier draft
 version of this report.

 As the example on the following page indicates, there are numerous opportunities to
 creatively approach transportation control; the sections that follow provide users
 with the technical support they need to carry out these creative efforts.
I905tr2  •

-------
                        Drawing by William Cone. C 1989. the Sin Fruiciseo Chronicle.  Reprinied with permission.
89058
                         --y.y.

-------

-------
           IDENTIFICATION, DESCRIPTION, AND PACKAGING OF TCMS
OVERVIEW

            1) lists important transportation control measures identified in both the
              rCM imptenentatn (i.e., arrangements that exploit s
            Z characteristics of measures), and «0 identifies information sources
for a more detailed review of individual controls.


IDENTIFICATION OF TCMs

Th« Cl-an Air Act of 1977, §l08(f) identifies several transportation control measures
^SUS^ £a£y conuol options. Many of these are included « proposed
amendments to the Clean Air Act (CAA).

Table 2-1 lists measures included in pending CAA amendments. The ******"   ,







 provide substantial justification.
                                                                                    I
                                                                                    !
                                  more tnan 70 ir


-------
                                           P"""n8
  Measures Implemented in Various Locations  Throughout  the Country

       1.  Rideshare incentives (e.g.,  carpools)
       2.  Hork schedule changes (compressed work week: staggered work
           hours)
       3i  Employer-based transportation management
       4.  Improved public.transit
       5.  "Park and ride" and  fringe parking
       6.  Parking  management program^
       7.  Road  pricing  (tolls)
       8.  Traffic  flow  improvements
       9.  Trip-reduction  ordinances
     10.   Voluntary no-drive days
     11.   Control  of extended vehicle idling
     12.   Reduction of cold start emissions
     13.  Gasoline fuel additives
     14.  Conversion of fleet vehicles to cleaner fuels or engines

 More Controversial Measures

      1.  Mandatory no-drive days
      2.  Gas rationing
      3.  Gas, parking,  or vehicle taxes
•SOSIr2 3

                                   O

-------
TABLE 2-2.  Sample transportation  control measure categories and
implementation approaches.

                                  Example Implementation Approaches
Bicycle use
Carpooling/Ridesharing
 Commercial vehicle  control
 Employer-baaed transporta-
   tion management
 •HOV lanes/Roadway assign-
 ment
Bikeways/lanes
Bike storage
Education programs
Shower/locker facilities

Carpool matching programs
Vanpool programs
Public information programs
Transportation management associations
"No-drive" days
HOV  lanes/freeway ramps
Trip-reduction ordinances
Park and  ride and fringe parking  facilities

On-street loading zone restrictions
Off-street  loading  areas
Peak hour on-street loading prohibition
Truck route system
 Peak-hour truck restrictions

 Trip reduction ordinances
 Transportation management associations
 Rideshare program incentives
 Preferential parking  programs for  HOVs
 In-house transportation coordinator
 On-site  transit pass  sales
 Shuttle  services to transit
 Vanpool  subsidies

 Exclusive  bus  lane arterial (take or add a lane)
 Bus-only street
 Reversible/contra flow bus and car lanes
 Freeway HOV bypass
 Exclusive HOV lane-freeway (take  or add a lane)
  "No-drive" days	
                                      continued

-------
   TABLE 2-2  continued
           Category

   Improved paratranait
  Improved transit management
  Improved transit operations
 Information distribution
Parking management
      Example  Implementation Approaches
     "~~~—~~——————«—____________

  Taxi/group riding programs
  Dial a ride
  Jitney service
  Taxi deregulation

  Marketing program
  Maintenance improvements
  Vehicle fleet improvement
  Operations monitoring program
 Transfer improvements
 Tax  incentives for'transit;
 Trip-reduction ordinances
 Fare.reductions
 Elderly and youth fares
 Coaauter discounts

 Bus route and scheduling Modifications
 Express bus service/freeway stops
 Bus traffic signal preemption
 Bus terminal/stop improvements
 Simplified fare collection and transfers
 Long-range transit improvements
 HOV lanes
 Security  improvements
 Shuttle bus service

 Traffic condition announcements/signs
 Public education programs
 Ridesharing/park and ride signage
 Rideshare matching programs
 Transit/paratransit promotion

 On-stre«t parking restrictions
 Residential parking control
Off-street parking restrictions
HOV preferential  parking
Parking rate changes
Bus stop relocations
Loading zone restrictions
                                                                  continued
•I05«rl 3
                                     10

-------

00

V
cf

!
•>
0

S
 •s-s

 15-3

 5i

 88

 fa4




 '•S
 -4 a.
 44 —'
 18 ••

 ^2
 U X

 8,4,

 S?

 3  o
  i  a


 bi  n
           o
           (8  O
           §•
              "o
                                                    in
                   m  co

                   ~  oT
                                  <\
                                        in
                                         •»




                                        CM
          U « i

          4) U CO
                   1!
                   .a  a
            n   n  n  n  n  n



           i 1111  i


         2 2  1  3  ?  1  I
         o  (8      JJ  4J  *>  *»  •**
     «  »

     o  ^

     2  s
     Q» u.,
     o  o 1
          I


     "3  "31
                                                                 0)

                                                                •"
                                                                 2
                                                                 .* 44 n £ A n
                                                                 •" « «- -g -g, J; „


                                                              -   w 44 e c «> - --

                                                                 fe"83s
                             M  M  M
                                                              e
                                              _^     -u=:
                                              C (8 *» >• « -J O

                                              -- e *S «-3i
                                                      - o 
                    «  »
                             2
                             4J
                             a
"*  e     8.


I  I 1  |


I I I  S
£  M  »  2

32-
a  a.
                                    2  If
                                    44  —

                                    o  i
M  ft  II


S  ^  8  nl

<-  5  5  2-1

«  8  s  -a]


3  O  fl  41
                                                mi
           £• 2 w
                    i.  a  a.  -•     t.  j<  j< -o  ep  <-

                    S3  III  12« 1  «2
                                   c.  o
                                                                   &   « o
                                                                   -. n > ^

                                                                   !.**««-
                                                                   A» fc. I.
                                                                     -. *» o
                                               «l«i
                                           «•   > • ••
                                           ^*      44 n

                                           M   S » •» >
                                           ~   S 0 44 O
                     a  co  o ^^"."i™.8!
                                                 u  o  «e
                                                               3
                                         13

-------
 specific alternatives for further analysis. Most categorization schemes are limited,
 however; many measures overlap and/or reinforce one another and could justifiably
 be placed in more than one category (or in different categories).
 TCM DESCRIPTIONS

 This part of the guidance provides descriptions for measures analogous to those listed
 in Table 2-3. The discussion defines each measure and identifies innovative or recent
 implementation efforts, factors necessary to the measure's successful implementa-
 tion, complementary measures, and observed effectiveness for each measure (usually
 in terms of traffic mitigation capability). The measures covered include:

      Area-wide ridesharing
      Bicycling alternatives to motor vehicle travel
      Employer-based transportation management programs
      High occupancy vehicle (HOV) lanes
      Park and ride and fringe parking
      Parking management programs
      Road pricing
      Telecommuting and teleconferencing
      Traffic flow improvements
      Transit improvements
      Trip-reduction ordinances
      Voluntary no-drive days
      Work schedule changes

Readers are strongly encouraged to read Appendix C, which presents 14 examples of
•real world* TCM analyses and implementation programs, and describes applications
of some of the strategies and methodologies outlined in this guidance document.
Area-wide Ridesharing

This strategy focuses on increasing vehicle occupancy during peak traffic periods.
Carpools, vanpools, and subscription bus services are common ridesharing
approaches. Implementation can be accompanied by tax incentives for employers
sponsoring pooling programs, public information programs to promote ridesharing,
government subsidies to ride in pools (and other public/private partnerships).
•»05«r2  2
14

-------
Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts.  HOV lanes complement Seattle's publicly
operated vanpool program (the largest in the nation).  Seattle's State Route 520 has
the only freeway concurrent flow project that operates an HOV lane on the outside
shoulder (ITE, 1988a).

Factors for Success.  Trip ends (origin and destination) should be in smaller areas
with a long trip in between? commutes less than 5 miles and 20 minutes are not likely
to promote pooling (Batchelder et al.t 1983); work roundtrips averaging about 25
miles for carpoolers and 30 miles for  vanpoolers appear to work well; buspools with a
10- to 60-miie route  length have low failure rates (Pratt and Copple, 1981); arrival
and departure times should fall within a short period; disincentives should exist to
limit single-occupancy vehicle use (e.g., congestion, no available car, long commute,
parking restrictions); large employment concentration at destination site (i.e., more
than 500 employees)  and limited public transit access (Deakin, 1988; Batchelder
et al., 1983); employer size should be sufficient to allow matching of 10 to 12 people
for vanpools from the same community (Pratt and Copple, 1981); van/car pools
should have pull-up points (e.g., at location of employment) or other convenient
formation points.

Complementary Measures. Park and ride lots, preferential vanpool/carpool parking
(e.g.t parking fees for single occupant vehicles), transportation management associa-
tions, high occupancy vehicle lanes (for buses and pools), parking management pro-
grams discouraging single-occupant vehicle use during peak periods, employer-based
transportation programs, trip-reduction ordinances, pricing strategies (e.g., dif-
ferential tolls, fuel surcharges), public awareness programs.

Examples. CARAVAN in Boston; Commuter Computer in Los Angeles; RIDES for
Bay Area Commuters, Inc., in San Francisco; Minnesota RIDESHARE in Minneapolis/
St. Paul; municipality of metropolitan Seattle (Metro) has nation's largest publicly
operated vanpool program (with more than 260 vanpools).

Effectiveness. Quantitative measures of effectiveness are difficult to establish.  A
survey of 38 urban areas found annual work-related VMT reductions of .03 to 3.6 per-
cent (Deakin, 1988).  Some 15 to 20 percent of new vanpoolers may delay the pur-
-chase of a new auto or sell one they already own (Pratt and Copple, 1981).

Recommended Information Sources. Booth and Waksman, 1985; MTC, 1985; Wiersig,
 1982; Pratt and Copple, 1981; DiRenzo and Rubin, 1978.


 Bicycling Alternatives to Motor Vehicle Travel

 Some limited travel situations might allow bicycle alternatives as substitutes for
 motor vehicle use.  Bicycling is generally a viable option if employees Ityi.within 4-6
 miles from work, though  this can vary substantially depending upon the individual
 8»OSSr2 2

-------
 (walking is mostly feasible for those within one mile of the work site).  Implementa-
 tion can encourage bicycle use directly to the work site (e.g., by providing on-site
 shower, locker, and storage facilities), or can encourage bicycle use to a transit
 facility (e.g., by installing bike storage facilities at commuter rail stations).

 Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts. Xerox Corporation's Palo Alto,, Califor-
 nia, facilities provide bike racks in covered sheds; flexible work schedules; and
 showers, lockers and free towels; 18 percent  of the company's employees bicycle to
 work. The bike program is further encouraged by city bike lanes, a high number of
 employees who live close to work, and legal bike access on an expressway close to
 the office (MTC, 1985).

 Factors for Success.  Reasonably level terrain; shower facilities; secure bicycle
 storage facilities; bike routes; very short commute distances; mild, noninclement cli-
 mate; and supportive route signaiizations, lane striping/ repaying,, and signing.

 Complementary Measures. Flexible work schedules; employer-based transportation
 management programs; trip-reduction ordinances; transit improvements; parking
 management; voluntary no-drive days; bike parking; bike lanes.

 Examples. Numerous bicycle facilities have been constructed throughout the
 country.  Areas known to have active bicycling communities include Davis, Califor-
 nia; Tucson, Arizona; Denver, Colorado (CSI, 1986); and Missoula, Montana.

 Effectiveness. Few studies are available to help quantify potential mode shifts rela-
 ted to improved bicycle facilities.  On the basis of a review of experience in Detroit
 (CSI, 1986), Phoenix planners projected 1 percent of all trips less than 6 miles as
 being replaced by bicyclists; the same study also noted that Los Argeles planners
 project 1 percent of all trips less than 3 miles being replaced by bicyclists (MAG,
 1987a).

 Recommended Information Sources. CSI, 1986; MTC, 1985; Caltrans, 1983; EPA,
 1979.
Employer-Based Transportation Management

Employer-based programs can include a wide variety of specific transportation con-
trol measures.  All are geared to reducing single-occupant vehicle use during peak-
hour commutes. Typical programs include some combination of preferential parking
for vanpools/carpools, in-house coordinator with computerized matching capability,
on-site transit pass sales, shuttle services to transit, purchase or subsidy of vanpooi,
and other incentives. Implementation can be motivated by mandatory trip reduction
ordinances or voluntary employer action.  Programs usually involve 100 percent fund-
ing by employers, though some municipalities might create tax incentives for
employer programs (Deakin, 1988).
I905lr2  2
                                      16

-------
Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts. Groups of employers in the same geo-
graphic area have formed transportation management associations (TMAs) to encour-
age alternative commute modes (sometimes referred to as transportation manage-
ment organizations).  The California Department of Transportation (CALTRANS) has
a program to provide seed money for TMAs.  Also, see MTC (1985) for various recent
employer-managed projects.

Factors for Success.  Single, larger employers will have the greatest opportunities
for success; mandatory return of survey/application forms from employees to
employer for carpools and subsidized carpool parking; elimination of or limited
access to free parking; level of staff resources available for program development,
monitoring, and enforcement; continuous, long-term program promotion; mandatory
or voluntary trip reduction programs; insurance policies to alleviate potential lia-
bility issues concerning company vanpooi operations; management support  is one of
the most important factors^...

Complementary Measures. Trip-reduction ordinances, parking management, park and
ride lots, high occupancy vehicle lanes, pricing strategies (e.g., differential tolls),
indirect source review/permit programs.

Examples.  Numerous examples throughout the country, including Rockwell Inter-
national of Golden, Colorado; Tennessee Valley Authority of Knoxville, Tennessee;
Boeing Company of Seattle, Washington; ARCO of Los Angeles, California (Deakin,
1988).

Effectiveness. Assuming aggressive implementation, the likely range for potential
VMT reductions appears to be 5 to 25 percent-5 percent for multiple employers at a
single activity center and 25 percent for a single  large employer.  These VMT reduc-
tions refer to a TMA's target "market" focused on VMT associated with employee
commuters.  Individual programs may stand out as being particularly successful (e.g.,
the Tennessee Valley Authority program reportedly reduced the daily VMT of its
employees by approximately 50 percent) (Deakin, 1988).

Recommended Information Sources. MTC, 1985; TRB, 1983.


High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) Lanes

U.5. cities granted preferential lane use for vehicles with more than one  occupant
(transit and auto) as early as 1939 (Levinson, 1987); during the past 50 years, high
occupancy vehicle lanes have been implemented  in dozens of cities across the coun-
try.  Referred to as transitways, busways, commuter lanes, and authorized vehicle
lanes, HOV lanes cover  a number of travel options.  Implementation examples include
 8SOS8rZ  2                            ._

-------
 (1) exclusive facilities with separate rights of way, (2) exclusive facilities (during at
 least peak periods) on existing freeway systems but physically separated from other
 lanes, (3) concurrent flow lanes not physically separated from other lanes, (4) contra-
 flow lanes typically created using plastic cones/dividers and usually reserved for
 buses or vanpoois, (5) curb lanes on arterials reserved for buses, (6) median lanes on
 arterials reserved for carpoois and express buses (ITE, 1988a; Batchelder et a!.,
 1983).

 Innovative/Recent Implementation  Efforts. Some of the most recent and compre-
 hensively studied projects include the Route 55 Costa Mesa Freeway project in
 Orange County, California (see Greene and Associates, 1988; Klusza, 1987); 1-39* in
 Minneapolis, Minnesota (see Crawford, 1987; SRF, 1987); and the I- 10 Katy Freeway
 project in Houston, Texas (see Capelle and Greene,  1988; Mouncii, 1987).

 Factors for Success.  Projects that generate at least 1 minute of travel time savings
 per mile of HOV facility are more successful in attracting users (ITE, 19S8a)—to-ai
 time savings to HOVs should exceed five minutes to encourage route diversions and
 exceed ten minutes to promote formation of new HOVs; bus priority measures
 require (1) a reasonable concentration of bus services, (2) visible bus and/or car con-
 gestion, (3) suitable street geometry/width, (») public support of the HOV service
 (Levinson, 1987); arterial HOVs also required) provisions for turning traffic, (2)
 level of service D  or worse during peak hours (though new construction should con-
 sider HOV lanes even if level of service is better than LOS-D), (3) nonsignalized
 intersections, (4) lanes carrying at least 30 buses during the peak hour (if & bus-only
 lane), or carrying more  than their "fair share" of travelers (e.g., 33 percent or more  .-
 of peak travelers if one of three lanes is reserved), (5) enforcement capabilities that
 will not disrupt traffic flow (Batchelder et al., 1983).

 Complementary Measures,  Park and ride and fringe parking lots; transit transfer
centers (to facilitate bus-to-bus or bus-to-rail transfers); transit improvements;
priority freeway access/egress for buses and carpoois (e.g., via ramp metering by-
passes or restricted HOV ramps); area-wide ridesharing; parking management (to
facilitate arterial HOVs).

Examples.  Among the many facilities are HOV-exciusive facilities in Pittsburgh,
Houston, Los Angeles, Washington, D.C., and Ottawa, Canada; concurrent flow pro-
jects in Honolulu, Los Angeles, Miami, Seattle; and contraflow lanes in Honolulu, San
Francisco, and New York City. Numerous projects are under way with completion
dates scheduled for the early  1990s— these include HOV facilities in Denver, Houston,
Miami/Fort Lauderdale, Seattle, Washington, D.C., and Norfolk, Virginia (ITE,
198Sa).

Effectiveness.  Effectiveness  varies substantially from facility to facility.  In general
terms* HOV lanes have been credited with moving one-third or more of all peak hour
freeway travelers; in most HOV lanes, the person-volume per lane exceeds the per-
son-volume per lane in adjacent, non-HOV lanes (ITE, 1988a).
•*OSIr2  2

-------
 Recommended Information Sources. ITE, 1988a; Levinson, 1987; Batcheider et ai.,
 1983; Pratt and Copple, 1981; DiRenzo and Rubin, 1978.
 Park and Ride and Fringe Parking

 Fringe parking facilities offer commuters opportunities to carpool/vanpool or utilize
 transit. Facilities are useful in suburban areas where low population density and
 irregularly designed traffic routes make it difficult to provide transit services; in •
 remote areas along highway facilities; and at the fringe of the urban core (sometimes
 referred to as "interceptor lots"). Lots are typically free and provided by local and
 state agencies.

. Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts.  Park and ride lots have been implemen-
 ted throughout the country. A recent example of this approach is in New York City,
 where city officials are planning park and ride lot construction on the Manhattan
 periphery; the lots are targeted to reduce congestion in the central business district
 (CBD) and allow for increased interborough transit use (Soffian et al., 1988).

 Factors for Success.  Sites adjacent to arterials (convenience factor); lots placed on
 or very near transit routes; reliable transit service; safety and security of lots to
 attract patrons; congested roadways; long commute trips; existence of travel time
 savings (e.g., linking HOV lanes to park and ride facilities promotes travel time
 savings); cost (lots also encourage patrons by saving downtown parking charges).

 Complementary Measures. HOV  lanes; parking management programs; improved
 transit; employer-based transportation management programs; area-wide ridesharing
 programs; automobile use restrictions in the CBD; work schedule changes.

 Examples. Facilities are in use throughout the country, with Connecticut, Califor-
 nia, and Texas reported to have the most extensive programs (CSI, 1986).

 Effectiveness. Park and ride facilities reduce VMT but keep the number of trip ends
 relatively constant (some reduction of trip ends occurs in congested areas); thus, cold
 start emissions (a substantial percent of short-trip emissions), remain an important
 factor. Also, lots located at the periphery of the CBD may relieve congestion but
 not substantially reduce VMT—though they reduce emissions that could contribute to
 hot spot carbon monoxide problems in the urban core. Suburban lots facilitating
 pooling arrangements and transit use for longer trips are the most effective at
 reducing area-wide emissions. An overview of park and ride programs reported
 potential work trip VMT reductions of 4.1 percent for five Texas cities, and a 1.0
 percent work trip VMT reduction in Connecticut (CSI, 1986).

 Recommended Information Sources.  Bowler et al., 1986; CSI, 1986; Pratt and
 Copple, 1981.

                                      19
 890S8r2  2

-------
Parking Management Programs (On- and Off-Street)

There are a wide range of parking management opportunities to reduce peak and off-
peak period congestion, promote ridesharing and transit use, and discourage vehicle
use. Parking management can involve reducing excessive zoning requirements for
parking, pricing policies, supply restrictions, and increased enforcement efforts.
Example measures include employer-sponsored preferential parking programs, on-
street parking bans during peak hours, reserved parking for short-term use, and park-
ing rate changes to reflect full market value.  Implementation opportunities are
available to both the public and private sectors.

Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts. New York City, through Project SMART
(Strategies for Mobility, Access, and Reduction of Traffic) and other programs, has
decreasd illegal parking rates by simplifying parking signs (H7 percent reduction m
midtown Manhattan signs) and doubled the number of vehicles towed through
increased enforcement (Soffian et al., 1988).  Knoxville, Tennessee and Portland,
Oregon allow carpoolers to park free on otherwise metered streets if they display a
dashboard permit; Bank of America in San Francisco has a graduated parking fee
program-free parking for four-plus carpools with increasing charges for smaller
groups and single-occupant vehicles-with parking subsidies paid for by each bank
department to encourage self-enforcement (MTC, 1985).

Factors for Success. Increased parking rates-coordination among public sector rate-
increases and private sector garage services; transit service availability; h §h parking
occupancy rates (one suggested rule of thumb is that no more than 15 percent of off-
street/all-day parking  spaces should be vacant in the affected activity center to
justify the policy)? rate increases should apply to majority of available facilities to
avoid shifting the parking location;  Qn-street parking bans-need to coordinate bans
with truck loading activities, taxi and transit use; limited reliance on parked cars to
provide "pedestrian buffer" on heavily used sidewalks. Parking reserved for short-
term use-need for good transit service; inadequate parking currently available for
short-term users (indications of this need include: full lots or garages, 80 percent-
plus occupancy of on-street spaces, drivers "cruising" for parking spaces). Reduced-
rate caroool parking-requires limited parking options (see Batchelder et al., 1953;
CSI, 1986).                         .

Complementary Measures. Ridesharing programs, park and ride lots, improved
transit, employer-based transportation management programs.

Examples.  Numerous programs throughout country.  CSI (1986) illustrates more than
a dozen programs.
                                      20
 8J05lr2 2

-------
Effectiveness. The potential for air quality improvements is significant; it is diffi-
cult, however, to quantify air quality effects. Programs are implemented but often
not monitored; difficult to separate the parking program's effects from the effects
of other variables; previous parking controls were often implemented just to reduce
traffic congestion, with no air quality benefits estimated.

Recommended Information Sources. CSI, 1986; MTC, 1985; DOT, 1983; Suhrbier
etal., 1979.
Road Pricing

A number of pricing mechanisms (with widely varying political acceptability) are
available to curtail single-occupant vehicle use, fund transportation system
improvements and control measures, spatially and temporally shift driving patterns,
and attempt to effect land use changes. Primary examples include increased peak
period roadway, bridge, or tunnel tolls; and toll discounts for pooling arrangements.

Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts. In November 1988, increasingly severe
commute period congestion problems spurred voters in the San Francisco, California,
area to approve "Regional Measure 1," an increase in bridge tolls to fund transporta-
tion improvements. New technologies are emerging to electronically "scan" and
charge motor vehicles as they pass through toll booths.

Factors for Success. Toll increases will have little impact on timing and frequency
of long-distance trips passing through a region—effectiveness of peak period pricing
will be greater as the percentage of intraregional commuters increases; effective-
ness will be improved by the use of complementary measures (e.g., express transit
service, park and ride lots, reduced fares for pooling vehicles); pricing increases
require political acceptability and public support to relieve traffic congestion-
officials need to be willing to impose tolls to collect adequate revenues to cross-
subsidize transit or reduce demand.

Complementary Measures.  Transit fare reductions (or peak/of f-peak fares); HOV
•lanes; improved transit; area-wide ridesharing; park and ride facilities; employer-
based/subsidized transportation management programs; restricted peak-hour truck
deliveries; sales tax increases to support transportation improvements; congestion
pricing! other "user fees" (motor vehicle taxes, commercial parking taxes, gas taxes).

Examples. Numerous programs throughout the country offer discounted pricing
policies  for multiple-occupant vehicles. Peak period pricing examples include the
Trans-Hudson Crossings (Port Authority of New York and New Jersey), and the East-
West Expressway in Miami, Florida (Batchelder et aL, 1983). At least 17 states
operate toll facilities; New York, Philadelphia, and San Francisco finance transit
services through tolls (Johnson and Hoel, 1987).

-------
 Effectiveness.  VMT effects vary depending upon the magnitude of the price change
 and the alternative transportation options available. Substantial revenue can be
 raised, particularly when the roadway demand is inelastic, without necessarily lower-
 ing VMT.

 Recommended Information Sources. Johnson and Hoel, 1987; Small, 1983; see also,
 discussion in institutional guidance section on TCM financing approaches.
 Telecommuting and Teleconferencing

 Telecommuting and teleconferencing are approaches to eliminate home-to-work and
 work-to-work trips and substitute them with work-at-home or conferencing options.
 Telecommuting employees usually work at home; they may telecommute full-time,
 but typical arrangements for a worker involve both normal commuting and telecom-
 muting periods.  Teleconferencing (which can include computer communications and
 audio or video conferencing) targets work-to-work trips and eliminates or lessens the
 need for face-to-face business meetings. Related options include allowing employees
 to use satellite work centers (run by single employers) or neighborhood work centers
 (run by multiple  employers); both options reduce work trip length by limiting the
 commute distance.
       * «               '     .
 Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts.  The Washington Slate Energy Office is
 planning a Puget Sound Telecommuting Demonstration and Research Project to
 involve 10 to 13  of the area's major employers. The State of California's Department
 of General Services manages a telecommuting pilot project that  began in mid-1987;
 telecommuter training took place in January and May of  1988, with some 230 parti-
 cipants; the project ends January  1990.

 Factors for Success. Experience from California's pilot project suggests the follow-
 ing factors: support of senior management; the active "championing"  of telecom-
 muting by a lead figure during the initial phases of launching a telecommuting pro-
gram; the voluntary participation of both telecommuters and their supervisors; pre-
program screening to insure that appropriate personnel are selected to telecommute;
training for both supervisors and telecommuters prior to beginning a telecommute
program; minimal capital investment (many telecommuters do not use computers;
those that do us« computers often move them from their office to their home)
(JALA, 1989). Additional issues may require that employers address cottage industry
 inspection laws*  union work rules* liability for injuries occurring while working at
home, and the application of OSHA regulations (CSI, 1986).

Complementary  Measures.  Work schedule changes; trip reduction ordinances;
employer-based transportation management programs; road pricing; "no drive" days.
8»OS«r2  2
                                     22

-------
Examples. Government programs include the Telecommuting Pilot Project for the
Southern California Association of Governments and the State of California Tele-
commuting Pilot Project; the U.S. Air Force and the U.S. General Services Admini-
stration are planning pilot projects to begin in 1990 (Gordon, 1989). Numerous cor-
porate programs have been in place since the early to mid-1980s, for example Blue
Cross/Blue Shield of South Carolina (16 computer  staff); Control Data Corporation of
Minneapolis, Minnesota (their Alternative Worksite Program has 100 participants);
and NYNEX (New York Bell System), which has made sophisticated electronic
equipment accessible to its telecommuting employees (SCAG* 1985).

Effectiveness.  Little data is available quantifying the transportation or air quality
effects of telecommuting projects. A review of some early (1973-1975) telecommu-
ting studies noted that 1* to 22 percent of work-trip vehicle miles are potentially
substitutable with telecommutes, and also noted Southern California Association of
Government estimates that a 12 percent work-trip substitution would result in a 3
percent overall person-trip reduction and a 3.* percent reduction in overall VMT
(CSI  1986).  One potential problem associated with telecommuting is the opportunity
for increased non-work trips.  Little research is available, however, to document the
potential effects telecommuting might have on non-work trips. In California, the
South Coast Air Quality Management District's recently approved Air Quality
Management Plan assumes that a 20 percent reduction in work tripsi due to telecom-
muting will result in a net 5 percent increase in non-work trips (SCAG, 1989).  Pre-
liminary results from the State of California's Telecommuting Pilot Project  indicate
that the average daily number of non-work trips might actually decrease amongtele-
commuters; findings are preliminary and further  research is needed (SCAG,  1989).
Another study noted that a teleconference attracted more participants than  normal
conferences, thus generating an  increase in VMT; however,  since the increased travel
was geographically distributed over a  larger than normal area, it was not readily
apparent what air quality effects resulted (Mokhtarian,  1988).

 Recommended Information Sources. Fleming, 1989; JALA, 1989; Mokhtarian, 1988;
 Gordon and Kelly, 1986. Two newsletter sources are "Telecommuting Review: The
 Gordon Report," available from  Gil Gordon Associates, Monmouth Junction, New
 Jersey (201-329-2266); and "Telecommunity," available  from the Southern California
 Association of Governments (213-236-1881).
 Traffic Flow Improvements

 Measures improving traffic flow generally fall into two categories: those affecting
 traff^signalization, and/or improvements in traffic operations (e.g., street system
 ^orovemen s such as intersection widening, lane restriping, adding turning lanes,
 S^^ond. The measures are usually low-cost and seek toreduc^e delays
 and stops by increasing roadway capacity or smoothing out traffic speeds.  However,
 from an airquality perspective, large-scale flow improvements may yield neutral or
 elen negative result? if ihe improvement induces more traffic in an area.  Planners


  S9osar2 2                           23

-------
 should carefully examine flow improvement proposals which would improve opera-
 tions by approximately half a level of service, or which would reduce delays by
 approximately five or more minutes overall.  Lane additions should be examined
 particularly closely (any proposed freeway additions; proposals to add lanes for more
 than a few blocks on surface streets).

 Innovative/Recent  Implementation Efforts.  California's Fuel-Efficient Traffic Signal
 Timing Program (FETSIM).  The program has retimed more than 5,000 signals across
 the state, producing, on average, 15 percent reductions in stops and delays; 7.2 per-
 cent reductions in travel time; and 8.6 percent reductions in fuel use. The retiming
 program has yielded 5-8 percent reductions in carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon
 emissions (Deakin,  198S).

 Factors for Success. Success factors are specific to measures; for example, (1) for
 signal timing projects, it is necessary to have equipment capable of multiple timing
 plans and coordination (or the budget to install new equipment); also, signal retiming
 may be appropriate for areas with traffic growth in which signals have not been
 retimed within 3-5  years; and (2) improvement potential depends upon the availa-
 bility of streets whose abutting land uses are suited to higher levels of through-
 traffic (e.g., it may not be appropriate to improve traffic flow in a residential area
 or in a shopping district).

 Complementary Measures. Restricting movements and/or cross traffic; removing or
 restricting parking  to off-peak periods; removing unnecessary stop signs; removing  -•
 bottlenecks from congested roadways (e.g., loading zones, bus stops); implementing
 motorist advisory systems to warn drivers of congested routes; establishing programs
 to expedite removal of disabled vehicles; providing pull-outs for disabled vehicles;
 and implementing peak period pricing*

 Examples.  Traffic  flow improvements have been widely implemented throughout the
 United States.  Parking restrictions that improve traffic flow (e.g.. limited on-street
 parking) are reported to be working particularly well in several major cities including
 San Francisco, New York, and Washington, D.C.

 Effectiveness.  Conducted regularly (every 3-5 years), signal retiming could reduce
 emissions 4-5 percent on the affected roadways (*0 percent of all  urban travel in
 California occurs on signalized roadways; few data are available for other states).
 Other measures must be analyzed on a case-by-case basis (Deakin, 1988).

 Recommended Information Sources.  ITE, 1988b; CSI, 1986; Batchelder et al., 1983.


Transit Improvements

Transit improvements broadly include measures to improve transit operations and
 transit management.  Example operational improvements include changes involving


 8t058r2  2                            24                                                  ]

-------
bus routes and scheduling, express bus service, bus traffic signal preemption, simpli-
fied fare collection, long-range transit improvements, and paratransit (individualized
service in small vehicles including "diai-a-ride," vans and vanpools, taxis).  Example
management improvements include marketing programs, maintenance changes,
vehicle fleet upgrading, transfer improvements, fare changes.  Both conventional,
public-agency-sponsored transit services and private sector transit services are
available.

Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts. Timed transfer systems have greatly
improved the quality of suburban service in many areas, including Portland, Oregon.
Experiments have been conducted to offer free or reduced rate taxi service to
transit users who must unexpectedly work late or leave the office early; some efforts
are under way to provide service centers (e.g., for dry cleaning, child day care, bank-
ing, food shopping) near transit stops and park and ride lots. In New York City, an
organization called. Transit Center prepares transit vouchers (called TransitCheks)
that businesses can distribute to encourage employees to use transit and allow them
to take advantage of the federal government's $15.00 a month tax-free transit fringe
benefit program (Soffian et al., 1988).

Factors for  Success.4 Varies considerably depending upon measure; examples (from
Batcheider et al., 1983) include

     Bus transfer stations.  Will attract more riders if located within walking dis-
     tance  of activity centers such as shopping malls or office complexes? also
     important  to locate near existing trunk transit routes to decrease costs asso-
     ciated with extra running time; streets leading to activity centers should have
     limited congestion, and/or might include signal preemption for buses; informa-
     tion signage in and around transfer stations is important as are maps showing
     where nearby stops are located.

     Expanded regular-route bus service.  Generally, residential areas within a quar-
     ter mile of the bus route should have 4,000 or more people per square mile to
     generate enough passengers (20-25  passengers per hour); a density of 2,000
     people per square mile will be acceptable if passengers can be drawn from
     within a half-mile on either side of a route.

     Shared ride taxi.  Intermediate service between transit and taxi service appli-
     cable  to areas where a dispatcher can (80 percent of the time) combine rider
     requests within 15 minutes; usually requires a population density over 3,000 per
     square mile; best if trips are to serve major destination centers (e.g., airports,
     downtown areas, shopping centers).

Complementary Measures.  Park and ride facilities, signal timing/preemption, pricing
strategies (e.g., tolls), high occupancy vehicle lanes, parking restrictions.

Examples.  Virtually all urban areas have transit services.


8»osar2 2                           25

-------
 Effectiveness. The extent to which improved transit services may or may not reduce
 vehicle emissions will depend on the proportion of new riders using the new service
 instead of (1) a single-occupancy vehicle, (2) another transit service, or (3) walking or
 bicycling; the emissions associated with the new transit service; the characteristics
 of the vehicle trips being replaced by the transit service and the degree to which
 those trips' emissions are reduced (e.g., whether cold start emissions are reduced if
 short trips are still taken to the transit service facility) (see Appendix D for past
 experience summaries for specific transit program rules of thumb).

 Recommended Information Sources. Batcheider et ai., 1983; Pratt and Copple,  1981;
 DiRenzo and Rubin, 1978.
 Trip-Reduction Ordinances (TROs)

 TROs are local government actions designed to reduce VMT and trips.  Example TRO
 components seek to encourage or require ridesharing; employer-based transportation
 management programs; developer-based intersection, roadway and public facilities
 improvements; employer completion of transportation surveys; impact or benefit
 assessment fees to fund expanded transit or transportation system operations; and
 trip-reduction requirements to offset zoning changes made to facilitate development
 plans. Most provisions apply to work trips. Implementation varies depending upon
 local government authority. For example, some TROs require peak-period trip
 reductions; others require reductions in total trips or VMT.  TROs are appealing to
 EPA because (1) they are rules whose implementation can be enforced, (2) they apply
 to employers (sources attracting the vehicle emissions) but target single-occupant
 vehicles, and (3) employee participation is voluntary, encouraged through employer
 programs (Hawthorne,  1988).

 Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts.  Perhaps one of the most widely publi-
 cized trip-reduction ordinances has been the transportation management ordinance
 implemented in Pleasanton, California beginning in 1984. (Despite its title, the
 ordinance actually sets but to keep traffic growth within acceptable limits, not to
 "reduce" trips.)  Program success has been attributed, in part, to the fact that the
 TRO was cooperatively drafted by the city, employees, and developers (Gilpin, 1989).

 Factors for Success.  Coordinated area-wide programs (e.g., rideshare matching,
 parking management, HOV lanes, parking policies); equitable application of ordi-
 nances to entire classes of employers and developers; established procedures to
 monitor and improve program effectiveness; coverage to include existing and new
employers, multi-employer buildings and complexes; small mimmum employer size
(e.g.,  50-100 people); required annual employee survey and annually updated trip
reduction plan; ongoing information (including guidance) and promotion program; per-
8fOSIr2  2
                                     26

-------
formance standards based on area-specific data; minimal paperwork; oversight com-
mittee with broad representation from employers, developers, employees, and city
(Deakin, 1988); strong enforcement to avoid "paper" compliance.

Comolementary Measures. Area-wide ridesharing, park and ride lots, employer-
based transportation management programs, parking management, HOV lanes, transit
improvements, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, flexible/staggered work hours.

Examples.  More than 50 TROs have been adopted around the country; earliest
example covering existing employment centers is in Pleasanton, California; one of
the most recent and comprehensive has been adopted in the Los Angeles, California
region ("Regulation XV") by the South Coast Air Quality Management District.

Effectiveness. TROs are relatively new and there is limited information on their
effectiveness to date. Effectiveness will be determined by TRO's focus—if focused
on peak hour trips from large (e.g., more than 500 people) employers, only 2-5 per-
cent of an area's trips are targeted; an ordinance focusing on the peak commute
period (three-hour periods for commute traffic in morning and evening) and
employers of 100 or more people might target 15-20 percent of area trips.  VMT and
trip reductions will depend on the effectiveness of individual programs (Deakin,
1988). However, TROs may come as close as any TCM to providing "enforceable"
VMT reductions.

Recommended Information Sources. Caltrans, 1989 (this is a directory of TROs in
California); Puitz, 1988; DOT, 1986; MTC, 1985; Brittle et al., 198*.
 Voluntary No-Drive Days

 Programs to encourage "no-drive" days seek to lower VMT during seasons when pollu-
 tant problems occur, and/or during specific high pollutant concentration episodes.
 Programs typically market the need to reduce nonessential trips and to find alterna-
 tive work transportation for one weekday.  Programs usually "assign" no-drive days
 to drivers on the basis of license plate numbers.  For example, the Denver Better Air
•Campaign (BAG) asks drivers to leave cars at home on the basis of the last number in
 their license plate: Monday, 0-1 and personalized plates; Tuesday, 2-3; Wednesday,
     Thursday, 6-7; Friday, 8-9 (Market Analysis Professionals, 1988).
 Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts.  Opportunities exist for public/private
 partnerships to jointly promote and sponsor a "no-drive" program. In Arizona, the
 Phoenix Chamber of Commerce and the Arizona Broadcasters Association started a
 "Clean Air Force Campaign," including a "Dont Drive One in Five" theme. Various
 local and state public agencies (the Regional Public Transportation Authority, the
 Arizona Energy Office, the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality) later
 joined with these private groups to promote and expand the program. Arizona's pro-
 gram was modeled on programs in Denver and Colorado Springs, Colorado.
 890S»r2  2

-------
 Factors for Success. Coordination among all agencies/groups; business community
 participation and support; advertising and promotion through all media; public
 awareness of the interrelationships between air quality and vehicle use, and public
 commitment to improved air quality goals.

 Complementary Measures. Ridesharing programs; telecommuting programs; transit
 and paratransit improvements; alternative work schedules; trip-reduction ordinances;
 employer-based transportation management programs; HOV lanes; park and ride lots;
 pricing strategies.
                                                              t
 Examples. "Clean Air Force Campaign, Dont Drive One in Five" (Maricopa County
 Arizona); and the Colorado Department of Health's "Better Air Campaign" for Den-
 ver, Colorado.  Both programs target winter-month driving to reduce carbon mono-
 xide levels.

 Effectiveness.  Effectiveness of voluntary programs varies substantially from region
 to region depending on the level of commitment and effort expended to educate the
 driving public and market the importance of the "no-drive" program. Maricopa
 County, Arizona's program apparently achieved a 2.8 percent reduction in VMT for
 November-January (1988-89). Although initially thought to result in substantial trip
 reductions, recent data indicate the Denver BAC may achieve about a 1 percent VMT
 reduction (Scheuernstuhl, 1989). Tools to measure effectiveness include before and.
 after traffic counts, transit patronage statistics, rideshare application trends, and .
 survey results monitoring public awareness  and participation rates (MAGTPO,
 1988). It is important to note that it is very difficult to predict the effectiveness of
 a voluntary no-drive program prior to its  implementation.  EPA will only grant emis-
 sion reduction credit to a program after several years of data have been collected
 that demonstrate the program's effectiveness.

 Recommended  Information Sources.  Grady, 1989; supplemental readings that focus
 on marketing efforts, for example:  Murray, 1986; Lovelock eit al., 1987.
Work Schedule Changes

"Flex Time" or flexible work hours (the opportunity to vary work schedules) and stag-
gered work hours (the opportunity to work a set schedule at times other than the rou-
tine work schedule) can help to spread work trip traffic patterns over a wider com-
mute period and thus reduce congestion during normally peak periods (transit crowd-
ing can also be relieved). Similarly, "4/40* programs or compressed work weeks
allow employees to work a week's worth of hours during a period less than five days,
thus shifting traffic to nonpeak periods and completely eliminating some trips on
certain days. All three schedule-changing measures can reduce congestion-producing
emissions (i.e., decreased emissions due to reduced stop-and-go traffic and slower
8t05ir2  2

-------
speeds); compressed schedules can also reduce VMT (though increased nonwork trips
may result during the extra days off). A potential problem with work schedule
changes is that they may reduce the number of "matches" for carpools.

Innovative/Recent Implementation Efforts.  Lockheed Company in Sunnyvale, Cali-
fornia implemented an aggressive "find-a-rideshare-replacement program" along with
its staggered work hours plan; since work schedule changes can disrupt ridesharing
arrangements, the replacement  program helped to maintain rideshare levels as work
hour changes occurred (MTC, 1985).

Factors for Success.  In general, for schedule changes to be successful, (1) 15-30
minute periods of relatively low density traffic should be consistently observable
during acceptable commute periods; (2) an activity center should contain at least ^0
percent of the employment within a 1-2 mile radius if congestion is to be relieved on
the surrounding street or transit network; (3) alternating hours in one firm of 1,000
or more employees may be sufficient and more practical than staggering hours for a
number of smaller firms; (4) transit .to the work area should service all times under
alternative schedules (Batcheider et al., 1983). For specific program options, the
following factors are important:

     Staeeered Hours.  Works well in a variety of environments, particularly
     assembly line and multiple shift production facilities.

     Flex Time.  Works well with office environments; difficulties arise when busi-
     ness involves face-to-face communications, inter-employee/departmental  ..
     interactions, or assembly  line work, or when it requires continuous coverage.
     Priority  should be given to individuals who use flex-time to rideshare.

     Compressed Week. Works best in manufacturing settings, though there has
     been some success with government worker office settings.  Of the three
     options,  this has the highest failure rate because of worker fatigue, scheduling
     difficulties, and employee dissatisfaction (MTC, 1985).

Complementary Measures. Employer-based transportation management programs;
trip-reduction ordinances; improved transit; increased area-wide ridesharing efforts;
HOV lanes; ramp metering.

Examples. Numerous programs exist throughout the country; a study in the late
1970s indicated over 12 percent of United States private sector businesses with 50 or
more employees had alternative work schedule options, with approximately 6 percent
of all employees adopting alternative hours (Nollen and Martin, 1978).

Effectiveness. Flex time lets workers adjust schedules to match transit services and
enter into pooling arrangements (though some studies show that transit use actually
decreases as workers switch to carpools or other modes); few or no mode shifts occur
 S90SSr2 2                            29

-------
 with staggered and compressed schedules; compressed schedules appear to lower
 total VMT (i.e., both work and nonwork VMT); little data is available describing VMT
 reductions achieved; results from four cities show a 10-50 percent reduction in peak-
 period (i.e.,  15-minute to 1-hour peak period) employee arrivals with flex/staggered
 time; travel time savings vary considerably among participants (CSI, 1986).

 Recommended Information Sources.  MTC, 1985; Dynatrend, Inc., 1983; Pratt and
 Copple, 1981.
 SAMPLE PACKAGING ARRANGEMENTS

 This section broadly summarizes and identifies information concerning which mea-
 sures appear to work best with one another.  As identified in the TCM descriptions,
 many measures complement one another though there are also some situations wh*r-
 jointly implemented measures detract from their individual effectiveness. On
 occasion, depending upon local conditions, packaged measures might or might not act
 to improve their aggregate effectiveness.

 An important consideration is the need to package incentives for TCM use with, in
 some cases, disincentives to single occupant vehicle (SOV) use.  The mere provision
 of a measure may not mean that travelers will use alternate transportation modes.
 For example:  numerous park and ride facilities have been provided in the Denver
 area over the past five years in part to encourage transit use; however, the number -
 of individuals riding Denver's express bus system has failed to increase during this
 period (Scheuernstuhl, 1989). The implication is that the Denver measures need to be
 packaged with further incentives (or disincentives).  Whenever possible, planners
 should examine the potential to use packaging arrangements to increase TCM effec-
 tiveness.

 Several analytical approaches are available to planners who need to package mea-
 sures. One approach involves using professional judgment; another relies on network
 simulations (and the use of travel demand models as described in the technical
 guidance section); a third option combines network simulation with benefit-cost
 analysis to rank the implementation order for measures. From a practical stand-
 point, the most useful approaches are likely to combine quantitative and qualitative
 analysis to determine which TCMs to package together.

 The TCM literature provides guidance that can make the analytical task easier.  This
 information falls into two categories: (1) generally observable synergies that suggest
packaging arrangements (e.g., linking ridesharing programs with park and ride lots);
and (2) more complex arrangements targeted to specific traffic or demographic con-
ditions.
                                     30
890Slr2  2

-------
Generally Observed Packaging Strategies

As suggested by the TCM descriptions presented earlier in this section, general
observations are readily made as to which measures work well together. A summa-
tion of these  findings is presented by Rosenbloom (1978):

     In general, it was found that improvements in driving conditions work counter
     to efforts to shift commuters from their own cars onto public transit or to
     participate in ridesharing programs. Penalties associated with driving, on the
     other hand, support these efforts, as well as attempts to reduce overall travel
     by changing land uses and substituting communications for work trips.  All
     transit  improvement and incentive techniques are mutually supportive  to a high
     degree. Carpooling, which in itself appears to be a moderately effective and
     inexpensive approach, does not blend well with many other approaches; efforts
     to reduce travel demand by changing land use, to spread peak commuting
     times, to  provide transit alternatives,  or to improve traffic flow through
     improvements to roadways ail reduce the motivation for participating  in pre-
     arranged ride-sharing*

Figure 2-1 presents a summary of the general compatibility of the 12 measures pro-
filed in this guidance document.  The figure represents a broad summary of the find-
ings presented in the literature and reviewed for each of these 12 measures—indivi-
dual cases may require different packaging  strategies.


Packaging Arrangements Targeted to Specif ic
Problems or Demographic Conditions

Specific problems are best approached by constructing packages tailored to the site's
needs.  The city of Boston is one example of an area that took a tailored-package
approach.  Boston planners established an auto-restricted-zone (ARZ) to meet a
variety of site-specific traffic mitigation goals. The Boston ARZ package included
parking restrictions, pedestrian-only streets, intersection realignments, traffic light
signalization changes, revised one-way street patterns, and bus route modifications
designed iterativeiy until an optimum approach was identified (Weisbrod,  1982).

Two examples in the literature that offer suggested packaging approaches for
specific problems are Rosenbloom (1978) and Batchelder et al. (1983).  In Rosen-
bloom, eight TCMs are cross-matched to determine their compatibility.  They  are
then ranked as to their capability for solving congestion problems in five  scenarios:
large city CBDs, small city CBDs, urban freeways and arterials, roadways with
strong one-directional flow, and roadways with limited options for alternative
routes. For example, transit improvements are identified as the top-ranked approach
for solving congestion problems in large city CBDs and on urban freeways and
arterials; transit improvements are also identified as being compatible with work
 S»OSSr2 2                          31

-------
                       Area-wide Rideshtring
                       •MMMMMMMM

                       Bicycling
                       Employer-based Transportation Managem
                       HOY Lanes
                       WMMMBI^MB^M

                       Park and Ride
                       Parking Management
                       Road Pricing
                       Tragic Flow Improvements
                      Tnmiit Improvement*


                      Trip-Reduction Ordinance*
                      Volunttry No-Drive D«y>
                      Work Schedule Chmges
                                                   Key
                           Mutually supportive measures

                           Conflicting measures
Limited or no interaction

Wfll vary with situatioo
PPP89058
                      For further examples cad discussion, see Rosenbloom. 1978-
                      Wlbur Smith A Associates. 19S1; Horowitz. 1977.
                                                          32

-------
hour changes, pricing techniques, and restricting roadway access, but they are
incompatible with ridesharing and traffic engineering (Rosenbloom, 1978). Figures
2-2 and 2-3 show Rosenbloom's findings.

In a more comprehensive review, Batchelder and co-workers identify six broad
problem categories and packages of transportation system management options
appropriate for specific problems within each category. The categories include pro-
blems (1) at  intersections or on street segments, (2) in corridors, (3) in residential
communities, (<0 in employment centers, (5) at commercial centers,  and (6) at
regional, state, and national levels (Batchelder et al.,  1983). The findings are too
extensive to summarize in this document; readers are referred directly to the
Batchelder report.


RECOMMENDED SOURCES FOR MORE SPECIFIC INFORMATION

This review  has highlighted the type of information available concerning specific
measures, their effectiveness, locations where they have been implemented, and
their compatibility with other TCM strategies. Table 2-4 identifies seven references
that provide detailed descriptive material for a number of TCMs. In addition, one of
the documents identified in Table 2-4 (ITE, 1988) includes a detailed bibliography of
additional source material for specific measures.  Appendix C profiles examples of
actual TCM identification, analysis, and implementation.  Appendix D lists past _
experience and potential "rules of thumb" for forecasting the effectiveness of nine
broad TCM categories.
 8tOSSr2- 2

-------


Basic Package
Work-hour changes
Pricing techniques
Restricting access
Changing land use
Prearranged ridesharing
Communications substitutes
Traffic engineering
Transit treatments




1
u
i

+
0
0
.
0
+
•*•




1 1
•c rL
w *o
60 O
I i
+ 0
0
0
+ +
0 0
+ 0
0
+ +

•


T5
J
bo
'§> u
5 2
^ 3
e
0
+
+

0
' +
+ .
0




B
.=
ao •— v> o
ii 11 • 4
c "S 5 s
|-c gS
• *
0
0
o +
0

0
0




8
Ji
•

+
•
,


.
Key
2
1
Fransit ir

.

w




I^M^^B
•Ml^
+ Supportive
0 Neutral

- Conflicting
                      FIGURE 2-2. Packaging opportunities for eight measures proposed by
                      Rosenbloom (1978).                                        .
Major Problem Areas



Work-hour changes
Pricing techniques

Access restriction
Land-use changes
Prearranged ridesharing

CBD'sof
Large
Citites
5
2
4
3
6

CBD'sof
Small
Cities
7
1
2
5
6

Urban
Freeways
and

5
8
6
3
4
Special Problem Areas

Roadways
with Strong
One-Directional

• 5
7
8
4
3
Roadways
with Limited
Options for
Alternative

5
1
6
3
4
substitutes for travel
TnSIc cnnnccxni 2
techniques
TnBjsit txduncitts
8
7
1
8
3
4
7
2
1
6 8
1 7
2 2

key
1« Most effective
8 • Least effective 1
                 FIGURE 2-3. Ranking of the proposed packages' applicability to five traffic congestion
                 locations.                                                            e
                 Source: Rosenbloom. 1978.
PPPI905S
                                              34

-------
u

«**4
O


I

3

id

    a


    1
    a
! ! •§ «•! I
> JS"? N Q.O
                      10
               J=5 g-1«
               •5 -| § _£ t,



               {III
               — >,>,<«
               -Q « (0
                                       0)
                                           >> ^
                                           E J,


                                           "« v :
                      n — :?.2 c oflva

                      ||||||S
_"^ MB ^
 o
  SggSS 5 .£ | J2 •§ ^ u

                     fSfiisiig*
                     l^li<^
      Si«5«3«


      *^ J3^>|2
               S'SI'-SS-H^-
               •o M E .9.«- 5 g aj



               « SS^«E ««*-i
               •iSS-I^S^I1
                  g£

                  S-f |


                  § 60 g

                  «'SS
                  (0 *- 2l


                  IJB
                             «0  G
S
                                     o
                                     &
         §
      M«lli
  M
S8a25

^i-S*

8-5-il
4> £ <0 S
g.2P«» «

iifi
« 3 «•
•a .2 «
    g

    i
    0)
    £
*C«
44^
sr^c

^SS^
ISIS

I?l'
?5cu«
                        ill
                                                       «

                                                       e
                                                       a
                         35

-------
                                                        •tit*
   .-s
   CO
   Sf
   , L 
                    I
                     • S  .2
                             g .
                             -- I
                                cs
                5 (0 fl 'Si Si .*^  o   o I"* ^ !5»

                5SjsJi«  S   •Ss-alt
                ~ «<«_§ o  _.   ,,« £»
                *16  --r=S   '">  ^«*fe'3
 g r
 —• ^*

 (Q _

                     I  llpf^ ili^s
    i
      ff "H  jf
      IIP*  s
      "** 5"  S *


      |1|2||
      iislix
          - CO w

          IJF
  M « ««

  J2-^i.Sgf
  IZ eo 'S r-
  o .S •s * .
       -

                  --0 S
          [•3 5   u. S
             g oS
          "Hals
          8 2 a S > e
          •c e'i o0"* U

          Mifits
          sillif

          Ullii
          £e-£ S gr;
          -lau-isl
          •S^S^go
          •fi  ** 2

          sliifl
          5s5«8S>
                1'
                          .Si        in  V   *-• «>


                          »«h   gSI  *' -*•*

                          i*8^   «8P-
                        "till
            irpi
            s^i^«
            28Si|3
            a'SSi S«-
            £8.3 !«!£
            •• s» a Z l.'y
                            £
                           S-o s;
                           ssil
S"*vfluyaj!S"S

«1* a-2 Si fil
r§ .S«jjjjfi
                                     •- « K
                                    • *•« AJ W
                                   «»««-*-
01




l-
H


&
*»M


&
      m
¥s<
                "Sfi
                               tituJ
                      **  5> C


                      !g"£

                      
-------
                        3  INSTITUTIONAL GUIDANCE
INTRODUCTION

This section focuses on institutional guidance; it is designed to help government
officials evaluate the suitability of a transportation control measure or package of
measures for a particular area, determine who should take the lead on and be
involved with TCM planning, and assess and devise funding strategies to support plan-
ning and implementation.

There is a considerable body of experience from which to distill examples of TCMs.
TCM planning and implementation were carried out in the early and mid-1970s under
the 1970 Clean Air Act Amendments; TCM plans and programs were updated and
elaborated upon under the 1977 Amendments.  Parallel work was carried out in the
1970s as a major element of energy conservation and energy contingency efforts, as
well as under the transportation systems management (TSM) regulations promulgated-
by the Federal Highway Administration and the Urban Mass Transportation Admini-
stration in 1975. Recent initiatives in congestion management and traffic mitigation
provide additional examples.

One insight gained from  this body of experience is-that the "fit" between a TCM and
the area in which it would be implemented, organizational arrangements and assign-
ments of responsibility for the TCM, its political acceptability, and the amount and
quality of the resources available for its implementation are as important to the
TCM's success as its technical feasibility.  Indeed, one of the stumbling blocks reduc-
ing implementation effectiveness has been a tendency to'assume that the institu-
tional issues* will "take care of themselves" or will be easily dealt with through a
top-down, command-and-control approach.  Another lesson from experience has been
that institutional considerations need to be an integral part of the evaluation of
TCMs, both because they are strong determinants of effectiveness and because an
 * As used in this discussion, the term "institutional issues" is a shorthand for the set
  of interrelated factors affecting implementation, ^^."Kfgaf1""}
  authority and assignments of responsibility, locus of professional skills and exper-
  Se, financing availability and control, decision-making structure, and formal and
  Sormalrelalionships among organizations, as well as relations with the broader
  public and responsiveness to public concerns.
      22

-------
            ion strategy must be developed through careful, explicit Panning of
 activities.
  several commonly considered TCMs.





  TCM IMPLEMENTATION ISSUES: AN OVERVIEW



  TCM DlanninE usually begins with an initial screening of a comprehensive list of

  L^^ wwSi «oLs of the analysis on potential effectiveness. A variety of
  ted cases.
   in the technical analysis.











                                    ««c bu« tran.it rid^hip as _
                                        38
eiosari 22

-------
   higher levels of transit service impractical. Traffic flow improvements may reduce
   congestion-related emissions but simultaneously reduce the incentive for. a shift
   away from solo commuting.

   Coordination of various TCMs to minimize contradictory results and maximize
   mutually supportive outcomes can be particularly complicated, since implementation
   responsibilities are usually scattered among a number of public and private organiza-
   tions. One transit agency may run the rail system, and another, the suburban bus
   system; the two may not coordinate services and may think of themselves as com-
   petitors. Employers may reschedule work hours to suit business and employee needs
   and to reduce commutation during congested periods, but offer free parking to ail
   who wish it and expect employees to have a car available for work-related trips.
   Traffic engineers may seek to make it easier for commuters to travel by auto at the
   same time that planners are implementing parking prices to discourage auto com-
   mutes.

   Finally, political and institutional acceptability can be a primary determinant of
   whether a TCM moves from a "paper exercise" to  implementation.  For example,
   analyses of road pricing and parking pricing almost always find these strategies to be
   highly effective; yet their implementation has been extremely limited because many
   decision makers are convinced that their constituents would not tolerate the use of
   price as a restraint on access to, or use of, public  facilities.  City staff may also
   believe auto restrictions will hurt the local economy and refuse to implement certain
   transit priority and parking management measures.

   A critical step in the TCM planning process is to identify and assess the implementa-
   tion environment for each TCM or package of TCMs, both to adjust estimates of
  x TCM effectiveness and to aid in the development  of effective implementation
   strategies.  Such an assessment must  address several considerations:

            TCM scope and "fit" in the particular implementation context;
        •   Responsibility for TCM implementation;
        •   Funding needs and resources; and
            The TCM's political and institutional acceptability.

   Each of these considerations is discussed in some detail in the pages that follow.
   Table 3-1 provides an overview of issues to be considered under each major heading.


   ASSESSING TCM SCOPE AND "FTT*

   How much emissions reduction any one TCM actually accomplishes depends or
   several factors. The initial screening usually will have determined the modeis) of
   travel the measure affects, the type
-------
TABLE 3-1.  TCM implementation issues.
    Relationships Among TCMS

    •    complementarity among measures

    •    conflicting actions; assessment of degree to which they can be
         controlled or managed

    •    opportunity to "piggyback" on other programs, objectives
         (congestion relief, energy conservation,...)

    TOM Effectiveness

    •    likely size and location of the market(s) for the TCM (e.g., trip
         purpose(s) affected, mode(s) affected, percent of trips affected,
         geographic scope of implementation)

    •    local experience with the TCM; level of success

    •    distribution of costs and benefits from the measure; time
         required for benefits to begin; duration of benefits; performance
         over time

    Resource Requirements (Personnel and. Funding)

    •    identification of legal authority for the TCM; need for change in
         legislation or regulations to provide clear authority or remove
         impediments

    •    identification of organization(s), if any, with responsibility
         for the TCM; organizations whose cooperation and consent (or
         acquiescence) would be needed; degree of support or resistance
         likely

         identification of skills needed to develop detailed
         implementation plans (engineering, planning, economics, legal,
         ...); resources and time required

    •    fundability of the TCM: possible sources of funding for the TCM;
         decision process for allocation of funding (decision locus,
         amount of discretion, etc.); time required to obtain funds
••OS«rl 2*

                                   40

-------
TABLE 3-1.  concluded
    Acceptability
         probable political acceptability of the TCM; likely sources of
         support; likely sources of opposition/resistance

         degree of compatibility/conflict with established organizational
         objectives, procedures; compatibility/conflict with other desired
         projects or actions
 8»osari 2*                         41

-------
emissions.  Implementation experience may differ from forecasts for reasons beyond
the direct control of planners and engineers. Change's in exogenous factor's such as
the rate of population growth, the mix of employment type, and transportation prices
can undermine measures1 effectiveness; cheap fuel has had this effect in recent
years.  While such changes cannot always be fully anticipated, sensitivity of the
forecasts can usually be tested. Institutional issues, in comparison, often can be
anticipated and plans made to take advantage of opportunities or overcome
barriers. Among the issues to be considered are (1) whether there is a broad market
for the TCM or a small one, (2) how widely the measure will be implemented, and (3)
whether there is full or only partial compliance.


Market Potential

If it has not already been done as part of the technical analysis, it is important to
assess the market potential for the TCM, in particular, the number and types of trips
and percentage of travel that the TCM is likely to affect.  For example, many of  the
measures included in transportation-air quality plans, and particularly the demand-
oriented ones, apply only to work travel. Ridesharing programs, f lextime, and, to a
large extent, transit services and incentives, are aimed at commuters.

The trip to work is a natural target, both because it is the most susceptible to shifts
to alternative modes and because it is most likely to occur in congested conditions
and during critical periods for air standards violations.  Work trips, however, account
for only a third of the vehicle miles traveled (VMT) and 20 to 25 percent of the trips
in most cities.  This factor needs to be recognized both in estimating the TCM's
overall impact on emissions and in considering the magnitude of the TCM's effects on
travel.

Suppose that 70 percent of the workers in a community drive alone. Shifting fully
half of these commuters to alternative modes would affect only about 11 percent of
the VMT and less than 8 percent of the trips. Since a more likely shift would  involve
less than 10 to 15 percent of  the drive-alone trips (Horowitz, 1982), net benefits  per
work-trip-oriented measure probably would not exceed a few percentage points in
overall air pollution reduction.

Many TCMs, moveover, tend to be most beneficial during peak periods. Flexible
work hours, for example, are valuable as a  TCM primarily because they may reduce
peaking (hence congestion); offered outside of the peaks, f lextime may provide a
social, but not necessarily transportation, benefit. A number of traffic engineering
and operations measures are  also peak-oriented. Some, e.g., ramp metering, may
operate only during peaks. Others, such as added intersection capacity, may not be
particularly needed at other times of the day. It is necessary  in these cases to
account for the share of trips that occur during non-peak periods.
                                      42

-------
   Many TCMs target specific types of urban environments (e.g., CBDs) or specific
   kinds of facilities. The scope of implementation of the TCM determines the percent
   of targeted trips affected.  For example, auto-restricted zones (ARZs) can reduce
   emissions and exposure levels in areas that otherwise would be heavily congested
   (although emissions may simply be diverted to other, unrestricted routes).  However,
   ARZs are suited to a relatively few places, mostly central business districts and
   other concentrated areas of activity.  Only trips that would otherwise have entered
   such areas would be directly affected.  Similarly, freeway traffic flow improvements
   have an eff«ct only on those trips using the freeway and perhaps using parallel routes
   (where the effect could be positive if trips switch to the better-flowing freeway, or
   negative if trips are stored on arterials in order to keep the freeway moving).
   Market Size

   The size of the target market is also important.  To illustrate, substitution of a
   bicycle trip for an auto trip is extremely effective in eliminating emissions, but is
   realistic and attractive for relatively few people. As another example, a city-wide
   tax on parking would affect the travel choices of only those commuters for whom the
   tax raised the cost. If employers or businesses were to pay for the parking, reduc-
   tions in travel would be highly unlikely.  In many areas the affected market segment
   would be very small; only 10 to 20 percent of all employees, and virtually no custo-
   mers or clients, pay for parking.

   This sort of review of analysis results and qualitative assessment of TCM market
   potential can have at least two beneficial effects. First, estimates developed
   through the technical analysis can be refined. Second, the assessment may point to
   ways to address a broader range of trip types and/or off-peak travel, thus leading to
   a new round of analysis of a broader or farther-reaching set of alternatives.  Several
   iterations of quantitative analysis and qualitative assessment of the results can be
   carried out to refine TCM strategies. Together, this information can help analysts
   and policy makers set priorities for detailed planning and implementation.


   DETERMINING RESPONSIBILITY FOR TCM IMPLEMENTATION   .

   Clear assignments of responsibility for detailed TCM planning and implementation
   are critical to the success of a transportation-air quality program. Some TCMs are
   clearly the responsibility of one agency or require a specific and Well-defined set of
   disciplinary skills; traffic signal timing, a traditional traffic engineering responsi-
   bility, is an example. However, other TCMs (such as parking management) cut  across
   planning, engineering, and finance expertise and organizational lines of responsi-
   bility, and a few TCMs (such as road pricing) are not clearly within the scope of
   authority of any organization or set of organizations.
690S8rl 22                               43

-------
    A useful way of sorting through these issues is to begin by grouping TCMs according
    to their effect on transportation system functions. TCMs can be grouped into four
    categories, according to their primary objective or effect:

         .    Operational improvements for emissions reduction, these measures are
             intended to directly reduce vehicular emissions without necessarily chang-
             ing the amount of auto use by (1) improving the operating conditions for
             autos through traffic flow improvements, (2) shifting trips to less conges-
             ted routes through route guidance or route restrictions, and (3) shifting
             travel to less congested time periods.

         •    Improvements to alternative modes.  These measures increase the attrac-
             tiveness of transit, carpoois and vanpoois, bicycling, and walking in com-
             parison to the single-occupant auto through (1) direct investnwints in the
             alternatives, (2)  investments in support facilities, and (3) subsidies and
             other incentives.

         .    Disincentives to auto use. These TCMs are designed to discourage auto
             travel (or often, single-occupant vehicle (SOV) travel, usually by restrict-
             ing vehicular or SOV movements at certain times or in certain places, or
             by removing subsidies,  increasing costs, or decreasing convenience.

             Reducing the need for travel.  These measures allow individuals to engage
             in desired activities with less travel, e.g., by substituting communications
             technologies or arranging land uses so that trips can be consolidated or
             shortened.

    A more detailed listing of TCMs for each of the four categories is presented in Table
    3-2, along with a preliminary identification of common assignments of responsibility
    for each category and subcategory.

    The first category includes measures that are intended to reduce emissions without
    significantly changing travel behavior or reducing VMT. The strategies are supply-
    and operations-oriented'and would require traffic engineering skills for implementa-
    tion.

    Categories 2 and 3, in contrast, are intended to reduce emissions by reducing VMT.
    They explicitly intend to alter travel behavior, through incentives in some cases and
    disincentives in others. They are demand- and market-oriented, and thek implemen-
    tation would require skills in planning and economics as well  as more traditional
    engineering.
•S05lrl  22

-------
TABLE 3-2.   Transportation control measures:   Examples  and  typical
responsibilities.


(1)  Operational improvements for emissions reduction:  traffic flow
     improvements

     (a)  Improving traffic flow conditions through road  improvements and
          better utilization of existing capacity

          Responsibility:  traffic engineers and operations specialists  in
          local and state agencies

          Examples:

          •  new roads; added lanes
          •  intersection widenings; over- or underpasses
          •  provision of left- and right-turn lanes
          •  peak period on-street parking bans
          •  efficient signal timing
          •  freeway ramp metering and flow metering
          •  timely accident removal

     (b)  Shifting trips to less congested routes

          Responsibility:  traffic engineers and operations specialists;
          currently primarily a research and demonstration activity)

          •  route guidance
          •  route restrictions  .
          •  corridor management

     (c)  Shifting trips to less congested times of day/days of week

          Responsibility:  employers, for work rescheduling (often for
          purposes other than transportation impact); other strategies are
          not well institutionalized; primarily a research and
          demonstration activity with state, regional, local, and private
          sector examples

          •  flextime programs
          •  staggered work hours
          •  staggered work weeks
          •  congestion pricing
          •  peak period restrictions on  travel, deliveries

—;                                                              continued
                                   45
        21

-------
TABLE 3-2.  continued
(2)  Improvements to alternative modes:   shifting  travel  to  less  polluting
     modes

     (a)  Provision of /improvements to commute  alternatives

          Responsibility:   transit agencies;  ridesharing  agencies;  some
          regional and state participation;  increasing  local and  private
          sector activity)

          •  better transit:  denser networks,  increased  frequency,  direct
             service, express service, timed  transfers

          •  specialized services:  shuttles, club buses, snared   taxis

          •  programs to market, promote,  and assist carpooling,  vanpool-
             ing, bicycling, walking

     (b)  Provision of related facilities

          Responsibility:   traffic engineers  and operations  specialists;
          planning offices  and private sector for  transit, bike,
          pedestrian facilities

          •  HOV lanes, bypasses on freeways  and local  streets
          •  HOV signal preemption on-ramps,  major intersections
          •  improved transit stops, shelters,  stations
          •  park-and-ride  lots
          •  parking facilities for carpools, vanpools
          •  bike paths and parking
          •  walking paths  and sidewalks

     (c)  Subsidies/other, incentives:

          Responsibility:   transit and ridesharing offices;  increasing
          local government  and private sector activity

          ••  transit passes, employer provided  or  subsidized vehicles for
             pooling ( mileage payments for bike, walk use

          •  preferential parking allocation, location, and  price for HOVs

          •  guaranteed rides home; midday transportation; short-term auto
             rentals
• S058rl 2i*                          46

-------
TABLE 3-2.  concluded
(3)  Disincentives to auto use:  reducing auto use and removing auto sub-
     sidies

     Responsibility:  varies with measure—ridesharing and transit
     agencies, local planning departments, private sector; pricing
     measures not well institutionalized"

     •  promotion of voluntary no-drive days
     •  vehicle-free zones, transit malls
     •  area entry licenses
     •  parking by permit only
     •  congestion tolls, entry tolls
     •  parking pricing
     •  control of parking supply, location, use, rates
     •  no free employee parking for solo commuters

(4)  Reducing the need for travel: eliminating some trips altogether

     (Responsibility: not well institutionalized; primarily a  research  and
     demonstration activity with state, regional, local, and private
     sector examples)

     •  telecommuting
     •  teleconferencing
     •  delivery services
     •  automatic payroll deposits
 890S8r2 2W                          47

-------
    The final category emphasizes control of emissions without necessarily altering
    either transportation facilities or travel demand through substitution of telecom-
    munications for travel. Although this latter strategy raises questions of technologi-
    cal readiness and cost, it does not require change in travel behavior, nor in the
    investment patterns that transportation agencies follow.

    As Table 3-2 indicates, TCMs that are primarily oriented toward improving streets
    and highways tend to be implemented by engineering organizations and groups, while
    alternatives to private vehicular travel are provided by transit agencies, ridesharing
    organizations, and employers. Pricing, auto restrictions, and other demand-reducing
    strategies are more often the responsibility of planning departments (and sometimes,
    finance or budget departments), although in some cases no clear assignment of
    responsibility has emerged. Employers are the main decision makers for temporal
    shifts of travel, although some R & D activity on this front is beginning to be carried
    out.  Finally, several kinds of TCMs nave not yet become part of the ordinary busi-
    ness of government or the private  sector, and responsibilities for detailed planning
    and action simply have not been determined.

    Table 3-3 summarizes typical assignments of responsibility for selected types of
    TCMs, using a list developed by  EPA  in 1987.  It shows that a high percentage of
    these measures are the responsibility of local governments (cities and counties),
    whose staff in traffic engineering (or public works), planning, and finance (primarily
    for parking) all may have responsibilities for specific measures. In addition,
    developers and employers may play significant roles, in many cases because of local
    government requirements and incentives.  Regional and state agencies t«nd to be sig-
    nificantly involved only for facilities they own and for  those programs (such as ride-
    share matching) that are offered regionally.

    Readers should be aware that differences in practice exist from region to region
    within states, as well as from state to state. The best  way to get to know who does
    what in a particular region is to work with the metropolitan planning organization
    (MPO), which will be able to provide information on current plans and programs sup-
    ported by federal or state grants, and will be able to outline state-regional-local or-
    ganizational arrangements and assignments of responsibility for planning and imple-
    mentation. Most MPOs also  keep track of traffic management and commute alterna-
    tive activities organized and funded by local government and the private sector.


    IDENTIFYING RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS

    Implementation of TCMs requires human resources as well as dollar resources. The
    most pragmatic strategy is to make use of what is available.  For funding, this means
    tapping existing sources:  fuel taxes, special transportation sales taxes and assess-
    ments, and private sector finance.  Recruiting people means marshalling the efforts
    of numerous experts in local, regional, and state agencies and in the private  sector.
8§058rl 22                               43

-------
TABLE 3-3.  Typical TCM responsibilities.
                                 Private Sector          Government
                               Developer Employer   Local Regional State

Voluntary No-Drive Days            *        *' •   .     *      x

Trip Reduction Ordinances          *        *         X      "

Employer-Based
  Transportation Management                 X         XX

Work Schedule Changes                       X         XX

Rideshare Incentives              .X        XX      X       X

Improved Public Transit:
  Facilities, Services             X        •         X      X
  Supplementary User Subsidies     *        X         "      X

Traffic Flow Improvements          X                  X              X

Road Pricing/Tolls                                    *      *       X

Parking Management Programs        XXX

Park & Ride/Fringe Parking         *'       *'        *      V      x


X s major responsibility in establishing program requirements or  program
    implementation.

» = secondary or occasional responsibility  in  establishing or implementing
    measures in this category.

"Developer" includes building owners/managers.

"Local"  includes city  and county  (air pollution control  agencies,
planning, traffic engineering,  public works,  finance departments).

"Regional" includes area-wide transit and  ridesharing agencies.
Metropolitan Planning  Organizations,  Regional Planning Councils;  may
include  air quality management  districts.

"State"  includes state Departments of Transportation; may include environ-
mental agencies.
                                    49
 89058r2 2*

-------
    Finding funds for TCMs can be problematic; even when sources can be identified,
    they may be committed for 5 to 10 years into the future.  Persistence in pursuing
    conventional funding sources and creative financing is necessary.

    Commonly used funding sources for TCMs include federal and state fuel taxes,
    transit funds (federal, state, regional), and special-purpose funds at the local level.
    Development  exactions and impact fees are an increasingly important funding source
    in growing areas, but can be used only for those facilities and services necessitated
    by the development (unless voluntary contributions are made).

    It should be noted that the impending expiration of the Interstate Highway Program
    (in 1991) has led to a rethinking of transportation finance and policy, and significant
    changes to programs (toward less federal involvement, with a focus of federal funds
    on Interstate and other major highways) is a real possibility.  Similarly, resuthoriza-
    tion of the federal Clean Air Act, and the changes in state pollution laws  <*•« may
    result in response, could substantially alter current funding (as well as ovarail
    responsibilities). Over the next several years it will be especially important for
    planners with TCM responsibilities to track these changes, since there is a distinct
    possibility that new funding avenues will be opened up, and existing ones significantly
    modified.

    Human resources for TCM implementation are perhaps less scarce than dollars.
    Many agencies at the state, regional, and local levels have both expertise and experi-
    ence with TCMs, although at the local level additional staff development  is clearly
    needed. Private sector organizations also have skills and experience—not just con-
    sultants, but increasingly, major developers and employers have staff with TCM
    talent.
    Federal

    Federal agencies play a major role in funding and overseeing the planning and imple-
    mentation of transportation projects and programs.  Their direct planning activities
    are usually limited to research-oriented projects and demonstration projects.

    The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) is the umbrella organization with pri-
    mary responsibility for transportation.  Funds are mostly distributed through modal
    agencies—for urban passenger transportation, principally the Federal Highway
    Administration and the Urban Mass Transportation Administration. Major changes.
    under consideration include a significant restructuring of programs; possible turn-
    back of programs for local roads, TSM, and other local-oriented investments to the
    states; and more flexible funding. Use of fuel taxes for nontransportation purposes
    (especially deficit reduction) is also being discussed.
uosari  22                                50

-------
   The Federal Highway Administration participates in state road programs both
   financially and technically. Most FHWA funds are distributed by formula and by
   category of project (principally Interstate, other primary, secondary (rural), federal
   aid urban (FAU), and safety).  Headquarters, regional, and district offices have some
   discretion over funds that could be used for TCM planning and implementation; traf-
   fic operations and certain ridesharing projects are possible candidates, particularly if
   folded into other capital projects.

   The Urban Mass Transportation Administration (UMTA) funds transit and other com-
   mute alternatives. Funding for transit operations and for some capital programs is
   allocated by formula.  Transit planning and analysis, rail transit capital grants,
   demonstration projects, and some traffic management planning studies are funded at
   the discretion of headquarters in Washington, DC. Regional offices have small
   amounts of funds for some discretionary planning and operations projects. So-called
   Urban Mobility Grants are currently funding a number of initiatives and experiments
   with TCMs and transportation-land use planning, principally for the suburbs.

   In past years EPA also funded TCM planning using monies from Section 175 of the
   Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977. Section 175 funding is currently unavailable,
   but EPA still provides $100 million a year in Section 105 funds. While these funds go
   to state and local air quality agencies and are used primarily for enforcement, moni-
   toring, and other basic activities, some funding is also used for planning. Regional
   planning councils, MPOs, and other transportation agencies can work with the state
   or local Section  105 grantee to obtain pass-throughs of Section 105 dollars.

   The Department of Energy is another possible source of occasional funds.  At the
   moment, Petroleum Violation Escrow Account Funds, returned to the state propor-
   tional to its share of the account, are in some states the most readily available for
   transportation management and mitigation.

   For the most part, funds provided by federal agencies are earmarked for particular
   types of projects (categorical grants) or even for specific projects (rail extension
   X). For the most part there is little ability to move funds from one category or pro-
   ject to another,  i.e., highway funds cannot usually be spent on rail projects, and
   •Interstate highway funds usually cannot be spent on arteriais.
   State

   State DOTs (Highway Departments) are the FHWA's partners in funding projects on
   major highways.  Most state funds are earmarked for categorical grant programs,
   especially to match federal funding categories.  Planning funds are in short supply
   butcouid be spent, in part, on efforts that might fold into transportation/air quality
   planning. Major changes in funding may result from restructuring of federal pro-
   grams post-Interstate (i.e., post-1991 expiration of the Interstate Hlghway Program),
   and many states are now undertaking planning and policy studies to determine how to
   proceed.

8«oser»  22                               51

-------
     State DOTs' responsibilities make them major TCM players. State DOTs are usually
     responsible for major HOV lanes, freeway ramp metering, park-and-ride facilities
     along major routes, and (for state-owned arterials) operations such as signal timing
     and on-street parking policy. Some also fund ridesharing agencies or operate ride-
     sharing programs themselves. An increasing number provide funds for transit and are
     involved in rail planning and finance.

     State air pollution control agencies (sometimes, branches within environment or
     natural resources departments) are responsible for promulgating state pollution con-
     trol requirements, putting together State Implementation Plans (SIPs), and coordina-
     ting efforts at the regional level. They receive funds from EPA and state sources;
     the latter vary substantially by state. Some resources for transportation-air quality
     planning may be available, but in most agencies transportation has not been a major
     focus (except, perhaps, for motor vehicle controls, inspection-maintenance, and fuels
     programs).  With very few exceptions, funds are insufficient to cover implementation
     costs for transportation projects.

     In some states an energy agency may fund certain transportation planning efforts or
     projects that are compatible with air quality goals. Energy conservation plans and
     fuel-efficient traffic signal timing are examples.

     Just as federal funding provided to the states tends to be earmarked, so does state
     funding. Moreover, the earmarks and categories may not fully match those attaching
     to federal funds.
    Regional/Special District

    Regional organizations and special districts (which usually are area-wide) have major
    planning responsibilities, and sometimes have transportation operations duties as
    well.  Most such organizations receive federal and state planning funds, either
    directly or passed through state agency counterparts.  Most have limited local fund-
    ing from dues and contributions. Some also have sales tax, property tiix, or toll
    revenue funding. Funds tend to be heavily earmarked or constrained as to eligible
    expenditure items.

    Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) are in charge of programming transpor-
    tation funds in major metropolitan areas, and may have other funding and decision
    responsibilities.  Currently, FHWA funding plus UMTA grants for specific studies are
    the major source of funds for MPOs. Some also have local government dues or a
    small tax earmark, but these are a small share of overall funds. Much of the
    planning work done by MPOs is of great importance to TCM planning, both in pro-
    viding baseline data and in directly analyzing TCMs and other projects; of air quality
nossri 22                                52

-------
  significance.  However, it should be noted that MPOs hardly ever have implementa-
  tion or operating responsibility; those are left to the state DOT, transit operators,
  and local government.

  County transportation commissions are another common entity; some (but not all)
  are also MPOs. In California, these commissions frequently have special sales taxes
  for financing a specified list of highway, transit, and operations projects. These
  taxes must be approved by voters, however, and the specified list of projects
  generally requires most, if not all,  of the funding available. Some TCM funding is
  available in most cases, although previous commitments may limit access to these
  funds for new projects.

  Transit agencies are another regional or areawide entity of direct importance to
  TCM planning. They are funded by operating revenues, local property and/or sales
  taxes, state grants (in some states), and (in declining amounts) UMTA funds. Most
  have few dollars to spend on pianning-even for transit.  However, many are
  managing to put together restructured route plans, concepts on how to serve sub-
  urban maVkets, and fare innovations. Consequently, they too are important actors
  from a TCM perspective.

  Air districts at the regional level increasingly are adding staff to carry out some
  transportation analysis for air quality purposes.  For the most part, their resources
  mandate that they work with the transportation agencies to effect TCM planning and-
  analysis, rather than do it in-house.
   Local
   Local governments are directly responsible for planning, decision making, and
   implementation of many of the activities commonly considered in TCM work. Tradi-
   tional responsibilities include on- and off-street parking management and traffic
   flow improvements on local Streets (with traffic engineering, public wor ks, and
   finance departments-f or parking-taking the lead). Increasingly, local §°v«™m«nts
   are also getting involved in planning-oriented strategies such as ndesharing, transit
   promotion, and park and ride, and many now impose a variety of trip ^uc«°n
   requirements on new development. Trip reduction ordinances, while new, are also
   receiving considerable attention in California and several eastern states.

   Most local governments have extremely limited funds, although there are excep-
   ti^L  Funds available for transportation may include (1) federal and state pass-
   throughs and earmarks, discussed above (mostly for specific projects/types of
   activity)? (2) local general funds; (3) development fees (mostly expendable only for
   tapa« mitigation Snd other development-related purposes); and (*) special taxes,
   userfees, and similar direct revenues (mostly restricted as to expenditure).  The-
           sources, levels, expenditure authorities, and restrictions are highly specif ic,
           not only from stawto state but from locality to locality within  a state.
8«OS8rl 22

-------
Here again, MPOs often can provide an overview, but there is no substitute for direct
contact with local officials.
Private Sector

Increasingly, the private sector is becoming involved in the planning and finance of
transportation facilities and services, including major capital projects such as free-
way ramps and transit stations as well as TCM-type projects. Developers (and later,
building owners and managers) and employers sometimes participate voluntarily, and
sometimes are required to participate by local government.

The sources of funding available from the private sector depend heavily on the cir-
cumstances, but may include impact fees or ongoing funding for such projects as
traffic flow improvements, transit improvements, shuttle buses, pedestrian and bike
facilities, and ridesharing programs. Alternatively, the developer or employer may
be required or may choose to produce the facilities or offer the services directly.
Many offer on-site transit pass sales, rideshare matching, vanpool subsidies, and the
like, with or without government participation (financial or otherwise) or  oversight.
It should be noted that developer and employer participation in transportation
finance is a phenomenon of affluent, growing areas; less favored communities and
those that are no longer growing substantially cannot count on such f unds.

Table 3-4 summarizes funding by activity for major categories of actions. Together
with the  earlier tables, it provides a preliminary indication of who does; what.
Periodically, USDOT and many state DOTs publish guides providing an overview of
the current funding situation and organizational responsibilities, and these documents
can be  very good starting points. However, there simply is no substitute for
knowledge of the local situation; direct contact with the officials in key agencies is
the way to start developing such knowledge.


ASSESSING POLITICAL ACCEPTABILITY

In general, it has been easier to implement transportation measures that add choice
and flexibility than to restrict facilities or take away benefits. Some TCMs that are
widely  acknowledged to have solid potential effectiveness—road pricing, e.g.—have
not been seriously  considered because they simply are not acceptable from a political
perspective. Although attitudes toward the use of pricing for demand management
may be softening, there still is sufficient concern about the equity of pricing strate-
gies that they should be flagged and considered very carefully. Rationing strategies
and strategies that restrict autos from certain facilities or areas also have been
quite likely to arouse opposition that could easily block implementation.
                                       54
     22

-------
TABLE 3-4.  Major organizations and financing sources for TCM planning and
implementation.
US DOT
FHWA
UMTA
EPA
State DOT
State AQ Agency
MPO
Special District
Transit Agency
Local
Traffic Eng.
Planning
Private

Planning
E,D
E,D
E,D
E,D
*
E,d
d
D
**
Tvoe of
Funding
Demonstration/
Capital Operations Other
E
EtD
E,d
*
*
E,d
E,D
*••
E d
E D
E,d d
* lfd
E,d d
D,e •
* *
*• •
Upper case letter means major funding; lower case means minor funding.
E,e means funds are earmarked.
D,d means substantial discretion over use of funds.
* means funds may be available on occasion.
                                   55

-------
     Some TCMs have been able to generate substantial public support for implementa-
     tion, but those affected resist the measures or find ways to circumvent them once
     implemented.  Examples include parking in nearby residential neighborhoods to avoid
     parking fees and restrictions, successfully lobbying for discount toils for regular
     commuters, and purchasing a vehicle just before a new engine or emissions control
     technology is introduced to avoid having to use the new equipment for some years.
     EXAMPLES

     To develop a better understanding of TCM effectiveness and implementation issues,
     it is instructive to look at several TCMs in some detail. Commute alternatives (tran-
     sit and ridesharing), traffic flow improvements (especially signal timing), and parking
     management are considered here.
     Commute Alternatives

     Transit Improvements

     Transit improvements include a wide variety of actions designed to attract riders by
     providing fast, safe, convenient, comfortable, financially attractive services.
     Transit improvements may be made by providers of conventional public: transit ser-
     vices, by public agencies in charge of highways and streets, by private transportation
     companies, or by employers, businesses, and/or neighborhood organizations. Common
     actions include

        '  •    New routes and services (by the major provider, or by encouraging addi-
              tional providers to enter markets);

          •   Increased frequency of service;

          •   Reduced in-vehicle times, accomplished by providing non-stop or limited-
             stop service and/or reducing route circuity;

          •   Direct service (no transfers) or speedier, "timed" transfers;

          •   Reductions in access time, accomplished by route restructuring, provision
             of door-to-door collector and distributor services linked to line-haul ser-
             vices, development of park-and-ride lots, etc.;

          •   Transit-only streets, lanes and ramps, signal preemption, and similar infra-
             structure and operations designed to increase transit speed and reduce
             delays due to traffic conditions;
89058rl  22
                                         56


-------
             Transit information centers, ticket sales, etc. at convenient locations;

         •    Adequate lighting, security, and protection from the elements at stations
             and stops;

         •    Fare discounts and/or subsidies, especially for regular users (provided by  .
             government, employers, retailers, or others);

         •    Special services (subscription buses, shuttles, luxury buses; etc.) designed
             for specific market segments; and  .

         •    Joint development at transit stations, both to build a market for transit
             and to help cover the cost of providing it.

   Experiments are regularly being carried out to test new strategies for encouraging
   transit use.  For example, several areas are offering free taxi rides to the transit
   user who unexpectedly must work late or leave work midday for a family emergency,
   and a few are testing the effectiveness of providing services such as child care, dry
   cleaners, banking facilities, and convenience food shops at transit stations and park-
   and-ride lots.

   Literally hundreds of examples of transit improvements have been documented,
   thanks in large part to the Urban Mass Transportation Administration's active Ser-
   vices and Methods Demonstration Program of a few years back.  A few examples are
   provided in the following paragraphs.


  ' Improvements in Routes and Frequencies of Conventional Transit Services

   Portland, Oregon has implemented an extensive timed-transfer system for its sub-
   urban areas, wherein buses converge at well-designed transfer centers, allowing
   passengers to change vehicles with a minimum of delay or difficulty. The suburban
   services also are well coordinated with the new light rail system. In the downtown, a
   transit mall emphasizes the city's commitment to public transportation while
   •reducing traffic delays for transit users.


   Fare Subsidies and Other Incentives

   In the San Francisco Bay Area, numerous programs are in place to provide additional
   financial incentives for transit use. For example, the city of San Francisco requires
   on-site transit pass sales at most major developments built in the last five years. In
   Berkeley, California, the city's commute alternatives program sells transit tickets
   and passes at its downtown Transportation Store, encourages employers to subsidize
   transit users, and works with state and regional agencies to identify and develop park
   and ride sites.


89058rl  22                             57

-------
Special Services for Targeted Markets

Large developers and employers in such diverse suburban areas as Woodland Hills,
Texas, Montgomery County, Maryland, and San Ramon, California have assisted in
the establishment of subscription buses, shuttles to transit stations, and luxury van
services.

The success of such programs varies widely and often is subject to debate. Between
1970 and 1980, almost all major metropolitan areas experienced a decline in transit's
share of travel, and some systems also  experienced a net loss of ridership. The losses
occurred despite massive expenditures  on operating subsidies, rolling stock, and in
some areas, fixed guideways. They were largely due to a combination of increasing
auto ownership and use, decentralization of housing and workplaces, and rising
household incomes; they also reflected federal, state, and local funding cutbacks that
in many areas necessitated fare hikes and service reductions. Declines in transit's
share of urban trips have continued through the 1980s, a time of low gas prices but
ever-worsening traffic congestion.

Individual improvements such as those  listed above often have had significant
impacts in the markets they influence. Some argue that overall* investments in
transit have stemmed its decline from what it might otherwise have been, and have
reduced the need for additional highway capacity as well.  In general, however, the
high cost of providing transit, and questions about its effectiveness, mean that
improvements will be scrutinized closely and will increasingly have to demonstrate
strong benefit-cost ratios.

Many transit agencies and regional planning organizations continue to forecast
increased transit mode shares in their long-term plans. The forecasts often are
based on projections of increased transit capacity, continued low, heavily subsidized
fares, and (in a number of cases) significantly increased auto operating costs and
travel times.  The transit agencies admit that their ridership projections reflect
hopes for the future rather than trend projections; many find themselves developing
cutback strategies. However, in earlier air quality plans the transit forecasts
generally were taken at face value and adopted as a TCM.  On the bash, of forecasts
and projections, air quality improvements of 3 to 5 percent often were estimated.
Such benefits clearly cannot occur unless both the broader social and economic
trends and funding difficulties are reversed.

Transit  improvements will reduce emissions to the extent that they (1) attract riders
away from automobiles, or (2) result in more efficient operation of the transit
vehicle  itself, and therefore reduce transit vehicle emissions. Some transit measures
may do  both—preferential treatment through reserved lanes or signal preemption is
an example—but other measures risk less efficient operations in hopes of  attracting
                                     58
     22

-------
   riders.  In such cases a careful assessment is imperative. For example, if the fre-,
   quency of diesei bus services is increased in hopes of attracting more riders, diesel
   emissions will increase proportionately; ridership increases obtained from former
   auto users will be needed to offset the emissions increases.

   Analysts also should be aware that various kinds of transit services can and do com-
   pete with one another (and with walking and biking in some environments), not just
   with single-occupant autos. Examples of express buses and vans attracting a sub-
   stantial portion of their ridership from competing rail service have been reported in
   the New York and San Francisco metropolitan areas.

   Finally, if transit service depends on park-and-ride, attention should be  given to
   cold-start emissions. On a seven-mile trip,  as much as 90 percent of the emissions
   occur in the first mile. Thus, express buses from park-and-ride lots may attract
   more riders than comparatively circuitous, slow neighborhood services, but there
   may not be a net improvement in emissions.

   Transit services have other benefits and costs that should be noted.  Weil-designed
   transit improvements can reduce operating  costs for the transit provider, and/or help
   attract other sources of income, e.g., from  joint development.  This sometimes is as
   important to the operator as an increase in  ridership. Transit improvements also
   provide much needed mobility and access to those who lack an auto, cannot drive, or
   choose not to do so. And in some cases, transit improvements can help  shape a
   denser, more pedestrian-oriented, more urban (and urbane) environment.

   Transit services are costly, however. Rarely can services be provided for less than
   $25.00 per hour, and costs frequently are twice that, or even more.  Furthermore,
   since  transit vehicles get only 3 to 5 miles per gallon of  fuel and usually travel on
   circuitous routes with underutilized "backhaui" trips, they must carry some 7 to 15
   passengers to compete with autos on a per-passenger fuel efficiency basis.  In addi-
   tion, transit vehicles tend  to be noisy and to maneuver poorly in heavy traffic or nar-
   row streets; these characteristics may generate complaints from residents and even
   from business owners, particularly if the vehicles are carrying few passengers.

   Emissions changes due to transit improvements cannot be estimated very meaning-
   fully in the abstract.  Earlier modeling efforts are often hard to interpret because
   they assumed parking surcharges and/or gas price increases would accompany the
   transit measures (see, e.g., Horowitz, 1977, p. 2*9).  Actual experiences must be
   interpreted in light of the significant decrease in automotive fuel prices of recent
   years.  Very roughly, however,  emissions reductions of less than 1 percent to as much
   as 20 percent have been estimated for particular corridors. Area-wide effects on the
   order of 5 percent might be possible at the upper end of the spectrum of changes.

   Transit benefits of any sort will not be realized unless some means of implementing
   transit improvements is found. This will require careful and realistic planning,
   reflecting what has been learned about traveler behavior and mode choice.  Transit is
890S8ri  22                               53

-------
    not likely to be successful in reducing auto use unless it can offer travel times, costs,
    and comfort levels at least comparable to, and probably better than, those of the
    auto. Today, with funding for transit a major concern, wishful thinking about transit
    can be destructive, since "disasters" may undermine public confidence and reduce
    willingness to support transit.

    Funding considerations suggest another aspect of effective implementation: joint
    public-private approaches are becoming increasingly important. Private sector
    involvement in transit improvements may offer cost-saving ways of providing facili-
    ties and services, new sources of funding for publicly provided transit, mechanisms
    for encouraging increased transit use, and/or market-making opportunities through
    land development projects. Private firms1 willingness to get involved in the transit
    arena is by no means assured, however, nor are benefits from involvement automatic.

    Probably the most important point is that transit needs to be tailored to meet the
    needs of the markets it wishes to serve. Today, in many of these markets, an auto is
    always available, out-of-pocket costs of travel are not a concern, travelers' time is
    short, and flexibility is needed.  Serving such markets will require a broader con-
    ception of transit, encompassing subscription services, taxis and dial-a-rides, vans
    and shuttles, as well as conventional buses and trains.
    Ridesharing

    Ridesharing programs promote, assist, and provide incentives for sharing rides to
    and from work. Increasingly, transit is considered a form of ridesharing, along with
    carpools and vanpools; however, most ridesharing programs still focus on the latter
    two, as we do here.

    Ridesharing programs have placed thousands of commuters in carpools and vanpools
    in urban areas across the country. Ridesharing is relatively inexpensive compared to
    transit since it is largely a self-service mode with public costs limited to matching
    and coordination assistance.  It can work in low-density areas that are not efficiently
    served by transit, especially  when the other trip end is a considerable distance away,
    in a congested area where parking also may be scarce and expensive. Ridesharing
    has been considerably less successful when congestion is absent, parking is inexpen-
    sive to provide or obtain, or  trips are short.  The major market for ridesihare pro-
    grams thus has been among suburban commuters who make relatively long trips along
    congested routes into major  employment centers with costly or limited parking.
    Whether ridesharing can be made to work in  suburban job centers with little conges-
    tion and plentiful parking is still an open question, although a number of attempts to
    do so are under way.

    Ridesharing has been implemented in a variety of ways. Early programs, established
    to reduce VMT and hence improve air quality and conserve energy, operated through
    special-purpose, region-wide agencies. At first, freeway signs, radio announcements,
B90S8rl  22                               60

-------
   and other area-wide marketing strategies were used to reach potential customers.
   Experience soon taught that efforts were more effective when programs were
   offered with employer endorsement, assistance and incentives. Today, most pro-
   grams work with major employers to encourage their employees to join pools, and
   areawide promotions play a secondary role.

   Many transportation-air quality plans produced in past years projected major area-
   wide increases in auto occupancy due to ridesharing programs. In areas with
   established programs, the calculations in support of these estimates often were based
   on an assumption that pool formation rates would be maintained at the same or
   higher levels than obtained when the programs were started.  In areas with little
   ridesharing activity, the assumption often was that new programs would be
   established and would prove to be as successful as those in other cities, even though
   conditions might be substantially less promising.  As in the case of transit, the
   assumptions made about future utilization of ridesharing may be overly optimistic,

   Surveys of operating  ridesharing programs offer more concrete evidence on effec-
   tiveness. An early study of 38 metropolitan areas (Wagner, 1980) found that work
   VMT had been reduced .03 percent to 3.6 percent. This would translate into smaller
   emissions reductions, however, because of cold starts. More  recent work, reflecting
   today's low fuel prices, suburban travel orientation, and free  parking, indicates that
   area-wide emissions reductions on the order of 0.8 percent might be expected.

   Transportation  agencies often support ridesharing as an alternative for congestion
   relief because it is cheaper than capital-intensive highway expansions or capital- and
   operations-subsidized transit.  Their efforts include provision of complementary
   facilities and services, such as priority high-occupancy vehicle lanes and mass
   transit. Nevertheless, few states provide significant levels of funding for ridesharing
   programs.

   Employers participate in ridesharing programs for a variety of reasons. Some, wor-
   ried about traffic congestion and  its adverse effects on community relations, con-
   sider ridesharing programs a "good neighbor" policy. Some also view ridesharing as
   an employee benefit, although others question how important it is as such.  Increas-
   ingly, however, employer participation in ridesharing is a matter of  government
   incentives and requirements.  Some communities offer density bonuses or reductions
   in parking requirements to employers (and/or developers) that agree to aggressive
   commute alternatives programs.  Other areas require ridesharing as a traffic mitiga-
   tion strategy. Federal, state, and local tax incentives also have been provided to
   employers who assist employee ridesharing.

   Ridesharing programs' impacts can be notable at the level of a particular travel cor-
   ridor, a single employer, or a small downtown.  For example, pooling over the San
   Francisco Bay Bridge has permitted peak-period passenger counts to increase while
   vehicle counts  have remained stable.  However, impacts are often too small to be
   reflected in area-wide auto occupancy data or vehicle counts.  For example, in a
8S058rl 22

-------
   typical urban area, the number of vanpools operating is counted by the hundreds, and
   agency- or employer-formed carpools (those above the natural or "base case level
   that occurs without special efforts) typically amount to a few thousand.

   How effective ridesharing can be in reducing emissions depends on several factors.
   An important issue is whether trips are eliminated or merely shortened.  In the latter
   case (for example, when the pool meets at a park-and-ride lot), cold start emissions
   offset a part of the gain from pooling, and the overall effect will depend on trip
   length and congestion levels. If some of the poolers were former transit users,
   effectiveness may be further reduced.

   Some researchers question whether existing ridesharing programs might  not have
   already saturated their primary markets, so that future growth would require much
   higher levels of effort.  For example, it might be increasingly necessary to offer
   large financial incentives for ridesharing, such as subsidized use of a vehicle; to work
   with employers that have so far been considered too small to have much ridesharing
   potential; or to implement substantial disincentives to driving alone. Such efforts
   are under way in some areas, especially where traffic congestion is severe. Trans-
   portation management associations have been formed to provide ridesharing services
   and incentives to all employers, large and small, in an area; trip reduction ordinances
   have been enacted to require employers to offer commute alternatives and sufficient
   incentives for their use to achieve specified mode shares or participation rates.

   Nevertheless, ridesharing is likely to remain primarily of interest to employees who
   live a long way from work-roundtrips averaging about 25 miles or more for carpools,
   and 30 miles or more for vanpools. For shorter trips, the added time to pick up and
   drop off passengers and  the inconvenience of conforming to a fixed travel schedule
   will probably outweigh any cost savings or other incentives.  In addition, in many
   areas large numbers  of employees use their cars for work-related trips, or make child
   care, shopping, and personal business trips on the way to and from work and at
   lunch. On-site facilities and services and compensatory transportation  (such as shut-
   tles, taxi vouchers, and  short-term car rentals) may remove some of the need for tne
   car, but are still in the experimental stages.


   Traffic Flow Improvements

   Traffic flow improvements are measures, usually relatively low-cost and  small-scale,
   which increase roadway capacity, increase or smooth out speeds, and/or reduce
   delays and stops. Traffic flow improvements can be accomplished in a variety of
   ways.  Retiming traffic signals as a system can improve efficiency of operations
   significantly; retiming is especially effective when signal timings have not been
   reviewed in a number of years, but has proven successful for new signal systems as
   well. Streets' traffic-carrying capacity also can be enhanced by restriping for• aodi-
   tional lanes, adding turning bays, restricting turning movements and/or cross-trattic,
   and eliminating pedestrian crossings at critical locations; removing parking or


89058rl 22                               62

-------
    restricting its use to off-peak periods; removing unwarranted stop signs, improving
    sight distances, and eliminating roadside hazards or distractions; relocating bus stops
    and loading zones to remove bottlenecks; limiting curb cuts and restricting peak
    period use of those that create excessive "friction"; and using one-way street
    couplets. Metering access to roadways, use of shoulders and medians for additional
    travel lanes during periods of heavy flow, provision of motorist advisory systems to
    even out traffic loadings and direct travelers away from tie-ups, establishment of
    programs to quickly remove disabled vehicles from the traffic stream, and even peak
    period pricing strategies are other means of improving traffic flow.

    The objective of these traffic flow improvements is to maximize the carrying
    capacity of the roadways rather than to reduce overall travel, shorten trips, or
    otherwise affect the pattern of demand.  Thus, although measures that lead to shifts
    in the frequency, mode, time, or destination of travel also may improve traffic flow,
    they are not considered here.

    Examples of traffic flow improvement projects are plentiful; traffic engineers have a
    long record of accomplishment. Most urban areas can identify numerous examples of
    low-cost projects that were implemented under FHWA's TOPICS program in the
    1960s. Typical projects included channelization, installation of turning bays, and use
    of medians to reduce cross-traffic and/or parking lane "friction."

    On-street parking management also has been widely implemented, and is reported to--
    have proven extremely beneficial in Washington, DC; San Francisco; Boston; and
    other major cities (Ellis, 1986). Measures include curb-lane parking bans during peak
    periods, selective removal of parking spaces to improve intersection capacity, and
    better enforcement of existing parking regulations.

    Computer-assisted traffic signal timing has been emphasized in recent years.
    Probably the most prominent example is  California's Fuel-Efficient Traffic Signal
    Timing Program (FETSIM), a multi-year, multi-million-dollar effort, which, to date
    has retimed nearly 4000 signals in urban areas across the state. The FETSIM pro-
    jects, on average, have produced stop reductions of 16 percent, delay reductions of
    15 percent, travel time reductions of 7.2 percent, and fuel use reductions of 8.6 per-
   •cent for  the affected travel (Deakin and Skabardonis, 1986). Recent software addi-
    tions permit emissions estimates, and show reductions of up to 8 percent in both CO
    and HC in the affected traffic streams (Skabardonis, 1986).

    There also has been considerable analysis of other strategies for improving traffic
    operations.  Deakin and Skabardonis (1985) present an analysis of improvements
    including the addition of turning lanes and lane restriping in a dense downtown net-
    work; Schwartz and Home (1983) discuss metering strategies being used in Man-
    hattan. The effects of such programs are extremely site-specific, and it is somewhat
    risky to attempt generalizations.  Reported improvements in speeds, delays, and
    stops—presumably for the corridor rather than area-wide—have ranged from 2 to 10
    percent.


89058rl 22                               63

-------
 It is noteworthy that most of these projects stop at jurisdictionai boundaries, even
 though neither the traffic problem not the transportation facility does so,, In a few
 places state or regional agencies have taken steps to encourage muiti-jurisdictionai
 projects, but have faced a host of difficulties ranging from inadequate funding to
 lack of follow-through after the project has ended.

 Effectiveness at reducing emissions depends in large part on context. Traffic flow
 improvements reduce emissions by reducing stops and starts, speed changes, and
 idling. The amount of emissions reduction will depend both on the design of  the mea-
 sure being implemented and on the specific characteristics of the implementation
 environment.  Computer programs and hand calculation procedures are available for
 a wide range of measures and conditions, although most methods require substantial
 amounts of data for accuracy.

 Extensive modeling and some direct emissions measurements have been carried out
 for signal retiming; this work suggests that emissions reductions on the order of 4 to
 5 percent could be obtained within a typical range of affected networks.  In Califor-
 nia, about 40 percent of urban travel occurs on signalized networks, suggesting that
 ubiquitous signal retiming might reduce area-wide emissions by up to 2 percent. (The
 numbers would vary considerably among communities.)

 For other traffic flow improvement measures, fewer reliable studies of effectiveness
 are available. Few SIPs included detailed analyses of these measures; in any event, a
case-specific analysis would be in order. A very rough estimate, accounting for the
 fact that traffic would be affected on only a subset of an area's network, is that
emissions reductions of 1  to 2 percent might be attainable from aggressive, widely
implemented programs to improve traffic flow.

Other benefits accrue. Traffic flow improvements tend to reduce fuel consumption,
noise, and vehicle wear and tear.  First-year savings from reduced fuel consumption
alone often exceed project costs.  Most traffic flow improvements also improve
safety, and indeed, a number of these projects are funded under federal and  state
highway safety programs.

However, some traffic flow improvements have drawbacks that require careful con-
sideration.  Removal of on-street parking in areas where the spaces are relied upon
by abutting retail shops or residents will, at minimum, cause inconvenience; in some
cases more drastic adverse  economic impacts could result.  Similarly, restrictions on
turning movements may improve traffic flow but reduce accessibility and force
 travelers to make circuitous trips to reach businesses and residences. Improvements
 in vehicle flow can sometimes degrade the pedestrian  environment, for example by
 increasing traffic speeds to uncomfortable levels or cutting short pedestrian crossing
 times at intersections. The potential for such negative effects underscores the need
 for context-specific evaluation.  Measures can sometimes be devised to minimize
adverse impacts or to compensate for them.
     22

-------
    Concerns are sometimes voiced that traffic flow improvements may induce addi-
    tional trips and/or affect mode choice by producing better operating conditions for
    motorists.  For the types of measures considered here, the travel time improvements
    for any one trip are usually less than a minute in total. Such improvements are likely
    to be important for short trips (under 10 min, e.g.) but not for long trips (over 30
    min).  In addition, because bus transit receives benefits as well, this strategy
    generally would not offer a modal advantage to autos. Nevertheless, a number of air
    quality planners have voiced concerns that over time and cumulatively traffic flow
    improvements may be at least partially  offset by their own growth induction.

    The effectiveness of traffic flow improvements thus requires case-specific analysis
    since their effects depend very strongly on the implementation context. At the same
    time, to avoid counterproductive results, traffic flow  improvements need to be con-
    sidered from a system perspective rather than on an intersection-by-intersection or
    street-by-street basis.  For example, some cities have retimed their signals to give
    preference to through traffic, basing their studies on main-street travel times only.
    Subsequent  analysis of the street system as a whole has often found that operation is
    suboptimal; excessive delays for side streets and turning movements more than off-
    set the benefits to the main street travelers. Similar  counterproductive results may
    be produced if ramp metering or other strategies to protect freeway capacity divert
    motorists to longer, slower, more congested routes; the benefits to the protected
    route must be weighed against such disbenef its.

    In addition, most traffic flow  improvements should be reviewed on a regular basis.
    Many traffic flow improvements are sensitive to changes in traffic patterns or
    volumes; it  has been estimated that signal retiming improvements are effective for
    only two to three years in the typical city, for example (Wagner, 1980). Even
    moderate traffic growth usually results  in a need for signal retiming in three to five
    years. Introduction of a major new traffic generator or other changes that alter
    spatial or temporal patterns of travel may require modifications to the traffic con-
    trol system on a much shorter time frame (Deakin and Skabardonis, 1985).

    Ironically, this traditional transportation improvement strategy has no programmatic
    source of funding in most areas (except  for such streets that happen to be on a
    federal or state "system"), so  that a major barrier to implementation is paying for
    the improvements.  An exception in California is traffic signal retiming for systems
    of 10 or more interconnected  signals, which are eligible for state grants from the
    Fuel-Efficient Traffic Signal Timing (FETSIM) Program (funded with Petroleum Vio-
    lation Escrow Account monies).
    Parking Management

    Parking management is a good example of a measure that analyses indicate to be
    highly effective at congestion relief, energy conservation, and emissions reduction
S90SSrl  22
                                        65

-------
   but which has been implemented in1 only a few areas.  While parking management
   includes many strategies, such as preferential locations for HOVs and resident permit
   programs, here we will consider' the supply and price of parking provided for
   employee (commuter) use and its impact on travel choices.

   Parking is provided by many cities  in municipal lots and garages.  Because local
   governments do not pay taxes themselves and most have access to relatively inex-
   pensive money (tax revenues, on-street parking fees and fines, low-interest or
   interest-free bonds), they can provide parking at less  than what it would ordinarily
   cost the private sector. When costs are low—or revenues from other sources are
   commingled with parking revenues—cities often appear to make money on their park-
   ing supply activities while charging low rates (not considering alternative uses of the
   land).  Even if municipal parking loses money, however, many localities  justify it on
   the grounds that a convenient supply of parking supports economic development and
   business retention.

   Parking also is provided voluntarily by the private sector.  Depending on land prices,
   parking demand patterns, and prevailing parking rates, some companies apparently
   generate a profit by providing parking as a principal use. More often, parking serves
   as an important interim use during land assembly and building design and approval,
   bringing in at least enough revenue to cover land holding costs.

   With few exceptions, most employment centers provide three to five parking spaces
   per thousand square feet of  building floor area. (Large CBDs are often exceptions,
   especially in older cities, but CBDs constitute a minority share of employment in
   U.S. metropolitan areas.)  There are several reasons to provide this parking:

       • •   City zoning usually requires it.  Most cities, concerned about the problems
             that might result from inadequate off-site parking, have established
             requirements that would protect them from maximum demand at an
             assumed zero price.

             Banks often require parking even if zoning does not.  While this in not an
             iron-clad rule, developers report that proposals  lacking plentiful parking
             are seen as riskier, require justification, and may raise the cost of the
             loan.

             Plentiful parking is seen as an important competitive factor in the market-
             ing of buildings and retention of tenants.

         •   Parking is seen as necessary from a public relations perspective, to avoid
             problems from spillover into others' parking facilities or to the on-street
             spaces in residential neighborhoods.

         •   Finally, parking can occasionally be a good money-maker, although profit
             does not appear to be common.
B9058rl  22            '                   66

-------
   In some cases, tradition is probably the best explanation of why developers provide so
   much parking—they have not really considered why.  Furthermore, why is parking
   provided to employees free of charge? Here, too, there are several explanations,
   including most of those listed above.  Some of the particulars reported by developers
   and employers are as follows!

            In some areas, parking can be provided at little cost in surface lots. Col-
            lecting fees and the responsibilities it entails (hiring and supervising
            employees, monitoring and controlling cash, providing security, etc.) can
            be more effort  than appears to be worthwhile.

            Zoning restrictions such as setbacks, maximum lot coverage regulations,
            etc. may prevent alternative profitable use for the land. Providing sur-
            face parking may be cheaper than landscaping if a manicured, irrigated
            landscape would be the alternative.

            For garage spaces within the building, separate cost accounting may not
            have been done. Allocation of costs of shared foundations, etc. may
            appear unduly complicated to the developer. Even if costs are known,
            however, they are not necessarily presented to the lessee as a separate
            cost item.

   Free parking is widely viewed as an important tenant amenity and employee bene-
   fit. Parking costs thus are embedded in lease terms and absorbed  as a tax-deductible
   operating expense rather  than charged to employees.  It  is estimated that nation-
   wide, about 90 percent of all employees receive free parking, and  still more pay only
   a portion of the cost.  (Again, major CBDs are exceptions.)

   Free parking is not, however, free in any real sense of the word. A 320-sq-ft space
   in a surface lot, financed over a 30-year period at a 10 percent  interest rate (or
   alternatively, assessed an annual land rent), would cost $20.00 to $25.00 per  month
   (including costs of pavement, striping, maintenance, etc.) at land  prices of only $5.00
   per sq  ft.  Land prices of $20.00 per square foot would push the monthly parking cost
   up to $60.00 to $70.00. A space in a garage would cost much more:  in most markets,
   $10,000.00 to $15,000.00 if the structure is above-ground, and $20,000.00 or even
   more if below-ground spaces are considered.  Such spaces, considering amortization
   and operating expenses, would need to rent at $120.00 to $250.00  per month to cover
   costs.

   Analyses and a few experiences indicate the size of the effect that charging for
   parking would have. Modeling results suggest price cross-elasticities (how many
   would  shift modes) are low, in the .1 to .3 range for most commuters, so that a^
   doubling of the perceived costs of drive-alone travel would reduce traffic by 10 to 30
   percent. But even a moderate parking charge could double drive-alone commute
890S8rl  22                              67

-------
     costs.  Commuters behave as though their trips cost them 6 to 9 cents a mile exclu-
     ding parking (fuel at 3 to 5 cents plus a little for oil, maintenance, etc.).  At the
     median U.S. commute trip length of 10 miles one way, operating costs are some
     $1.20 to $1.80 a day. Thus, parking at $30.00 to $35.00 per 20-day working month
     would more than double the cost of the drive-alone commute—which should in turn
     cut drive-alone commuting by 10 to 30 percent.  (It should be noted that extrapola-
     tion of observed elasticities to the higher ranges of parking charges might not be
     warranted. Also, lower response would be expected among higher income workers
     and vice versa; and less response than predicted might occur if people see themselves
     as having no reasonable alternatives, e.g., because they need the car at work or to
     pick a child up on the way home.)

     Studies in Los Angeles have reported that a 30 percent decline in drive-alone did,
     indeed, occur under conditions fairly similar to those discussed above (Shoup, 1982).
     Some analysts have suggested that parking pricing may be a second-best approach to
     rationalizing transport costs. (Direct road pricing reflecting miles driven, and the
     amount of congestion and air pollution caused, is clearly preferable from an econo-
     mist's point of view.) However,  there are several barriers to change, and caution is
     in order.

     First, the federal tax code is not supportive of a change in policy.  Free parking is
     classified as a working-condition fringe benefit to employees, much as would be a
     sofa in the office. As such, parking is a tax-deductible expense for employers.  Fur-
     thermore, the value of these tax benefits has no ceiling, and as indicated above can
     exceed $200.00 per month per employee in some areas.

    On the other hand, vanpool and carpool subsidies are considered taxable income, and
    transit pass subsidies are deductible only up to $15.00  per month.  Any subsidy above
    that amount results in the entire subsidy being treated as taxable income, costing the
    employee some 28 percent (the marginal tax rate for most) and requiring that the
    employer undertake additional record-keeping and reporting.  Alternate treatments,
    such as a commute allowance rather than a direct subsidy of any mode of commut-
    ing, also would result in taxable income.

    Attempts to redress this disparate treatment have so far failed.  Given the federal
    budget deficit, any change would probably have to be tax-neutral. Thus, proposals
    simply to raise the permissible subsidy to commute alternatives have so far been
    rejected.  UMTA has suggested that an alternative revenue-neutral approach would
    be to exempt ail commute subsidies up to $60.00 and to tax all over that amount, but
    they note that the taxes would fall principally on core areas of major cities and
    hardly at all on suburbs.

    It has been argued that the vanpool/carpool taxable benefit is unenforceable in any
    practical sense because of the trail of audits that would be needed, as well as diffi-
    culties in determining "market value" of the  subsidized trips under many common
    circumstances. Market value of  parking spaces also could be hard to establish given
89058rl  22
                                        68

-------
     current cost accounting and leasing practices.  Nevertheless, in the current situation
     some employers are undoubtedly dissuaded from providing rideshare financial assis-
     tance; and the sizable benefit to those who drive and park undermines spending for
     commute alternatives.

     Another reason for caution in addressing this inequity is that commuters may find
     any of several ways to circumvent a parking surcharge.  Many will make use of off-
     site free parking if it's within walking distance—and sometimes if it's not.  For
     example, in the central areas of Berkeley, where free employer-provided parking is
     rare and off-street spaces cost $35.00 to $65.00 per month, a severe problem with
     spillover into residential neighborhoods has developed. Resident permit parking pro-
     grams are being instituted to cope with the problem. In a number of other cities,
     commuters reportedly park in residential districts near transit stops and take the bus
     or train the last few blocks to avoid paying for parking; in suburban areas, shopping
     center parking lots reputedly are used as rendezvous for formation of "carpools" to
     take advantage of  preferential parking.

     Being among the first developers, employers, or cities to forego free parking could
     be uncomfortable.  For developers or building owners/managers, competition from
     other buildings would be a concern, and banks might be reluctant to lend if the com-
     petition would provide better parking. For employers, taking away a benefit is
     usually impossible; also, parking could become a labor negotiation issue.  Not pro-
     viding parking in the first place (new employers, or employers at a new site) may be
     somewhat easier, but could be problematic in a  tight labor market. For cities, the
     threat that a developer would  merely "go next door," taking away desired tax base
    (and possibly, major employers as well), is frightening.  Overall, then, getting started
    could be difficult.

    It has been suggested that market-rate parking needs to be included as part of a
    state or regional measure in order to avoid some of these problems. However,
    implementation of  such a measure  would not necessarily be straightforward, involv-
    ing such issues as how to define the "market rate" in areas where parking is free, how
    to deal with sunk costs vs. recent costs, the possibility of becoming entangled in
    abrogation of contract issues (affecting leases, labor agreements, and so on). In
   •addition, this measure would seem  to be a likely candidate for widespread political
    opposition to block enactment, or for resistance behaviors (employers simply paying
    the cost for the employee, employees parking in residential neighborhoods, and so
    on). Hence, a more promising, if more difficult to implement, approach might be to
    work with individual employers, employer associations, building managers,
    developers, and local governments  to stimulate  awareness of the monetary and social
    costs involved and  to encourage experimentation with pricing schemes.
8905flrl  22

-------
    SUMMARY
                                                            i
    The typical TCMs such as ridesharing, transit, and traffic flow improvements have
    been found to produce emissions reductions, in favorable implementation environ-
    ments, on the order of 1 to 3 percent each, with higher percent reductions feasible in
    particularly salutary circumstances.  The effects of all of the measures are heavily
    context-specific, however, emphasizing the importance of careful technical analysis
    followed by careful qualitative assessment of markets, finance, and political accept-
    ance issues.

    A typical program of such measures could produce total emission reduction benefits
    of some 5 to 10 percent.  The results are not strictly additive because of  interactions
    among TCMs.  Particular measures may serve several objectives:  restriction of on-
    street parking may simultaneously act as a disincentive to auto use and lower emis-
    sions from those cars still on the road by reducing stops and delays. Measures also
    can be combined so that they complement each other—an increase in parking fees
    can be used to  fund rideshare matching services, and HOV lanes can provide a time-
    savings incentive.   Occasionally, however, TCMs compete with one another. For
    example,  in some areas, carpool and vanpool programs find that substantial numbers
    of their members are former transit users.
                                                            i
    Since the SIP regulatory approach has emphasized development of specific estimates
    of percent reduction in emissions overall and on an annual basis, resources are often
    focused on detailed analysis activities.  It is hoped that this discussion  makes the
    need for additional assessments of market issues, financing, and acceptability less
    quantitative but no less important. The lesson of the earlier f CM efforts should be
    kept clearly in mind:  to clean the air it is necessary to implement TCMs, not just
    study them.


    EMERGING DIRECTIONS: NEW INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS
    AND IMPLEMENTATION APPROACHES

    Transportation control measures have been found to be useful in reducing emissions.
    Although  individually, measures produce modest results, integrated packages of mea-
    sures can be more effective than many stationary source controls, especially since
    many of the "big-hitter" stationary source controls have been adopted  already.  With
    the longer-term orientation that appears to be emerging in discussions of air quality
    planning and management, a more rigorous, systematic implementation of TCMs is
    possible.  In addition, a wider range of options, including land use strategies and new
    technologies, may be available.  Nevertheless, prospects for further reductions of
    transportation  emissions will be difficult for several reasons:
890S8rl 22
                                         70


-------
     •    If measures such as ridesharing, traffic flow improvements, and improved
          public transit are indeed already widely deployed in their "easy" (low
          cost/voluntary/incentive) forms and in their most obvious markets, addi-
          tional benefits from these measures will likely depend on finding new ways
          to increase their effectiveness. This might include packaging them
          together to capture synergistic effects, and widening their reach, e.g.,
          applying them in smaller, thinner markets. The new organizational
          approaches to implementation and enforcement—employer based and
          publicly mandated— are being counted .on to help accomplish that, but  how
          well they will perform remains to be seen. Many transportation planners
          are concluding that a broader range of strategies, including land use
          strategies, will be needed to have a substantial effect on air quality
          problems.

          Land use-transportation strategies can make sense if a longer-run perspec-
          tive is adopted (in the five- to ten-year frameworks of earlier TCM
          planning, they were rarely considered useful).  Judging from actions being
          pursued for congestion relief , greater emphasis on transit-oriented site
          design, cluster development and density bonuses, traffic management tied
          to development approvals, jobs/housing balance approaches, and area-wide
          growth management seems likely. This, too, raises uncertainties, how-
          ever.  Understanding of land use-transportation measures is incomplete,
          and in some cases the available evidence on their effects is contradictory
          (Deakin, 1989).  Better information will be needed.

          Finally, changes are occurring that may significantly alter the context in
          which transportation-air quality planning takes place over the coming
          years.  In particular, pending Clean Air Act amendments and post-Inter-
          state transportation policies may create a substantially different decision
          process, perhaps involving a different set of actors, different alternatives,
          and different financing mechanisms from those of today. At the same
          time, changes in a host of other factors— demographic, social, political,
          economic, technological— may also create new opportunities, or new
          problems, for transportation and air quality planning.  The institutional
          framework of both transportation and air quality planning must respond to
          these changes in order to meet their common goals. Understanding and
          anticipating and even shaping them, where possible, will be a challenge for
          all those concerned with transportation.

Overall, the next round of TCM planning will probably require (1) a more integrated,
programmatic approach (with greater regional agency visibUity and action), (2) a
willingness to try new  options, (3) sensitivity and responsiveness to changing condi-
tions, opportunities and problems, and <<0 greater attention to evaluation and course
corrections. It may also be necessary to recognize the difficulties of changing travel
behavior, and to be more explicit about requirements and performance than in the
past.
     22

-------
    Programs of TCMs

    For many TSM measures—ridesharing, traffic signal timing, flextime, and several
    others—implementation has been sufficiently widespread that the question is not
    "What can be done?" but rather, "What more can be done?" To obtain additional
    benefits from these measures, it may be necessary to

             Increase the func,  r.vaiiable for their implementation—probably by finding
             new sources of fur.amg;

         •   Increase their market penetration;

         •   Introduce them into "thinner" markets; and

         •   Implement them in integrated programs rather than individually.

    Since it is often hard to predict with much confidence what will work and what will
    not, it also will be necessary to monitor the results and make adjustments as needed.

    Funding is likely to be an immediate problem. As noted earlier, federal and state
    assistance for TSM activities is limited, and  few local governments feel they can
    afford it on their own. Consequently, attention will have to be focused on the
    development of new funding mechanisms,  including ways to tap existing sources that
    in the past have not been fully exploited.  These might include public finance
    mechanisms such as assessment districts, or  earmarked vehicle registration fees.
    Private sector funding strategies also will be extremely important:  development
    fees,  impact fees, and direct project or program implementation by the private sec-
    tor will be vital, and other sources, such as business license fees and payroll taxes,
    may need to be considered.

    Increased market penetration and introduction into "thinner" markets will require a
    sound understanding of those markets and consumers' choice processes. Studies
    addressing such issues as who participates in commute alternative programs, and how
    commuters  respond to changes in their travel conditions, will be needed, along with
    demonstration projects.  Work on the design and assessment of transportation ser-
    vices and programs for low density, suburban-oriented commutes and for smaller
    employers will be particularly helpful.

    Equally important will be work on how to  put together and implement packages of
    measures that have a strong likelihood of  being effective.  An important develop-
    ment is the emergence of new institutional arrangements and organizational struc-
    tures for program implementation. Three such approaches currently receiving atten-
    tion are trip reduction ordinances, multijurisdictionai planning efforts, and trans-
890S8pl 22
72

-------
    portation management organizations. In each case, the TSM measures being con-
    sidered are not new—ridesharing programs are the core of most of these efforts—but
    the means of implementing them are.

    Trip reduction ordinances (TROs), used primarily as local government requirements
    for actions designed to moderate the transportation impacts associated with
    development in a particular area or community, will almost certainly see more use.
    While early TROs focused on work trips to new commercial developments, an
    increasing number of the newer ones apply to ail employers. Some apply to other
    trip types and land uses as well.

    Typically, a TRO establishes specific goals (e.g., level of service  D, or a 10 percent
    reduction in auto use) and requires that responsive commute alternative programs
    and incentives be developed, promoted, and monitored. Failure to devise or carry
    out the programs usually results  in a fine or the withholding of building or occupancy
    permits. Lack of effectiveness usually leads to required program revisions. So far,
    most communities have shied away from imposing other penalties, although some
    would limit future business expansions in cases where acceptable success levels have
    not been achieved.

    An important function of TROs is to utilize private resources to implement commute
    alternative programs. In almost  all cases, employers are responsible for funding
    their in-house programs or for contracting for services, although there may be
    government funding as well. (For more information on TROs, see page 26.)

    Muitijurisdictional transportation planning efforts are gaining popularity in areas
    where attempts to reduce traffic on a strictly local basis have proven inadequate to
    the problem, and where local governments have been reluctant to move separately in
    imposing new requirements on developers. Carried out under memoranda of under-
    standing and/or joint powers agreements, these efforts often include area-wide
    transportation planning, consolidated ridesharing and transit programs, and coordina-
    ted improvements to major arterials. A few have also looked at  area-wide land-use
    policies.

    Supporters argue that joint efforts can be more ambitious,  less expensive, and more
    equitable than city-by-city TSM  programs. However, because the muitijurisdictional
    arrangements are largely ad hoc, their stability is uncertain. Some observers argue
    that they are a poor substitute for formal regional and/or state planning require-
    ments for coordination and consistency.

    Funding has been a severe problem for most of these efforts since the dollars or staff
    time for the muitijurisdictional work must come from individual cities' budgets.  In
    California, legislation has been proposed that would encourage muitijurisdictional
    planning, but it does not yet address the critical funding issue.
89058rl  22                               73

-------
    Transportation management organizations (TMOs) (or TMAs—transportation
    management associations) are a private-sector variation of the multijurisdictionai
    efforts—they are most often established by developers and employers as a way to
    provide joint ridesharing programs, shuttle buses, and the like.  Some TMOs also
    involve public agencies or elected officials, and may even involve public-private
    cost-sharing.  Arguments in support of TMOs parallel those for multi-jurisdictionai
    government efforts (Schreffler, 1986). However, because some TMOs have been
    more active as lobbying organizations than as service agencies, they are not uni-
    formly admired.

    TMOs commonly are nonprofit organizations, but some include, or are affiliated
    with, certain for-profit operations. Many operate as corporations, but some prefer
    to act as voluntary organizations (with or without a formal agreement),, and some
    conduct business under contractual arrangements. The approach taken in any par-
    ticular case will usually reflect tax considerations, liability issues (especially  if ser-
    vices are offered directly by the organization), funding concerns, the activities and
    interest of existing organizations such as a Chamber of Commerce,  and indeed, the
    amount of trust that exists between the parties.  A small staff is common, although
    the staff may be sizable if services such as planning studies, annual  employee sur-
    veys, carpool matching, transit pass sales, etc. are offered.  Decision making usually
    is shared among the members (though major contributors may constitute an execu-
    tive committee or board with authority to establish the agenda—or veto items).

    TMOs are often financed by membership dues or by assessments (per employee or per
    square foot). Public funding may also be provided to the TMO, whether or not there
    are public members. The approaches taken to accomplish this vary  widely (depending
    on the mandates and restrictions of state law, as well as local practice).  Public
    funds may come in the form of contracts or grants, in-kind services (office space,
    staff assistance, etc.), waiver of fees and charges, or direct cost-sharing.  Benefit
    assessment districts, joint powers agreements, and similar legal mechanisms may
    apply.

    The activities carried out by TMOs may  include information dissemination and
    advocacy to members, input into public sector policy making, sponsorship or carrying
    out of planning studies, financing of transportation infrastructure and services, and
    even direct construction and operation of facilities and services. Needless to say,
    this wide range of activities is matched by a wide range in the mission statement,
    scope, and activity level of the TMOs.

    Approaches such as these seem likely to be the focus of considerable activity in  the
    next few years, as urban areas struggle to cope with congestion, and transportation-
    air quality planning may be able to benefit by linking up with these  efforts. How-
    ever, whether performance will live up to expectations remains to be seen. This
    clearly is an area where considerable work remains to be done, from development of
89058rl  22                               74

-------
  strategies for effective TROs, TMOs, and multijurisdictional programs, to assess-
  ment of whether they in fact work as intended. (For more information, see the dis-
  cussion on "Employer-Based Transportation Management," page 16.)
  Land Use-Transportation Strategies

  Likely to receive considerably more attention in future TCM planning efforts than in
  the past are transportation-land use strategies such as jobs-housing balance efforts
  and traffic-minimizing site designs.  Perceptions of these types of strategies have
  changed recently. Once viewed as long-term and of uncertain value even then, such
  land use strategies are now being actively pursued in a number of jurisdictions.

  Table 3-5 lists a number of land use-transportation strategies. Although a number of
  these measures are in use in various parts of the United States, there is little con-
  crete information on their effects on congestion or air quality, nor on their feasi-
  bility, acceptability, or efficacy in other areas.  Following are some of the more
  commonly raised questions:

            How and under  what circumstances does trip-making associated with
            mixed use development differ from that associated with more conventional
            single use development?

            Do on-site transportation amenities such as pedestrian paths, bikeways, or
            showers and lockers make any difference in mode choice?

        •   Under what circumstances does the mode shift potential created by higher
            building densities and clustering of buildings offset the congestion effects
            also produced?

        •    Does the availability of on-site services reduce midday vehicle trips
             significantly, and/or increase employee willingness to commute by modes
             other than the  single-occupant auto?

        •    Will suburbanization of employment, over time, help  reduce trip lengths or
             increase them?

         •    How much will policies encouraging additional housing development in
             parallel with job growth help reduce commute trip lengths, congestion, and
             related problems?

         •    Will growth management strategies such as urban limit lines, infill incen-
             tives, and growth-pacing controls aid in traffic management?

         •    What other benefits and costs, direct and  indirect, are associated with
             these strategies?
89058rl  22     ,                          75

-------
 TABLE 3-5.   Land use-transportation .strategies  with TCM potential.
 (1}   Matching land development to transportation capacity

      •   exactions and  fees  for on- and  off-site transportation facilities
         and  services
      •   transportation/land use consistency  (General Plan)
      •   transportation/land use consistency  (zoning, transportation
         improvement program)
      •   adequate  public  facilities requirements
      •   transportation conditions of approval for new developments
      •   conditional zoning  tied to traffic mitigation
      •   annexations tied to infrastructure and service availability
      •   restrictions on  traffic-intensive uses  •

(2)   Directing development  to  areas with adequate transportation capacity,
      services

      •  urban limit lines
      •   infill policies
      •   transfer  of development  rights

(3)   Developing land use patterns  which offer opportunities to  engage in
      activities without  having  to  travel far

      •  clustering  of buildings
      •  on-site/near-site services (convenience stores, banking
        facilities, child care  centers)
      •  Jobs-housing balance
      •  mixed use development

(4)  Creating environments  that  support the provision of, and encourage
     use of,  commute alternatives

      •  density increases/bonuses  in areas served by transit
      *  compact development, cluster development
      *  subdivision/zoning/site  design requirements for transit
      *  pull-outs,  transit  shelters, park-and-ride, preferential parking,
        etc.
      •  annual development  quotas,  caps

(5)  Encouraging land uses  and  designs that permit trips to be eliminated

      •  offices in  the home
     •  "smart buildings"
69058rl
                                  76

-------
    Currently, researchers disagree on these matters.  For example, some argue for
    strong poiicies to encourage housing development in closer proximity to jobs, and
    vice versa; others assert that proximity is less important than clustering (so that
    transit and ridesharing are facilitated), and argue that jobs-housing balance absent
    such clustering might even lead to more auto use and more sprawl (since trips in the
    2- to i 0-mile range are in general too short for pooling and too long for walking and
    cycling). Studies to date have suggested positive results (up to 10 percent in reduc-
    tion in emissions for jobs/housing balance, e.g.) but have been based on very simple
    assumptions (e.g., that a certain percentage of jobs and housing can simply be
    "shifted" from one part of a region to  another). Both additional research and moni-
    toring efforts will be needed to establish a body of reliable information and to
    address questions of where and under what conditions the land use strategies are
    likely to be effective.  Clearly, implementation attempts in Los Angeles' South Coast
    Air  Quality Management District should be monitored,, demonstration projects should
    be encouraged, and research should be supported.

    Investigations of changing demographic, social, and economic factors may provide
    new insights into the ways in which individuals and households make travel choices.
    Among the considerations relevant to  transportation-air quality planning are the fol-
    lowing:

         •    Effects of changing population characteristics, household composition, and
              lifestyle choices on location decisions and travel behavior;

         •    Impact of two-worker households on location choice and travel choices;

         •    Child care as a consideration in location and travel choices, and the
              effects of public policy on child care and school hours on these decisions;
              and

         •    Impacts of time constraints on trip chaining, and hence on mode choice,
              number of trips generated, and resulting emissions.

    Some research has been done on each  of these matters, but additional work will be
    needed before the implications are clear.  While only some of the findings will speak
    to matters of immediate import to those developing TCMs, a better understanding of
    travel behavior ultimately should help transportation-air quality planners (and trans-
    portation planners  in general) to devise more relevant, effective strategies.


    Strategies Based on New Technologies

    Finally, strategies  based on new technologies, including computer-aided traffic con-
    trol and management and telecommunications-based strategies, also will receive
    active consideration.  These new-tech options have moved from being thought of as
89058rl  22

-------
   risky, impractical, and excessively costly to being the focus of major R & D efforts
   and, In several cases, demonstration projects.  Advocates for  full-scale implementa-
   tion are increasingly heard.

   Better information dissemination is probably in order concerning the extent to which
   these strategies are, in fact, "proven and available." For many of the newer tech-
   nologies—"smart" highways, for instance—considerable research remains  to be done,
   and the main role for transportation-air quality staff may be  to keep abreast of
   developments and encourage adequate consideration of air quality implications as the
   strategies are developed and refined.

   The next round of TCM planning will require considerable creativity arid willingness
   to explore new  options. Nevertheless, there are opportunities for important
   advances, using new  institutional arrangements, new financing approaches, and a
   greater willingness to experiment with transportation controls.
89058P1  22                              78

-------
                             TECHNICAL GUIDANCE
INTRODUCTION

The goal of this section is to help planners locate and use analytical tools to evaluate
TCM effectiveness in reducing auto use and traffic congestion and improving air
quality. Ultimately, the analytical steps discussed in this section should enable  the
user to conduct air quality modeling analyses of TCMs for SIP development.
Although EPA's primary concern (and legislative mandate) is air quality improve-
ment, the guidance facilitates the selection of TCMs that both improve air quality
and help to relieve traffic congestion. Although this section can be read and used
independently, actions taken to evaluate a TCM's political, technical, and economic
feasibility and effectiveness should be performed in concert.


OVERVIEW OF TECHNICAL GUIDANCE

To keep this guidance as succinct as possible, this section refers to analytical
approaches without explaining in detail how to conduct specific analyses. The advan-
tages and disadvantages of an approach are discussed, data needs are identified, and
references are given for obtaining more detailed  instructions.

This section discusses each step in the analytical process—describing what should be
accomplished, what data are needed to conduct the traffic and air quality analyses,
and where to go for more information on specific tools. Where possible, implementa-
tion examples are cited to help the reader understand how these approaches have
been used and with what degree of success. The  analytical steps covered include

          Step 1; Technical Screening. Identifying  the nature and extent of the
          region's traffic and air quality problems and inventorying existing TCMs.
          Identifying TCMs that could work well in a given geographic area, and
          identifying the extent to which these TCMs might  be implemented (e.g.,
          the number of traffic corridors in which high occupancy vehicle lanes
          might be implemented).  Note that this step also involves institutional con-
          siderations covered in the institutional guidance section.

      .    Step 2;  Evaluating TCM Traffic Effects.  Identifying and using modeling
          or sketch planning resources to analyze how measures alter traffic
          volumes and speeds.
 89058r2 *  .                         79

-------
      .    Step 3; Evaluating Emission Changes.  Estimating the effects of traffic
          changes on vehicle emissions over an urban area and/or at localized sites.

          Step »; Evaluating Ozone and Carbon Monoxide Air Quality Changes.
          Identifying and discussing options to evaluate the effects of emission
          changes on ozone and carbon monoxide concentrations. (Appendix A
          addresses PM-10.)

Figure 4-1 illustrates these 4 broad steps required to evaluate the air quality effects
of specific TCMs (or TCM packages).


Documents to Examine Before Performing Technical Analyses

It may prove useful to obtain several documents prior to conducting the technical
TCM evaluations. Several of these documents are referenced extensively throughout
this guidance document and many are already available to air quality staff. See
especially Table 2-4} also see Traffic Effects Analyses," "Evaluating Emission
Effects," and "Evaluating Air Quality Effects" sections in Appendix B.
 8»OS8r2 H                           80

-------
Step 1: TECHNICAL SCREENING

Identify Identify TCM-
potential TCMs adoption criteria

*
__J

Step 2: EVALUATING
TCM TRAFFIC EFFECTS

Estimate base
case traffic

3.
Screen TCMs; choose
candidate measures



u
'Analyze
traffic e

4
6. Are
region:
	 eff

Step 3: EVALUATING 	 \
klyze
ept^

r
changes in
JSXjonal emissions


St*p d- EVAMIATTNO ' 	 ' -JJJ_^_
OZONE AND CARBON 1
QUALITY CHANGES Evaluate
regional ozone
concentrations





TCM
fleets


*
^7. ^
traffic
ilyze
ection
effects



t
9. Analyze
intersection
emissions



*
11- Evaluate
background CO
concentrations

i



r -
12. Evaluate
""•^ "hot spot" CO
concentrations


•
                         FIGURE 4-1. Overview of technical analyses to be performed, and their
                         relationship to the four steps described in the guidance document.
PPPB9058
                                                  81

-------
STEP 1: TECHNICAL SCREENING

Technical screening identifies measures that merit in-depth evaluation for a given
area. Screening identifies measures that (1) are best applied given the spatial air
quality problems involved (i.e., regional or local problems); (2) can potentially relieve
specific traffic congestion problems and thus improve air quality; and (3) appear to
be appropriate given the urban area's population and transportation  infrastructure. It
is important to note that the screening process is both technical and institutional;
institutional screening considerations (e.g., the extent to which TCMs have been pre-
viously and successfully applied in the region; financial resources available for
implementation and enforcement) are discussed in the institutional  guidance section
of this document.  In addition, useful screening information is included in the TCM
descriptions section of this guidance.  The descriptions Include TCM packaging con-
siderations important to review when weighing transportation control options.

It is important to begin this step by reviewing the nature and extent of the region's
traffic and air quality problems (to determine which problems TCMs should target)
and to inventory existing TCMs. The TCM inventory is essential since most areas
will be building on previous TCM implementation efforts.*


Screening Measures Targeted to Air Quality Problems (Regional or  Local)                           ;
                                                                                               I
From an air quality perspective, measures target two problem groups: (1) regional                   |
ozone and carbon monoxide problems best addressed by TCMs that  reduce regional                   ,
VMT/trips (e.g., transit improvements, car and vanpooling incentives, bicycling, HOV
lanes, park and ride facilities, trip reduction ordinances, compressed work weeks, and
"no-drive" days); and (2) "hot spot" carbon monoxide problems best  addressed by mea-
sures reducing VMT/trips and relieving congestion in a specific area (e.g.,, HOV lanes,
improved traffic signalization, parking management programs, metered freeway
ramps, work schedule changes). (Carbon monoxide "hot spots" are  localized  areas of
high CO concentrations that result from sources in  the immediate  area, such as
 * Other measures often included as TCMs are vehicle inspection and maintenance;
  control of extended vehicle idling; reduction of cold start emissions; use of
  easoline fuel additives, reformulated gasoline or diesel fuel, or alcohol fuels;
  conversion of fleet vehicles to cleaner fuels or engines; and mandatory retirement
  or restricted use of high-emission vehicles. However, because this study is
  concerned primarily with measures that ordinarily,fall within transportation
  agencies' responsibilities, these vehicle and fuel measures are not specifically
  considered here.
 89058r2 >t
                                     82

-------
major intersections contributing to traffic congestion.) Consideration should also be
given to the seasonality of specific air quality problems (i.e., summer ozone prob-
lems,, winter CO problems) when choosing potential TCMs.  Table 4-1 highlights
categories of control measures applicable to regional and local air quality problems.

In areas experiencing exceedances of the 8-hour average ambient air quality standard
for CO, it is important to realize that "hot spot" concentrations almost certainly
include a substantial urban-scale contribution. Typically, maximum 8-hour average
concentrations occur in the evening or morning hours when traffic congestion is
greatest, and atmospheric dispersion is limited. Concentrations during these periods
are likely to remain high, with one-hour peak concentrations being perhaps only
twice the 8-hour average. This pattern is an indication of a relatively widespread
buildup of concentrations over much of the urban area. The fraction of the "hot
spot" concentration contributed by nearby roadways may be as small as 20 percent of
the total. Therefore, TCMs aimed specifically at localized congestion relief,
although perhaps more cost-effective than, measures implemented on a wider basis,
may  not by themselves achieve significant reductions in "hot spot" concentrations.
Corridor- or roadway-specific measures combined with urban-scale measures are
needed for such areas.
Screening Measures Targeted to Traffic Problems

When screening TCMs, analysts should also look for measures that link air quality
improvement with congestion relief; these measures wili be doubly effective—facili-
tating closer working relationships between transportation and air quality planners
(see discussions in the institutional guidance section) and increasing the ability to
obtain local support for air quality improvements.

A common approach to linking TCMs with specific traffic problems is to  categorize
geographic areas in which traffic problems occur, and then link specific measures
applicable to these geographic areas. Urban traffic problems are typically categori-
zed as occurring in one of about a half dozen areas—in or near "hot spots" or local
intersections, along arterials, along freeways, along corridors, in localized areas
(e.g., employment centers, residential areas, commercial centers), and in the region
as a whole.  Table 4-2 provides examples of measures that apply to these specific
problem sites. (The measures described in Section 3 of this report were categorized
as to their geographic applicability in Table 3-3.) Another approach is to target a
measure to a specific problem type. Table 4-3 offers three examples from the analy-
sis of Batchelder and co-workers (1983), who identified how individual measures
apply to specific problems.
                                     O4
 «9058r2 *

-------
TABLE *-l. Applicability of measures to local or regional air quality problems (note
that this characterization is very general; depending on the specific implementation
conditions, a measure could be local or regional).


Measures Applicable to Local Carbon Monoxide Problems

1.   Traffic operations (e.g., intersection and roadway widening, one-way turn
     streets, turn lane installation, turning movement and lane use restrictions, new
     freeway lanes using shoulders)

2.   Traffic signalization (e.g., local intersection signal improvements, arterial signal
     systems, area signal systems, freeway diversion and advisory signing, freeway
     surveillance and control, express bus preemption of traffic signals)

3.   Pedestrian and bicycle activity (e.g., sidewalk widening, pedestrian barriers,
     bikeways, bike storage)

4.   Commercial vehicle restrictions (e.g., peak-period, on-street loading
     restrictions, truck rerouting)
                                                            I '•
5.   Roadway assignment strategies (e.g., bus and pool HOY lanes, park and ride lots,
     reversible lanes, contra-flow bus lanes, metered freeway access ramps with HOV
     by-pass)

6.   Transit improvements (e.g., expanded radial express bus service, reduced fare
     bus  service, express bus service with reserved median lane, marketing programs,
     security and facilities improvements, expanded service)
    mi        •                                  	    i          _
	•	   "                           ~       continued
 SSOSBfl  3

                                      84

-------
 TABLE *-l.  Concluded.
 Measures Applicable to Regional Ozone and Carbon Monoxide Problems

 1.   Ridesharing and paratransit (e.g., employer-oriented and area-wide carpool and
     vanpool matching programs, HOV lanes/ramps, park and ride lots, diai-a-ride,
     taxi-group riding programs, jitney service, elderly and handicapped services,
     pooling promotion programs)

 2.   Transit improvements (e.g., marketing programs, maintenance improvements,
     vehicle fleet improvements, operations monitoring programs)

 3.   Parking management (e.g., preferential parking for HOVs, lower parking rates
     for HOVs)
Measures Potentially Applicable to Both Regional and Local Problems

1.  Route diversion (e.g., area licensing, auto restricted zones, pedestrian malls,
    residential traffic control)

2.  Parking management (e.g., curb parking restrictions, residential parking control,
    off-street parking restrictions, HOV preferential parking, parking rate changes)

3.  Transit improvements (e.g., bus route and schedule modifications, express bus
    service, bus traffic signal preemption, bus terminals, simplified fare collection,
    park and ride facilities)

4.  Work schedule changes (e.g., staggered and flexible work hours, compressed
    work week)

5.  "No-drive" programs (either voluntary or mandatory)

6.  Roadway pricing (e.g., peak-hour tolls, low-occupancy vehicle tolls, gasoline tax,
    peak/off-peak transit fares, elderly and handicapped fares, reduced transit
    fares)	_____

Sources* Albersheim, 1982; DiRenzo, 1979; DiRenzo and Rubin, 1978.
890SSri  3
                                     85

-------









I
vi
1
O
IM
2
*-•
o
«-•
a
ro
a

2
H
i
*tj £•
.5 60 °
«_t c ^~

2! §-'5

.2 |
 BO
O> §>
C **
Js 4)
V? £j
J-S

in
3
l_ -O 41
£ =" 3
(/> c -a
c  -F,
£ * S- * •
^ ^ « "o
= -i c §
iu - a w
Spot/intersection improvements, park and ride lots, one-way streets to improvi
new street segments, arterial street lanes reserved for express bus or carpools
stations, expanded regular-route bus service, contra-flow bus lane, reversible 1
traffic signal preemption, peak-hour tolls (HOV tolls), jitney service, bus route
modifications


*-
k.
**
«> ,.
—
^ .X
II

3 >
co rr Z
4> _ J2 ..
0. g-O 41
|°"5 £•'>
^ ffl S «3
3 fo w J/t
T3 U. . OT
^^ L* >M
J2 7. o 3
0 OJ tn JQ
Increased peak-period roadway, bridge, or tunnel tolls; toll discounts for carpoi
periods; park and ride lots along transit routes; freeway ramp control or closur
freeway shoulders during peak periods; priority freeway access/egress for buse
transfer stations; new freeway lanes; surveillance and control efforts; express
lanes

(A
1
l>
8
1*
I

t/) O
v ^ ** "*
^5 C QJ
P13 JJT ffl {fl
flj 4) 4-i -^
2Ls « «p J
00 «; u 5 60 C
.£ .a ts 3 .s .2
3 fl ^* t- (j cO
A) S k^ tUt ^
c ** ' » c ^
S JO d) 52 -^. *is
Staggered and flexible work hours, compressed work week, on-street parking b
periods, parking reserved for short-term use, increased parking rates, parking i
(e.g, fines, time limits), expanded off-street parking, freeway ramp closure, on
improve flow, reversible lanes, new street segments, signal phases for left turr
turning traffic, use of fleet vehicles for carpooling, employer-based programs i
vanpools), priority freeway access for HOVs and buses, shuttle buses or vans, c
vans
(A
ft
1
S
1
"3.
i

4)
. 3
C
u J|J
w
4J *
O U
M t^^
Parking reserved for short-term use, parking rate adjustments, expanded off-si
freeway ramp closure, one-way streets to improve flow, rerouting turning traf
or vans, bus transfer stations, pedestrian malls

-------
•o
a*
UJ


(Q
       a]

     ^  «
     >« v.
     ta  n


     I  «?
     i  a)

     c  o

     0  >
     «.  L.

     •2  Si


     § .t:
S-§
si
ao E

•18
    (A
    k. d)
    V  _
2 81i
w u C
« y op
OH a Z
    !3


    2
        •a -o o
        'C V x
         i CL to
        (0 Q. **

        JL * ttj



        "II
        o 2 u




        a-S
          •£
        fe «" c


        fit

        *8 y o?


        « JJ C S
        ^ M (Q k>
        (8   JC BJ
        'u S? *3 ***


        1 i 11
        5 N *- Q

        §•2^-
        u Z = TJ
                g-g
                  S
              g 16 S
            c nj v> re

            •S ga 2L

            8 i S5s
            ** ST (Q TT

            ii fcf
            on
                s s
              S» Q. D.
            o
        n

        §
            «
                   00
                   
                                  87

-------
TABLE 4-3. Example problems addressed by specific measures.
Measure
Staggered work hours
Increased parking rates
near a major activity
center
HOV lanes for freeways
Problems Measure Addresses

Areas that experience traffic congestion during
peak periods, in or near employment centers

Areas where congestion is projected to increase due
to increasing employment activity

Areas where current transit services are
oversubscribed during'part or all of the peak
commute period

Consistent traffic congestion near activity center
during peak periods

Unacceptable air pollutant concentrations in/near
the activity center during peak periods

Long-term parking that excludes short-term parking
users

Current street capacities that will be  insufficient
to handle expected growth in traffic volumes

Peak period traffic congestion along freeway or its
corridors and/or near workplaces of those using
freeway

Unacceptable air quality along freeway and its
corridors that can be linked to traffic flows
Source: Batchelder et al., 1983.  This is a brief example of the more detailed
information provided in the reference.
89058r2 3
                                      88

-------
Screening Measures Targeted to Urban Area Size and Characteristics

Although larger urban areas can choose from among virtually all TCMs, smaller areas
may have to be more selective. Discussed here are two general approaches found in
the TCM literature that can help analysts consider demographics when screening
measures.  The first approach identifies the applicability of TCMs based solely on an
area's population; the second weighs several  variables to tie demographics into a
more comprehensive screening approach.
Screening Measures on the Basis of Population

Smaller cities (i.e., areas with less than 50,000 people) do not necessarily have the
characteristics to support certain TCMs.  For example, transit services in smaller
cities may not warrant setting aside HOV lanes for buses (see the description section
for a discussion on HOVs). Freeway surveillance, work schedule changes, and certain
parking constraints are further examples of measures that might not be appropriate
for smaller areas (DOT,  1981). Figure •                          89

-------
Strategy
Tr»(Tle
OptraUooi
Traffic
Slfnallzalloa
Ptdtttrlaa
u4 Bicycle
Roadway
Aifl|oa»et
Rente
DlTtnloa
?arklo|
Managtaaeat
Transit
OparailoBt
Trmailt
Maaa|C1Heat
[nttrmodal
C*ordloaU»
Commercial
Vehicles
Work
Schedule
PrlelBf
Pantraaott
Tactic
Imenecacn dt roadway widening
One-way oreed
Turn linemsulluon
Turning movement & late use naaaiaa
New freeway tme iwn( snoulden
'_vw'** miBMC&cn n^i Hi ixo^xoveiBflnt
Anetui ngnil lyoem
Aiuotnil iyoern
Freeway diversion A advuory n(nnit
Freeway uvaJlana A canmd
Widen Bdewtllu
Pedemun |rad< acpanacn
Bikewayi
Bikeaonge
Fteksiua cam* tamos
Exclusive buj ine-tnenal
— uJa-c-Une
-«dd-a-Lane
Boj 1.000.000


















•••MM















b=




FIGURE 4-2.  Applicability of mnsponatian comrol measures to areas on the btsis of population.
Source:  C M. Abrams. J. F. DiReazo. S. A. Smith, and R. A. Feriis.  1981. "Measures of Effectiveness for
TSM Strategies.''  Offices of Research aod Development. Federal Highway Administration. Department of
Transportation. Washington, DC (FHWA/RD-81/177).
                                   90

-------
      •    Type 3. Larger cities, but less congested and less transit-oriented.

          Type 4. Smaller versions of Type 3.

Subareas are identified that apply to all four city types; these include the Central
Business District (CBD), older high activity centers, new high activity centers, resi-
dential areas, radial corridors, crosstown corridors, and secondary streets.


Transportation Control Objectives

Transportation control goals are classified as predominantly concerned with mobility
improvements, environmental/energy saving  (or "conservation") improvements, or a
mixture of the two. This last category, the mixture of conservation and congestion-
relieving goals, is of particular interest—analysts can use this category to help
screen for measures that will both improve air quality and relieve traffic congestion.


TCM-Applicability Matrix

The approach establishes a matrix that matches applicable transportation manage-
ment strategies to cities in each of these categories (based on city types, subareas,
and traffic control goals).  The matrix, reproduced as Figure 4-3, provides an  addi-
tional screening tool for choosing appropriate TCMs.

-------
Goal Mix
A: Mobility
B: Conservation
C: Balanced
Action
General traffic engineering
Ride-shanng
Pricing
Freeway management
Express bin, puk-ride
Local transit improvements
4-day week
Work rescheduling
Bicycle facility improvements
Pedestrian facility improvements
Pantrmsil
Add-4-Une HOV facilities
Pricing
ARZ, parking management
Ridcsharing
Express bus, puk-ride
Local transit improvements
4-day week
ComprenezisivG HOV Dvatmcxtt
Bicycle facility improvements
Pedestrian facility inn'i*>tf
-------
Goal Mix
A: Mobility
B: Conservation
C: Balanced
Action
General nS
Rirlnhiring
Lfy^i traosi
Truck res trie
Bicycle fan]
Pedesoianfi
Paramnsitf
p l^fff ^ptsg
Local innsi
Bicycle facil
Pedestrian fi
Pantnosiif
Genenlmfl
Rkfnh*""^
^_^*^] orizisi
Wotfcietctae
Tnu-t i*Mric
Bicycle fid
Pedecrimfj
Parttrtmitf

KEY
^•"•n"1 Definitely applicable
iiii'iiiiM Possibly applicable
Not applicable
k eogioeenng
improvements

icility improvemcDU
•cUity imprffMytpciHf
m^pF^^*fifflfftntiT
Illy UupSvVGODCXlU
ciliiy Umppytfqocntt
icility improvements
ic coginecncg
L improvcmcnu
4ti|^g

lily impioveunui
icility impmvmioits
icility improvumiia
Applications Context
CBD





















OLD
HAC





















NEW
HAC




















RES
AREA











T"""""



RAD
COR











XTWN
COR











SEC
STS



—


—



—


             FIGURE 4-Jb.  Prototypical TSM program. City type 2: smaller, more congested, higher transit use.
             (Definition of abbreviations appears on last page of figure.)
PFP890SS

-------
Goal Mix
A: Mobility
B: Conservation
C: Balanced
Action
RfofofthinTsg
Pricing
Freeway management
Express bus, park-ride
Local transit improvements
4-day week
Work rescheduling
Bicycle facility improvements
Pedetcrian facility impiuvemeats
Paratnnsit facility improvements
Add-a-lane HOV facilities
Pricing
Ridesharing
Express bus, park-ride
4-day week
Comprehensive HOV treatments
Bicycle ficility improvements
Paragansit facility improvements
Add-a-lane HOV facilitks
Pricing
General traffic engineering
PyWhiring
Express bus, park-ride
4-day week


Paratransit facility improvements
Add-a-lane HOV facilities
Applications Context
CBD


•••••














•••••











OLD
HAC








•




















NEW
HAC
























RES
AREA


• 	








CECCS3XB



RAD
COR

•••••
•BUB!


••••••
•••••
••••••
••••••

••••la
••••SB
mfm^m
•§^••1


••IBB
xnvN
COR












SEC
STS




-

•••m



•••••

  KEY
        i Definitely applicable
        ' Potsibly applicable
         Not applicable
FIGURE 4-3c. Prototypical TSM program. City type 3: larger, less congested, lower transit use.

(Definition of abbreviations appears on hs:. -age of figure.)
                                         94

-------
Goal Mix
A: Mobility
B: Conservation
C: Balanced
Action
Geaenln!
Ridftthjring
Local trans
Bicycle fac
Pedeatnan J
Patanosit '
Ridesharint
Local mnsi
Bicycle ftsa
Pedestrian/
Pmirosu ]
General tn£
Ridofairinj
Bicycle fta
Pedcstms i
Ptntnnsit:
KEY
«•«••• Definitely applicable
iiiiiiiiii Posribly applicable
Not applicable

He engineering
til
Jir
aci
rac
til
lir
act
"1C
Qc
t uupiuvciin nfi
lity iiiipiM**^^^!!^

(Qi^HumiEau
Lity ggptu^f inf.nB
acility improvements
icility improvemeots

Applications Context
CBD


















OLD
HAC


















NEW
HAC


















Definitioa of abbreviations:
CBO • ccotnl business district
OLD HAC « older hi jh activity cemen
NEW HAC * new high activity centen
RES AREA .ttsidential areas
RAD COR « ndial conidon
XTWN COR • crosssown ujuklui
SEC STS » aecoodiiy itteeu
RES
AREA















RAD
COR












XTWN
COR












SEC
STS



— -


—



f—


            FIGURE 4-3d. Prototypical TSM program. Ciry type 4: less congested, lower bus use.
PPP890SS
                                                95

-------
 STEP 2:  EVALUATING TCM TRAFFIC EFFECTS

 OVERVIEW

 Three quantitative analyses—traffic effects, emissions, and air quality—are needed
 to evaluate TCM appropriateness for State Implementation Plan (SIP) submittal.
 This section discusses approaches to evaluating TCM traffic effects. For SIP submit-
 tals, TCM traffic evaluations should be utilized to obtain the data needesd to com-
 plete the emissions and air quality analyses.  Table 4-4 highlights these requirements
 by identifying broad categories of traffic-related data needed to conduct emissions
 and air quality TCM studies.

 We first discuss the objectives of transportation demand analyses and identify and
 discuss the tools available to conduct these analyses.  Next we examine how to
 characterize individual TCMs for these analyses, and present source documents that
 can be referenced for more detailed information.  We also identify tools; that are
 tailored to specific TCMs and implementation situations.


 ANALYTICAL OBJECTIVES AND CAVEATS

 Studies forecasting the traffic effects  of transportation controls should assess
 whether control measures reduce the number of trips taking place, reorient where
 trips occur, and/or change the traveler's mode choice.  These factors control the key
 variables  determining vehicular emissions—travel time of day, mode choice, trip
 length, trip frequency, and travel speed.  The transportation demand analysis process
 allows planners to evaluate how TCMs  affect these variables.

 Before we discuss tools to estimate TCM impacts,, however, some important caveats
 need to be addressed.  Like all predictions, transportation forecasts are vulnerable to
 a number of factors that remain outside the forecasting process but are known to
 have significant influence upon travel decisions. Changes in lifestyle; in personal
'income; in fuel prices and other direct transport costs; in job characteristics and
 location; and in housing availability, price, and location are some of the factors that
 can significantly alter travel behavior. Because transportation control measures for
 the most part induce  modest shifts in trip rates, mode used, destinations chosen,
 arid/or speed of travel, it often is difficult to distinguish TCM-induced changes from
 those induced by exogenous trends. When these  outside trends move in the opposite
 direction  to a TCM's desired effect (e.g., income growth and cheap fuel inducing
 higher trip rates at the same time TCMs are being applied to reduce travel), it may
 be difficult to discern TCMs1 effects.  The approaches outlined in this s
-------
SB
3
O"

i.
w>4
10

T3
a
n
c
o


0>
u
3
O
n
0)
.4
•9
=
jj
u
3
•o
C
8

o

•o
V
£.
wH
3
CT
0)

n
c
o

JJ
A
.— (
§

A
U

1
A
A
A
T3

•O
4)
JJ
A
4>
i.
1
O
C-
CM
A
jj

f^
2
0)
£
0)

TABLE Mt.
analyses .









^
••
c
c

n
^
«
a

a
4-
c.*
A
6-
^
C
C
4)
U
U
^

0)
•-4
4)
•c
^

^
4J
*H
*H
A
5

L.
^•4
«s

•o
c
A
n
c
o

n
n
i












41
C
0
^
c




c
0 0
CJ -«
H
4>
tr


y **^
et CO
=3 --


^f ^"^
Z O
u *—

2* ^-^
a CT^
»^
L.
0

z ****

CO «S E
CU 3
X) U ^
5 o

p
n
4)

O 4J — <
X O --4
a a>
O CO TJ
CJ "^
3
U







^,
^»
^.^

n
g
n
n
"e







z

t^ (0
£3 "^
C
O

t"» ^^
CJ *™^
«* A
Lu U
u ^*


jy
M »-.
_J •
« CO
m •
Q 5
""•"








A
A
O

a
«~
2




















^N ^r
t^* *^
«-» ^»
XX XX XX



**^ ^M^
tr> en


XXX X X XXX






^««
(\J
^.^
'

XX XXX XX





XXX XXX XX







X






X







U i. T3
a 3 • n v
O O O 4)
£ JC -* &
** n t.
c c n o
M M) -^ CO &0 t3 ^
•^ ^* &«0)£ C4> O
09 09 0} ^^ 0) C ^^ "^ 4) A

oj-o c-o — o ^ c c. n
£ < Ul \ O ffl 4) -OS C
at. ^L. « t. c. -H o>&.eo o
-. 3 0)3 Q. ffl O 4) C —
O t. O 4J&.O ffl £ -U Q. 4) — « 91
s» 3 £ t. &.3£t. u ut.cn c/ieo4J 0) n
O 3 ffl O 3 4)0)0) ffl ffl E —
of^o i»- £. J* o >. >, ^ e -a o t- t. — E
CirS^ J3-S 3* 3 3 4) t. C > S,
«M(\ia.eo CLCMO.CO TJ -o z w u w«o o> o>
(fl «^ 
-------








2
§
c
HI*
CO

(0
o
o
c.
2
bC
c
jj
Q
O
0
«S
n

0)

•g

^
ii
R3
5
«•*
•o
e
(0
n
§
"n
n

u






c
c
o
N
O


^ s

J3

*-^
es O
Z —
UJ """


§
82
6C
0)
cc

5 S;
cc —
0

z —
ec CO
3 ^
m
z
j
u


4J O\
a Q)

*> gj J
o o
s s»

O
n
QJ
JJ C
£ o 3
Q* G)
O co -o
0 |



._
C
' c
o
n
n
1




Z_
t* cv
Q wH
£
Cs) CM
O -<
tij o
5 "^

iT
ttJ -^
« CO
03
i S







0
j->
&
o
— <
c_
2
H



















ViO ^3
X X



^^
ir

XX XXX X XXXX X








XX XXX X XX XXX
X X X X X X X




X XXX XXX





X XX XXX


c
o
3, M c 2
jj c o , OJTJ (I) a '?**'; « -i
M —eo^HO —c no >» **-•**_ H 3>
?^ rn cr »^ Q (0 4 £-• E CO 4) t>
g — OJC *4 _§ >, « ^ t. i.
r^ 3 ^* ^* ^^ ^3 £3 ™ "i ^2 ^^ "^ ^^ ^^ ^^ ^^
O W CO 3 *^ ^ J=
M C§ £ 0 S* =»
98

-------
RAM


















































-l|. Concluded.
J&
CsJ
O3
H










n
jj
3
i

ra
i
a

o
•*H
^
11
^
6<
I
v4
Jj
Q
1)
J
n
^•4
CO
3

J
t
<5

^j
*
R
n
c
c
9
0
1
u











O)
0
N
O




^
fl
C
8^
QC
CC










jj
O
JJ
o
MB

O
u

JJ
£
o
u





,«•»
^™
*•*
m
c
. o
0]
co
•»*
e








2: co
^ ^— • '
= '
*• **
«s o
2u ^~
£)£ 1«— **
LU

z —
QZ **-*

o

«S CO
3 »—


(•»•>
CxJ
•z
•M*
_J
U



^^
« i
a. 3
CU ft
o
s»

co
. CO
c
Jj >^*
O ft
a. co
c/: T3
3
U

z ^
s ^s
c
t.
o
" i
u *•*
«s ra
u. u
s-


3*
UJ *^
— CO
CQ •
i2
«
 •** CU C
o  O f>
2 " « "n "e
> 3 i> W W
^ S 5 E '
c_ — i v ra
£ v t. =
' « ^( jj 0) T3
£ -t C 0 --
i J3" O t. >
0 0 3 -^
' "S E co § ?
•a •- -• -1
§ n co eu
_i e "O •* *•
& 1 1 2 5
to o
5 .2 § E 3
S E -• •" °
3 5 n •— w • s-
C, er> •• c «o 3
^ -^ eo o "O o
m CO E 4) — O W
S jj co BO eo E
° 3 * i .2 -H S
g S 2^ S S i
,2 a. 3 o -a
e eo o j-> a> — « — •
S n c u JJ 3
v v t. « M
•n t> 4i -o 3 t. >-
u co t c o co
^ -a - a> n a- £
-a -o ja Q. o =o
2 -* Q co a» o^
U t. i -a — -o —
Si M — • C
00 .- CU JO «
8 • g> S^ i « |
u •»< O *> - — <°
3 >• -* -a 3 -a
1 | 3 o § « i
^ >• « = fe 1 1
•j- — ( CO « E C
„ fc. 60 E C 0) fl
P OS'CJJO**'
Q ii^jj'S.Sjj S.-SS
» ! ?l«-l 2 SS
1 i ::ss«r.s ii
B ^i 0) — < J-> Z M CO JJ
*= JJ-JT3««OJJ3 •-
2 $51c3-°l§L?»-
2 ^t jj Q.nracracr*
CM «ZE« -^ *~^!
0 a.«sa>-ooa> g
g „ "s--!^-0 « §
^ nco'OO'OJJCseo
.. -a jj£Ct-eoon *&•,
g W 0.5 rt Q.-V E 3 " W
"^ ^ oo-az'z«s ' .iT ?
m Q.OJJCO3§'3i=.^« »g
S -S2X § 1 8 S5 a S 2 raE
SJ*- & 52§.l5§ "J
i lit. I 1
;^-g|li§ S§S5|«5 5.
S5St-nt-n£cn«-a>-2S ot-eo o> ^ ^ gj
x
99

-------
 THE TRANSPORTATION DEMAND ANALYSIS PROCESS

 Transportation demand analyses translate TCM implementation into variables dir-
 ectly affecting vehicular emissions. Agencies responsible for conducting these
 analyses include state departments of transportation (DOTs); metropolitan planning
 organizations (MPOs), which do most analyses for large areas and are thus the most
 relevant agency for most nonattainment areas; district DOT offices; and local
 planning agencies.  Typically, a transportation demand analysis outputs traffic vol-
 umes and speeds on each roadway link for peak and off-peak periods, and estimates
 the region's resulting daily vehicle miles traveled (VMT).  These outputs; can be used
 as inputs to emissions and air quality analyses.

 Transportation demand analyses are an essential part of what has been referred to as
 the three stages of the transportation planning process: (1) an inventc-v of existing
 land use, population, travel behavior, and transportation infrastructure   ": hiding an
 inventory of existing TCMs; (2) forecasted changes in land use, popula    . growth,
 and travel demand; and (3) transportation analyses evaluating vehicuie:   -svement
 and mode choice options (e.g., see Stopher and Meyburg, 1975).  Althou;:r. iand-use
 inventories and forecasts are essential to the transportation demand analysis, they
 are not addressed in this guidance document (forecasts for specific areais should be
 available from regional or local planning and transportation agencies).  It is essential
 to note, however, that planners should pay close attention to the land-use forecasting
 assumptions used to establish future year vehicle emission scenarios.  The lack of
 high quality land-use forecasts has been cited as a central weakness in the traffic-
 forecasting process (Pedersen and Samdahl,  1982).

 Transportation demand analyses include four broad steps: estimating trip generation,
 trip distribution, mode choice, and trip assignment; these four steps are often refer-
 red to as the "urban transportation planning, or modeling system" (e.g.,  see Meyer
and Miller, 198*).  Figure f-4 identifies these steps and notes their  relationship to
the key variables determining vehicular emissions (travel  time of day, mode choice,
trip length, trip frequency, and travel speed).  Table 4-5 summarizes data inputs and
outputs for each of these four steps.
ANALYTICAL APPROACHES

Both manual and computerized approaches are available to conduct transportation
demand analyses. Computer models are widely available but vary in the way they
have been calibrated and applied to specific regions. Manual procedures include
sketch planning methods that substitute for computer tools, and manual adjustments
to "post-process* computer modeling results.
8S058r2  U


                                       100

-------
                                SCHEMATIC
             DESCRIPTION
                                        DATA INPUTS
                                      TRIP GENERATION
                                     TRIP DISTRIBUTION
                                        MODAL SPLIT
                                      TRIP ASSIGNMENT
                                           SYSTEM
                                           OUTPUTS
Inventories and forecasts (population.
travel demand, land use)
Predicts number of trips produced by, and
attracted to. each zone—predicts flows, but
not origin or destination (estimates trip
frequency)

Predicts origin-destination (O-D) of traffic
movements—links trip ends produced by
trip generation component (estimates trip.
length based on O-D)

Predicts percent of traffic movement using
each mode option (transit, car, walking, etc.)
for each O-D pair (determines mode choice)
Predicts placement of each O-D flow, by mode,
on specific travel routes (estimates travel route
use by time of day)
Predicts route volumes and travel speeds for
each network link, by mode, by a.m. and
p.m. peak and off-peak periods
        FIGURE 4-4.  Urban transportation planning system and typical inputs/outputs.
ppp/89058
                                                              101

-------
TABLE 4-5. Summary inputs and outputs for each of the four principal transportation
demand analysis steps.
Trip Generation

Inputs:
               Socioeconomic data, e.g., geography, population, housing (from census
               tract data), income, employment.

Outputs:       Number of trips originating per day in a traffic analysis zone (TAZ) (by
               land use type); trips are broken down by trip type (examples: home to
               work, home to shopping, home to other, other to work, other to other); in
               some cases, trips are broken down by peak or off-peak period.

Trip Distribution

Inputs:         Trip generation data for TAZs from a large area.
Outputs:


Mode Choice

Inputs:

Outputs:
               Distributes the trips generated in individual zones into "origin-
               destination" pairs (known as "productions and attractions").
               Costs, travel times, and traveler characteristics.

               Determines which travel mode a person chooses to make a trip; assigns
               motor vehicle trips and forecasts transit ridership; choices vary
               depending upon model and region (sample choices:  driving alone, two-
               person carpool, three-person carpool, transit/walk, transit/auto).
Highway and Transit Trip Assignment

Inputs:         Trip generation estimates of travel demand from one TAZ to another;
               data (computer code) of available networks; and mode choice.  Other
               inputs:  roadway characteristics (e.g., capacity, travel time from "node
               to node"), trips per day (for given roadways), road locations, road
               changes.

Outputs:       Trip types are aggregated into time periods (a.m. peak, p.m. peak, off-
               peak); models then assign each trip to a roadway link(s) and produce daily
               traffic volumes and speeds, broken down by peak and off-peak periods
               (i.e., emission "activity" factors)? note that traffic engineers are
               primarily concerned with peak period travel-local model systems/data
               may not produce hourly or weekend traffic forecasts.
    ••058  3
                                          102
                     in!*!.,'

-------
Choosing Between Computerized and Manual Tools

When deciding whether to conduct computerized or manual transportation demand
assessments, analysts evaluating TCMs should base their choice on two primary cri-
teria:

     i.    Whether tools are available to the analyst through local, regional, or state
         transportation agencies (including accurate data to run a model, and the
         status of the model's calibration to local traffic conditions); and

     2.    The characteristics of the measure(s) to be evaluated (i.e., local or
         regional applications, measure complexity, number of alternatives to be
         evaluated).

Consideration should also be given to the financial resources available for the analy-
ses (see also,  discussion on funding TCMs in the institutional guidance section).
Generally, computerized tools are preferable as the number and complexity of the
measures to be evaluated increases.  They are also preferable in evaluating larger
geographic areas (e.g., corridors, CBDs, entire regions) (Levinson et al., 1987;
Abrams et al., 1981).


Computerized Transportation Demand Modeling

With the advent of less costly mainframe, micro, and personal computers over the
past decade, numerous computerized transportation demand modeling packages are
now readily available to most transportation agencies (e.g., most MPOs have access
to a system of transportation models called the Urban Transportation Planning Sys-
tem—UTPS—or to equivalent  systems). Although analysts evaluating TCMs are likely
to have little choice in selecting a computerized travel demand model (their options
will  be limited to the tools already available to local transportation planners), most
will  have some computer tools at their disposal.


Important Considerations in Using Computer Models

To be most useful, computer  models should be thoroughly documented; their ability
to simulate the local network should be validated; and accurate, recent data (e.g.,
trip tables, network information, demographics) should be available in a format suit-
able for input to the modeling system (Abrams et al., 19*1). Each of these con-
siderations should be weighed with transportation staff to fully identify expected
modeling limitations and benefits before TCM analyses are conducted.

-------
\
     Computer tools available to analysts vary substantially, and it is important to bear in
     mind the reasons for these differences and their effects on TCM analyses.  In a com-
     prehensive survey of traffic forecasting procedures used around the country, Peder-
     sen and Samdahl (1982) identified eight reasons forecasting results vary and are less
     than adequate:

         It    The level of detail and precision of computer traffic forecasts varies from
              project to project.

        2.    A lack of quality land-use forecasts (and wide variability among land-use
              data collection and formating methods) limits the ability to develop high
              quality traffic forecasts.

        3.    Computerized traffic assignment processes differ from area to area.

        4.    Computer assignments are not always available for ail highway: ar for all
              areas under study (particularly areas where new growth is occurring and
              TCMs are especially important).

        5.    Traffic data needs differ for transportation system planning and design
              evaluations and environmental analyses.

        6.    The responsibility for producing traffic data is often fragmented among
              different agencies.

        7.    Traffic data production requires substantial time, effort, and experienced
              judgment.

        8.    All traffic forecasts include numerous explicit and implicit assumptions.

   Another significant problem is the lack of home-based survey information' regarding
   non-work trips;  in some areas, little work has been done since the early 1970s to
   update this information (Ligas, 1989).  It is important to note that these variables
   mean that different mode choice modeling approaches may yield different effective-
   ness results for similar strategies.  For example, one study used three different mode
   choice models to estimate the effects of increased toils on roadways in the  Boston
   area—each model incorporated different user elasticities for travel tim«s and costs,
   with varying results (Gomez-Ibanez and Fauth, 1980). Effectiveness may diminish
   over time if travelers "adjust" to increased travel costs. Analysts should bear in
   mind these considerations when assessing TCMs and evaluating the accuracy of their
   travel demand analyses.

   Computer  model output can also vary due to a particular modeling system's choice of
   analytical  algorithms.  Table 4-6 illustrates some of the different approaches avail-
   able and their relative strengths and weaknesses. Analysts should learn which
   8>05Sr2  U
104

-------





_a.
L«
13
C,
to
oT
u
'o
.c
u
0>
Q
live techniques to conduct trip generation, distribution, m
ro
C

03 O
O *^
4J 2
OO V3
Q. >,
•- ra
- E
? w
re —
c\
a} .2
•2 3
.2 >
income and auto ownership); (2) relationships between vari
may not be linear and additive; (3) relative importance of



















o
i_ •
«^
"a3 =
S [f
•- fg
fO S*
>
flj *""
\4/ M
.£i ^
flj C
S o
u u
re o>
2 'o
u 0
time; (^) "best fit" regression equations may not properly i
importance; (5) averaging of effects may hide important s



















•T'
in
.S-*-^
'£ —
§ £
— in
"•"• S
(^ ^o
l-t 4— •
> =
•— "5
"™ 2
T3 O.
"S a.
•o '^
C



~o
>
a;
^
Q

...
re ^
CL
Q.
^"* O
^ L.
« "
»•% (J
Pros: Avoid regression model's assumptions about linear a
between generation and explanatory variables: calculates
grouping households by socioeconomic status (rather than
considerations), and (2) computing production rates for ea<







<
V fe
o **
§S






















*


^
S2
2
ffl
1»
^^
re
oo
c
*^
i_
SI
r\




0
^""c
c .c
QJ +^
^3 ffl
*2
§ -o
P (U
F 2.
Q ^
— • £
E >»

-------












I
3
*c
.a
Q
.9*
3 c
n s
o y o
2 '-8 8 _ "S
S S-*- i S
> (/| «*4 tO •M
S*8*l
u ** ¥ •£• c
e « L .ti >,
cj o 4) 5 .t;
f *- 5 —^ >
x J| £ ^ g
w e ** ** ob
e C 
a
L.
ttO
^ 5
oo —
2 8 I"
« (0 t 0
V) -h. . j
 V>
in ~ ^ "a3
W ^
w g £ 2
nf\ •* (O w
^^ ^^ ••
fe .. « «
- ju 3 S
jr Q. re i j=
A number of other options are available (thoug
satisfactory than the gravity model); for exam]
applied mostly to short-term updating of trip t
trips"), and intervening opportunities models (t
and cumbersome to use than gravity models).
1
Q.
O
fe
~
O














3
"3.
k.
>2
4J
(j
1
U
4)
MM
3
S

L.
O ••• i
*-• .- <2 -1 •
_ « C g 41
e 4) m o >
S .2 S'Sb.Jj
*•• «-» QJ
t. « 10 u. na
2 c «•* . c
ES^^S
r i •"" — • ta- c ••*
•y >. « o .§ E
E -r 4» >, w o
2 s y ti o g
IsiiSi
gjls-sl
•a S-g s u S
£ - E Ji "2 —
£§ 5 « E 2
_O > 4) .h JJj
E • ^ 1 1 §
*" O ** *•  E
DO «>
So.y
'•3 o


4^
.y

"3 5
L« V)
= % 't £
4> S 5 ..
8O L. t j 4)
JS xU.l
- « -5 -
ill!
trip distribution; t
sion curves," whic
nd cost of service,
difficult to update
it).
BO o3 4» £
C^ tft k« ZZ
** 3 ZI tO
'% '-3 2 * js
O »j t"| i/i
= «j  y s
2 1§ .a 2 e
S e § I >
8- 1 § 8 S
•g .. g 5 §
o 8 .2 *- ?
e s u -3 «?
4> £ S .« .£
Trip-interchange models estimat
sequence outlined in Figure 5-1.
transit use as a function of both
require substantial data; are diff
mode choice to binary selection

"3.
o
E
S
«*
•5
!r*
j**
c'
J
'b>


•o
4)
3
_C
«-
C
c



















                                                 in
                                                 o
                                                 at
106

-------






















•o
1
I
u
•
1
.»
UJ
03
H





Q.

u
01
<**
UJ
4— t
_o
4—1
re
O>
V
co
'i—
+j
"re
•o
OJ

U1
^^
re
CO

_y
o
§
o
'S
CO
«*-!
0
function
re
J8
o
Q.
'•if
11
re 'Z
^^
c
01
g-
Si
01

CO
•s
o
•a
0)
jL
*u

"33
"8
•o
. 0)
t .
a
re
*^
.ssume
re
>,
o>
«-»
.0
1
k.
.£
'•5





o
~^
—
E

*W5

V
re
CO
1
o
£
..b
CO
"3
service le
VI
'
'.-•
msensi
"re
1
on
o>
fe
V)
3
«3
" ^i.
Computes ideal paths (assuming no congestion) for all O-D pairs, and loads the paii
on these ideal routes. Pros: simple, inexpensive; depicts routes most travelers wo
take assuming no congestion; results are easily interpreted. Cons: generates
unrealistic traffic flows where systems are congested and strained beyond capacit;
'jE,
o
c
5
T3
£
^3
Q..
1
£
"c
1

.* ,_, 4J :f
<^* C  zT
One alternative approach that can supplement traditional trip assignment techniqi
is the use of "select link analysis," which provides O-D patterns for specific links e
groups of links. Pros: enhances ability of computer to clearly illustrate desired tt
allows for sensitivity studies involving several links with minimal cost or compute!
input changes (e.g., changing facility alignment or number of links). Cons: requir
select link analysis computer program that is compatible with programs already ir
(e.g., UTPS); output needs to be cross-checked against base year traffic counts or
D studies to establish reasonableness (relies on base year data availability); metha
does not normally recognize link capacity constraints— estimated volumes need to
compared to available capacity; may require more network specificity to properly
represent freeway interchanges.
"3
0)
"EL
§-
^«.
§»
ffi
E °
Ifc
(0 to















                                                        in
                                                        e
                                                        at
107

-------
                    SK
                    _• (M
                                 ra
                       Q.


                       O
                      O
                      w

                      £
                      •?

                      R3
  C  JS

 |i
 2  id
   .  Q
  S  g
 Q  I
                     T3
                      0)
                      a

                     1
                     J

                     i
                     a

                     §
                     '5
                    I
                                M "
                               .S  ra
                                C  Q)
                                C  <"
                                S  a>
                               «->  n
                               0. 2
< S
•O 03


.- U

 ffl (v

•§ S
£  g
 rtj  «3

 r3  2


 (j  a.



¥ ^


 >» iX
 irt *»
                               A
                                  *>

UJ
-I
a
 I
&
                     a

                     a>
                    s-
 c S
 s  S
 o3 Di
"S  >?
                                                                                               in
                                                                                               o
                                                                                               Ol
                                                               108

-------
approach(es) are used by their system and understand how that system's limitations
can affect TCM analyses.

Not surprisingly, once demand modeling is complete, there are substantial uncertain-
ties built into resulting traffic forecasts. Transportation planners use a general rule
of thumb that considers forecasted traffic assignments to be good if computer model
assignments are within 20 percent of observed traffic volume statistics (Pedersen
and Samdahl, 1982). TCM traffic analysis results should reflect the full range of
potential effects given the variability built into the modeling systems.


Example Transportation Demand Modeling Tools

A number of computerized transportation demand modeling tools are available and in
use throughout the United States. One of the most comprehensive tools is the Urban
Transportation Planning System (UTPS), developed by the Urban Mass Transportation
Administration and the Federal Highway Administration.  UTPS (available for use
with mainframe or microcomputers) is a network-based package of computer pro-
grams.  UTPS and  equivalent systems provide support to analyze long-range land
development impacts, transportation system costs, travel demand, major facility and
corridor travel volumes, energy use, air pollution and traffic accidents; these pack-
ages can also usually analyze problems on a street-by-street basis (PTI, 1986).
Examples of transportation demand modeling tools similar to UTPS include
TRANPLAN and MINUTP (PTI, 1986).*


Manual  Methods to Conduct Transportation Demand Analyses

TCMs often affect very small areas of the metropolitan region, or induce small
travel shifts. Traditional large-scale transportation model systems such as UTPS
may be  ill-suited to TCM applications.  Designed for assessing regional and corridor-
level impacts of major infrastructure investments, these model systems often repre-
sent the urban area and its transport systems at too aggregate a level to support
TCM modeling. Similarly, the data sets collected to inform these models may be too
sparse to permit detailed sub-area studies.  In addition, exercising these model sys-
tems is  costly and cumbersome.
 * A recent survey of approximately 180 transportation agencies (both in and outside
  of the United States) identified six computerized transportation planning packages
  that these agencies use or planned to use most often: UTPS, TRANPLAN,
  MINUTP, QRS-II, TMODEL, EMME/II (UTPS Center, 1988).
 S90SSr2

-------

         ^"
so on^n later be included, with no loss of accuracy, in the large-scale model sys-
tem for analysis with large-scale project proposals.
                  to evaluate TCMs fall into two categories: methodologies that
                  Sil-d approaches (otherwise known as ^^^



?Sf 1979?  Sketci planning techniques offer less expensive and less data-int ensive
Snakes to computer modeling;They are best applied to evaluating TCMs that
focus on smaller regions and involve few measures.

SuoDlemental manual approaches focus on correcting deficiencies in computerized





       volumes by lit*    --ing movements for each intersection approach, levels of
        roadway canac   i. dfurnal curve (time of day) data, vehicle classification
 dey  ..  .rt*^
 dures has been prepare*  V Pedersen and Samdahl (1982).
 Characterizing TCMs for Analyses

                    potential approaches to characterizing TCMs with transporta-
                    ?-"- « provides an example of the approaches used by one
 area to simulate TCMs with a mode choice model.
 Specialized Tools



                            . « did id/ntify severa! tooU that may be of interest to
  8J058f2
110

-------
TABLE *-7.  Potential uses of transportation models to characterize TCMs.
Area-wide Ridesharing

1.  Represent increased time due to meeting pool members at a park and ride lot or
    picking them up by adding a time increment to the total travel time, or, if
    "access mode" is modeled, use that model to address this.

2.  Represent reduced time due to HOV use in the input files for shared ride.  Also
    reduce costs if ridesharing is given a preference (e.g., free parking or no toils).

3.  Reduce access time at the destination to represent preferential parking
    reserves.

4.  Changes in auto occupancy may be modeled directly but often are simply
    handled by "off-line adjustments."
Bicycling Alternatives

1.  Overall, it is difficult to model this measure; bicycling is generally not an
    alternative represented in a mode choice model, nor are bike facilities coded
    into a network.  However, it is important to note that the VMT saved is in the
    cold-start mode, so emissions reductions are well targeted. One potential
    approach  for estimating the impact of bicycling might be to reduce trip
    generation rates for shorter trips.


High Occupancy Vehicle Lanes

1.  Network receding can be done (new HOV links coded parallel to existing links;
    reversible lanes represented as a one-way link).

2.  Adjust mode choice model inputs for shared ride vehicles: usually zone-to-zone
    travel times and possibly costs will be affected. Represent the time savings for
    HOV users by changing the input data file travel times between affected origins
    and destinations.
 89058rl 13                            HI

-------
TABLE 4-7. Continued
Park and Ride Lots

1.  Generally, these measures are difficult to model. Model systems that explicitly
    represent access to transit or ridesharing permit the analyst to represent park
    and ride lots as transfer points with associated wait times and costs.


Parking Management Programs

1.  Increase parking costs in the mode choice input data file if the measure results
    in increased costs borne directly by the traveler.

2.  If parking restraints result in increased roadway capacity and link speeds (e.g.,
    by creating a new lane on arterials once curb parking is prohibited), then
    additional roadway capacity could be coded into the roadway network. A
    simpler way to model these changes is to represent them as reduced travel times
    and travel costs for nonscheduied road users.

3.  If drivers can park on adjacent streets, increase the walk time (access)
    component of travel time for the auto modes affected by the parking restraint
    (drive alone and possibly shared ride).


Pricing Changes (e.g., Tolls)

1.  These changes (auto costs, tolls, etc.) can be represented directly by modifying
    the input data file.  Both mode choice and trip distribution modeling would use
    the revised price data.


Traffic Flow Improvements

1.  Revise network coding to adjust travel times, turn penalties, parking, smd
    capacities for individual links and nodes (for measures such as traffic operation
    improvements, signalization improvements, commercial vehicle prohibitions;
    also applies to parking management and transit operations), or simply revise the
    travel times and costs in the input file for the mode choice model.

2.  Measures such as auto restricted zones can be handled by setting infinitely high
    traffic impedance values for specific links, or by deleting links from the
    network; however, these changes are on a limited scale and their impacts might
    be masked in the model output if the output is geared to a broad area or region.
8»058P1  13

-------
TABLE 4-7 Continued
Transit Improvements

1.   Region-wide improvements can be tested by changing the transit travel time or
    "wait time" in the modal split model (these changes produce an estimate of the
    percent of total trips diverted to transit as a result, and will produce a net
    decrease in the traffic to be modeled on the highway network).

2.   In general, transit fare changes can be represented by changing transit passenger
    cost data in the input file.  A potential problem with this approach is that the
    model may show an increase in transit riders, without changing transit
    capacity. If a fare change produced more riders than capacity, most network
    models will not recognize this since most transit network models are not
    capacity-constrained.  In these cases, estimates should be made of the additional
    transit capacity needed.

3.   Transit service improvements in specific areas can be tested by changing the
    transit network to reflect improvements (generally, this is a more time-
    consuming task than the regional analysis).
Work Schedule Changes

1.  Few models have been developed to represent work schedule policies, and none
    are in regular use by public agencies.  A trend-adjustment approach being
    considered by the Southern California Association of Governments includes the
    following steps (Hamerslough, 1989): (a) Run the travel demand model under
    base case conditions to get zone-to-zone pairs (this keeps trip generation rates
    at their base  case level), (b) Estimate how many (what percent) of the work
    trips will be affected by a work schedule change program, for example, that 2
    out of 10 riders will change their schedule, (c) Then, modify the trip distribution
    tables by factoring down the number of home-to-work trips, and factoring up (by
    a smaller percentage) the number of nonwork trips (e.g., in UTPS, the trip tables
    are part of the UMATRIX program). (A simpler way to test this policy is to
    reduce "peaking" factors in UTPS.)


No-Drive Days

1.  An approach  for modeling no-drive days or work-at-home policies would  be to
    reduce work-trip generation rates.  For areas that can target the trip reductions
    to specific types of work trips (e.g., to manufacturing facility workplaces), alter
    the attraction rates of specific work categories in the trip generation model.
                                      113
890S8rl  13

-------
TABLE 
-------
 TABLE 4-8. Example:  approach taken by the San Diego Association of
 Governments (SANDAG) to simulate TCMs using a mode choice model.

 Transportation Control Measure      Mode Choice Model  Simulation Approach
Transit-Related

Increase service frequency

Extend light rail system
or add new bus route
Add light rail station



Build park-and-ride lots


Decrease fares

Add express service

Construct transit center

Highway-Related

Build new freeway or arterial

Increase parking rates or
gasoline prices

Build high occupancy vehicle
(HOY) lanes

Expand ramp metering with
HOV bypass lane
Reduce transit initial wait times

Reduce transit travel times
Increase transit accessibility
Reduce transit access time

Increase light rail accessibility
Reduce light rail access time
Increase light rail travel times

Reduce transit auto access times
Reduce rideshare access times

Decrease user's transit costs

Reduce transit travel times

Reduce transit transfer times
Reduce highway travel times

Increase highway costs


Reduce rideshare travel times
Reduce rideshare travel times
Reduce transit travel times
* SANDAG runs a transportation modeling package called TRANPLAN,
  which is equivalent to UTPS.

Source:  "Regional Transportation Models." San Diego Association of
         Governments. July 1988.
69058rl  3
                                     115

-------
planners analyzing TCMs for state implementation plans, the most important of
which involves intersection modeling tools. The remainder of this discussion high-
lights some of these alternative tools and references information sources.


Intersection Modeling

Intersection traffic modeling is an integral part of hot spot air quality evaluation.
This discussion profiles one intersection model—TRAN5YT-7F.

TRANSYT (Traffic Network Study Tool) is a popular signal timing model first devel-
oped in the late 1960s in England and updated frequently over the past 20 years.  The
most widely used version is TRANSYT-7F (over 1,000 United States users), developed
under the sponsorship of the U.S. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) by the
University of Florida Transportation Research Center (Neffendorf, 1988).
TRANSYT-7F operates in two stages; the first stage simulates traffic conditions for
an arterial or a link with a set of traffic signals and then estimates degree of satura-
tion, travel time,  delays, stops, and fuel consumption; the second stage opumizes
traffic signals to minimize delays and stops (Deakin and Skabardoms, 1985;.  I-HWA-
sponsofed tests in 11 cities predicted that traffic signal optimization using
TRANSYT-7F would annually save an average of over 15,000 vehicle hours of delay,
455,000 vehicle stops, and 10,000 gallons of fuel per intersection (Euier, 1JS3J.

Inouts to TRANSYT-7F should include traffic volumes (including link-to-link
volumes) (volumes can be prepared from UTPS or its equivalent), saturation flows,
existing signal parameters, existing cruise speeds, and intersection geometry.  The
model outputs link-by-link and network summaries of total travel time, delay (maxi-
mum and average queue length), stops, and fuel consumption; it provides a range of
supplemental information, including route summaries, P^ * a^_JjJj*P^"
flow profiles (Neffendorf, 1988; Deakin and Sk.abardonis, 1985). TRANSY T-7F output
cialso be linked to emissions/air quality me -,, ., such as CALINE3 (discussed under
the air quality model section of the guidance   . estimate hot spot carbon monoxide
concentrations. Guidance on TRANSYT-7F is available from I^ University of
Florida  (TRC, 1988).* Table 4-9 provides an example of how TRANSYT-7F has been
integrated  into TCM effectiveness analyses.
 * Also available from the University of F^id^a software package to facilitate
   using TRANSYT-7F; the package is called EZ-TRANSYT PLUS.


 8S058r2 U                            116

-------
TABLE 4-9. Example hot spot traffic modeling steps using TRANSYT-7F: Maricopa
County, Arizona.


 1.  Grand Avenue/Thomas Road/27th Avenue  intersection selection:  Intersection (a) is
    one of  the highest traffic volume intersections in the Maricopa County region, and
    (b) is in an area where initial carbon monoxide (CO) modeling indicated high CO
    background concentrations.

2.  Fourteen traffic scenarios chosen for modeling:  Five base case scenarios (for the
    years 1985, 1987, 1990, 1995, and 2005), and nine TCM scenarios. TCM scenarios
    were chosen if, in regional  transportation demand, model evaluations using UTPS, the
    TCMs had resulted  in at least a 3 percent regional VMT change for each of the
    planning years.

3.  Traffic volume estimation:  (a) Base case volumes were estimated using traffic
    counts  (taken between 1983 and  1985).  Counts provided traffic volumes for through
    movements, left turns, and right turns for each approach; traffic volumes leaving
    each of the intersection's six legs; and turning movements for the hours of 6-8:00
    a.m. and 4-6:00 p.m.  (b) Scenario volumes were constructed by factoring base case
    volumes for future  growth, and by using an overpass study to estimate volumes for a
    potential intersection overpass.

4.  Signal parameters estimation: Used existing signal controller settings for guidance
    (cycle lengths are constant from 4-8:30 p.m.;  vary with traffic demand otherwise).

5.  Intersection geometry:  Manually measured for existing conditions, calculations were
    taken from overpass study to create overpass scenario.

6.  Intersection coding: Intersection was coded using TRANSYT-7F conventions.

7.  TRANSYT-7F modeling: Used inputs for traffic  volumes, signal parameters, and
    intersection geometry to forecast queue length at the end of the red cycle at the
    intersection under each of the scenarios. Modeling assumed that all signal intervals
    reached their maximum periods between 4-9:00 p.m. Starting with 9:00 p.m.,
    TRANSYT-7F was used in its optimization mode to determine cycle  length and
    phasing. For  the scenario involving potential overpass, all time periods were
    modeled using optimization mode. TRANSYT-7F was run 172 times, once for each
    hour of each scenario.

8.  Air quality modeling: TRANSYT-7F outputs (hourly information on traffic volumes,
    average queue length at end of the red interval,  cycle length, and red time) are input
    to CALINE for hot spot CO modeling.*
Source: MAG, 1987.

* CALINE is discussed in the air quality modeling section of this guidance document.
    «9058rl 3
                                         117

-------
Additional Tools
Numerous other tools can be used to analyze transportation problems.  Some are
relatively new and have not been widely tested; others apply to limited problem
types and have not been widely circulated.  Examples include:
 vstem II- Snharga Analytical Software to Forecast Travel Demand.  This tool is a
region-wide modeling system with site, subareas, and corridor capacities. 1,1 : al lows
the analyst to address strategies that attempt to shift or reduce peak hour traf f ic-
an area of weakness for UTPS. (UTPS is best applied              .
                                                                        and
                                                    ,
larger geographic areas, and tends to require a great deal of hand
postprocessing of output to analyze transportation system management (TSM) alter-
Stives.) The model simulates intersection-related capacity constraints on subarea
networks, produces detailed summaries of system performance, anc I address es data
manipulation and presentation requirements of air quality studies (Roden,.198S).

Fr^wav-Arterial CQrridor Traffic Models.  Many urban areas have to evaluate traf-
f ic management options for areas dominated by freeways and related arten«ils.  Con-
trol strategies to be evaluated often involve routing, diversion, ramp metering, and
other traffic management tactics.  There are numerous corridor-level transportation
models designed to help evaluate the effectiveness of potential management strate-
SS The Ontario, Canada Ministry of Transportation and Communications evaluated
more than a dozen of these corridor-level models. The Ministry's review based its
evaluation of models on five criteria:  quality of traf fie engineering theory^hty
of program code; user friendliness and documentation; field validation and ver f ica-
tto£ andTvailabUity, implementation, cost and support. The Ministry has published
Its flings, and transportation planners may wish to review these to help consider
the applicability of corridor-level models to their own urban area (see Van Aerde et
al., 1987).
Quick P^nnnse HOV Lane Evaluations.  One example of a measure-specif ic analyti-
S  tooHs a model designed to evaluate the effects of high occupancy vehicle lanes
SoVs)  The tool is a set of demand and supply models that predict peak-hour travel
volumes for freeway HOVs. The demand models are based on empirical "before and
after" data from several HOV facilities implemented around the United States.
SuoDlv models are based on speed/volume relationships; they estimate changes in
Sg speeds id travel tirnWon general purpose lanes for different vote .levels
and calaciw configurations.  The model is intended for quick-turn-around analyses;
Sl-hour7olumesScan be predicted by hand-held calculators and a set of worksheets
(Prided) that contain demand, supply, and equilibrium evaluation procedures (see
Parody, 198*).
 89058r2
                                                                                               ;
                                                                                                "' 3

-------
 Sources of Information

 Table 4-10 outlines sources of information for computerized and manual travel
 demand tools.  In addition, the Urban Mass Transportation Administration recently
 updated a report that provides data inputs for transportation demand analyses (see
 CRA, 1988).
890SSrZ H                            119

-------
CO
             >, o
             5 CO a;
             3 O >_
            .c — re
            .2? 2 5

            X g-
3'Sfi


311
u    en O^
O & £

=> .S2 «
•9 r= c
u •§ 2
t» S.-S.

13 fe-a
« * £
                    o

                    (0
             Q.
             O
                             O
                         •£ BO O. "> 'Q


                           ;§ S ^T3
                           •—- ^ *•"• ^
                         (j
                             5 'u
                             .

                             18 si
                             l


                         ill si.
                         (0 I- X 21 v
                         — g  53
                         u ra — *a3
                                 8
                         s «p «•§
                         *O .•« *^ (D



                         .2 c ^^ E


                         §"c S-:5

                         8. S S g «
                          «
                          S*
                 D. C
                 O U
                 „, eo
                                           •5 s
                                             1


                                             8
                                         c3 ^ « .s
                                         .S 4> £ —
                                         (rt QjQ .   *
                                        ^~• f j *r-r ^— tw

                                        3 ^ to Q. j*



                                        I 2P u 8 °
                                        8. g la?

                                        1 8 § .§ !
                                        2  S ** o
                                        H « «; (j J;
                                        Ml O g 2 *"


                                        g o « fl 51.1



                                        « e 2 « c I
                                        g- £ °- c o ,2
                                        flj ** _ . jit ••• ^?
                            v

                                        0)
                                 v


                                 rtl  	
                                 BO O
                                             (U k- 3
                                             BO O «»•
I,
"8
M
i3

I

u
•g^t «

If? ri*'* ^
JJ3 SB u
03: g
a; lu 5


«^ 8
— -: -o
•s (3 e
I is m


(Sill
                               g,,
                            ..

                         I If ll
                               c "•
                              „ a
             o
             •o
                      .2
                               .
                          » *- 3 tn 4) «
                          en Bfl O fl £ OJ
                          « g c » - a

8 51 i'- J

v> o S  jz *tr

sf-i^^l
i2ls|§
(—H  «
c
.2
M
•s

   2*3  ^S
 i * S^*"1
 .y §•! = -§
 £ to o> rs *C
   w. >  gj o  «

 s.£!*E.ft
 Sgu-sIS
 Qj ^f fQ  (0 til C""\
 o l^s g-.

 Illlli
urces of Information on

Transportation Planning

Methods. FHWA/PL/85/00
So
                                 "Jo o


                               -II
                               o 5 is ^
                               *- u. .2 eo
                               =  •• C ON
                               a; c -r; —<
                               £.§£>,
                               <->•—• °O (O
                               13 2
-------
"8
i
tu
eQ
H
                 0 V)
            E V O '~ «j
           o £ « ^ r '-5
           •*"- -o < o c
                             Coo
       s «s S 1.1 'i fl
       J^l &£ 2 g.SS.
                           5? *u ro  *-   •
                           £ f c £ 'S  3
                           <= o .2 « -g  5
                           >s  *** fc   *y oo
                           (0 fl; "o C *3 ^ ^
                           % 3 QJ C u "O ""
                           a> **^ +•* oj ra c  »
                           5*  »**;** ^i* »4 *»^
   n
   BO
                           § a
                             «
       ^ .a
            ,S o ^ c
                                 a. 2 >••
                                 «
                             SS •- i §= st^s'
        III* Jll5!

Iff If 115
If E§jsr|j
KM ^Z — _ A 7 «>M
                             .
                           Q. m
                                .2 —•
                                    -
                                 01 8 £
                                 ejj!
                                 '  -I
                                   •-? O
                 t: -o a. 

                    «.


                  llJll
Quanfif icatiop of Urban
Freeway Congestion and
Analysis of Remedial
Meres. FHWA/RD-
52. J. A. Lindley.
ared for the Traffic
tem Division, Federal
hway Administration.
tober 1986.
eas
/0
ep
st
igh
7
Pr
Sy
Hi
Oc
8
                                         I
                                                     
-------
































*
+**
*-»
0
a-
1
5*
X
u-
v u
H W
*i 0
o "*
5» O
JDl
t/i to
3 ^
H 0
 *
< g e
§S 'S w
X »- 3
(tj ««^ "TJ
L« +^ ™
S S "£
in 4^ ,,•
cg§
*«M W AM)
£ E o
•§ § o-
»**
iis
DO .. U.
.— c; »_.
583
2^0.
11^
I ^S2
1 3l!
i ^.§s
Q 1- -0 .Jf?R
5 IIIs
1 «.Sf u .
'| Z-l | Q g
1 S? 2 g?
o « i: CQ 2 J>
e T> 01 4^ OOvO
£ a* •= tJ .S «*»
I iiiii

    in V
    <-• N
    3 >.
                             1
                             O
c ("•£ =>'5bw S —
H-T3  <0 O U u QI
                  to
§ 1.
               n
O L. t~* in aj OT '? ,

** *^  « ' :S "c *"* "
r- £ 41 C }"i (!) ? "—
^«ii*5||
   l°^iis
    17.9

-------





































TABLE 4-10. Continued.
o
"re
*d
•O
4
_c
a

.a
























"5. o
in S.2
•g
o
u
2
(/>
'c
js
u
u

—
i

^3
'>
V
2
'a
QO
_to
!c
H
"3
Quick Response Urban Trav
<-•
u
V
"S.
E
.!2
a»

•<••
5
00
^
£
>»
"3
c

E
c
BO
8

SJ^J -2 I
S o § •=
E £ £ 1
«,g S §
c^ f "°  -
'c m "> J2
£ 3 § ^
S-S ** S
                    (Tj   C

                    C   W ^
                   | «J o fc CJ
                   «-• »— ^ r^
                   sj* <" 3 C* Et

                    §o "io "3 op.2
                   — '*» u -a •£ *"
                   ^ (0 T> «J C S
                          0)
                          c


                          8

                  •§ « So^ S fe
                   »   s-s-s
               7*1 '  v C 3 L. (3 "o
               y   *s o §•« s c
               ,2   J t: 's 3 *« ™
          '— T> tt **   O" 41 E .U O .ii
             S i J f "i S-
             c j*£ J 1 o
             tj 2 trt O u i*
             (D 
-------
iiin
•> •§ «" eo M
O — £j .£ .5
ugh almost 10 yea
s manually forec
nio^ies are not rea
ance concerning tr
socioeconomic for
Thou
areas
tech
guida
and
          o>
            10 (0
            4-« L. 1)
            C D J=
            4) i- •-
          7*E
          c b
          i|ss
          0 •" 2 °
          *"" fl) O
          ;«s^
          fu*
          3 i SJi
          •HSfiH
 w Si ?
 > «-« a)
 " c •>
   eo 2
   c M
          •o
          •o £ B
          c — to
          w .S  4-> 
-------
STEP 3:  EVALUATING EMISSIONS CHANGES

Transportation demand modeling (or sketch planning analyses) of TCMs will yield
expected changes in temporally (i.e., hourly or peak/off-peak) and spatially disaggre-
gated traffic volumes and speeds.  For emissions analyses, one of the most important
transportation demand outputs are a trip table estimating the number of trips origi-
nating and ending in each traffic analysis zone (TAZ) in the urban area, and a coded
highway network with traffic volume and average speed estimates for each highway
segment  in the region's transportation system. Other EPA guidance documents
address mobile source emissions inventory preparation (see documents  listed under
"Technical Analyses" in Appendix B). This discussion highlights important emissions
analysis steps, identifies tools to complete these analyses, and references informa-
tion to use for additional guidance.
Emissions Analyses: Overview of the Process

Steps to complete the emissions analyses differ depending upon whether the analyses
are to forecast emissions at the regional or intersection ("hot spot") scale.  At the
regional scale, emissions analyses are driven by the output from transportation
demand estimates (and resulting spatial and temporal traffic volume and speed esti-
mates), emissions factors for each vehicle, and the composite emissions rates for a
given year's vehicle fleet. Typical approaches used to evaluate mobile source emis-
sions for SIP submittals include several steps such as (1) definition of a road network
for a given year; (2) network subdivision  into traffic analysis zones (TAZs); (3) trans-
portation demand model forecasts of inter- and intrazonal  trips; (4) assignment of
trips to links in the network; (5) validation of model  results (travel patterns verified
against traffic counts and known link capacities); (6) transportation demand model
output of vehicle trips on each link ("loadings"); and  (7) use of emissions model(s) to
calculate emissions by link (stabilized, running emissions from warmed-up vehicles;
plus trip end emissions including cold and hot starts  and hot soak) (Perardi et al.,
1979).  Figure 4-5 illustrates the steps necessary to complete a regional analysis.

Intersection emissions analyses integrate intersection  traffic model outputs with
data on intersection geometry, meteorology, background carbon monoxide levels, and
other factors to estimate "hot spot" emissions. Some tools combine intersection
traffic modeling and emissions estimation. Figure 4-6 illustrates the intersection
analysis process.

EPA recently updated its mobile source emissions inventory preparation guidance
(EPA, 1989b), and the agency has published its emissions inventory requirements for
post-1987 carbon monoxide and ozone state implementation plans (see Appendix B).
(Readers are encouraged to contact their regional EPA office to determine the latest
guidance available.) The major steps required to complete mobile source emissions
inventories included in the updated inventory preparation guidance are as follows:
89058r2

-------
                                            a

                                            §-
                                            .1
                                             I
                                             §?
                                             f-
                                             i
126

-------
                    i.
               Intersection
                Modeling
      2.

Data  Collection
     3.
  Hot  Spot
CO Modeling
     4.
  Hot  Spot
Model  Output
Intersection
model

hi

Intersection
traffic data
by hour

Intersection
geometry
Hot spot
emissions/air
quality modeling


Hot spot
carbon monoxide
concentrations
           FIGURE 4-6.  Sample mobile source hot spot analysis process for CO: intersection traffic, emissions, and air
           quality analyses.
ppp/69058
                                                       127

-------
    1     Include local traffic emissions, as well as major highway emissions, in the
         highway Chicle emissions inventory; include such off-highway vehicles as
         aifcraft, railroads, vessels, industrial equipment, construction equipment,
         and other sources unique to an area (e.g., snowmobiles); Stance to
         develop the off-highway inventory is contained in EPA U95U.

    2.    Derive highway emissions by multiplying VMT by MOBILE* emission fac-
         tors;
    3.    Obtain MOBILE* emissions factors by running the MOBILE* model;

    4.    Derive VMT (procedures in EPA, 1989b and EPA, 1988c) using VMT base
         year of 1987 or 1988 and transportation model;

    5    Identify transportation model used, transportation agency that developed
         model! travel information used to estimate inventory, and contact (name
         and phone number) at the transportation agency;

    6    ComclY with various other requirements pertaining to year run was gener-
         ated, data used to -grow" VMT to 1987-1988, road classifications, etc. (see
         EPA, 1988d and e).


Tools to Conduct Regional Emissions Analyses

Development of Emissions Factors

For all non-California applications, MOBILE* is the EPA-required tool to be used to
e«imate^nobUe source emissions factors. MOBILE* estimates carbon monoxide
?rr?T hvdr^carbon (HC), and nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions factors for all motor
(£*££^*^<£* range'of vehicle operating conditions. EPA has prepared
Ruidance^ MOBILE* and on procedures for mobile source emissions inventory
preparation (see EPA, 1989a; EPA, 1989b).

          ia EMFAC (as of this date EMFAC-7E is latest available) should be used
          ^rctor model. Unlike MOBILE*, EMFAC does not have a w* range
          values built into the program, and users must supply substantial data to
          !M^» °* ^FAC is available from the California Air Resources
Board (CARB, 1990).
 PrPT-^ft Mnhiig Source Emissions as Air
lom«) or tools «hat provide emissions at the
                                                                            or
                                   128

-------
regional scale.  Air quality model requirements dictate the input format (e.g., EKMA
ozone modeling usually relies on county emissions data; Urban Airshed Model ozone
and CO modeling relies on gridded emissions data. The modeling section discusses
this topic in greater detail).


Regional or County-Level Inventories. For non-California applications, MOBILE*
will estimate motor vehicle emission factors for inputs ranging from national
average defaults to very city-specific. Parameters that can be specified include
local Reid vapor pressure (RVP), minimum and maximum temperatures, I&M pro-
grams, vehicle type and age distributions, and fractions of hot and cold starts.  There
are no standard programs to merge MOBILE* emission factors with traffic activity
data (gridded or not) to produce motor vehicle emission inventories.

In California, EMFAC emissions factors are linked to an emissions model called
BURDEN to provide county-level mobile source emissions  inventories. Technical
assistance to use BURDEN is available from the California Air Resources Board.*

Gridded Inventories.  In California, EMFAC emissions factors and California
Department of Transportation roadway data are linked to the Direct Travel Impact
Model (DTIM) to produce gridded emissions inventories.  Information on DTIM is pro-
vided in Seitz and Baishiki (1988).  No one tool has emerged as the standard gridding
device for non-California applications; various agencies have developed a number of
tools to facilitate emissions gridding. In addition to DTIM,* TRFCONV and IMPACT
can be used (as described below).

TRFCONV  was originally developed by the Arizona Department of Health Services to
estimate on-road mobile source emissions for the Phoenix  metropolitan area, based
on UTPS outputs. The model produces gridded mobile source emissions for use with
the Urban Airshed Model and has been generalized for applications to other areas.  It
has the ability to (1) treat traffic on a link-by-link basis, allowing detailed spatial
resolution of emissions, (2) address diurnal traffic volume  patterns, allowing tem-
poral resolution of emissions, and (3) remain sensitive to the effects of volume and
capacity on vehicle speed (and hence emissions factors) (Ireson and Dudik, 1987).
* Contact the Projects, Gridding, and Motor Vehicle Section of the Emission
  Inventory Branch, Technical Support Division, California Air Resources Board,
  Sacramento, California (Wade, 1989).

* The California Department of Transportation has plans to modify DTIM for use
  with UTPS-formatted data (Seitz, 1989).

-------
WPACif, developed by the
emissions model that uses a loaded highway
emissions factors to estimate
and NO* emissions on a gndded
include (I) vehicle hours ^
       per minute or grams per
                                             un ^       cornputes HC, CO,
                                                 ill) scale. Model outputs
                                                     HC, CO, and NOx in
                                                       , (2) start-up emis-
                                                            soak emission
by TAZ or grid square (Dresser and Bell,
               . . t  "' ........ 'I   .  ;.. .....      '            ;  '      ;'•

T«* to Conduct bisection Emissi^ A-aiy^s for Ho, Spo, Air ijuaUty ModeUng
MOBILE* is ft. EPA-re^ired
                                    130
                                                                                           I? 3

-------
STEP 4: EVALUATING AIR QUALITY CHANGES

EPA requires states to use EPA-approved models to evaluate air quality control
plans. For ozone, states can use either the Empirical Kinetics Modeling Approach
(EKMA) or the Urban Airshed Model (UAM) although use of the UAM is the preferred
approach.  Urban-scale CO problems can be addressed by using the UAM or RAM
model; "hot spot" CO problems can be addressed by using roadway dispersion models
approved by EPA (CALINE3 is preferred) (EPA, 19'86a).  The focus of this discussion
is to help analysts decide which ozone air quality model is most appropriate for their
application—deciding whether to choose EKMA or UAM will likely be the most diffi-
cult of the tool selection tasks; this part of the guidance highlights the key strengths
and weaknesses of EKMA and the UAM for ozone modeling and TCM analyses. First,
a short discussion of CO models is given.
CARBON MONOXIDE ANALYSES

"Hot Spot" Carbon Monoxide Analyses

EPA identifies two screening approaches to determine problem hot spot carbon
monoxide areas (see EPA, 1986a). Once problem areas have been identified, the EPA
recommends CALINE3 (the California Line Source Model) as the preferred model for
hot spot or intersection air quality analyses. Because CALINE3 is a Gaussian model
(i.e., it models inert pollutants such as CO) applicable to highway segments, it is use-
ful for analyzing TCMs such as high occupancy vehicle (HOV) lanes. A user's manual
is available (Benson, 1979). "Hot spot" problems are likely to involve major inter-
sections or interchanges that are operating at or above nominal vehicle-handling
capacity during peak traffic hours.  When vehicle queues are too long to "clear" the
intersection during each traffic light cycle, emissions from idling and acceleration
become an increasingly significant factor in near-field concentrations.  It is particu-
larly important that overly simplistic modeling approaches be avoided, since CO
emission rates (in grams per mile per vehicle) increase dramatically as speeds drop,
especially below 15 miles per hour.  EPA is updating its hot  spot CO guidance; con-
sult with EPA regional office staff for the most current CO guidance.


Urban-Scale Carbon Monoxide Analyses

The UAM and RAM models are acceptable for urban-scale CO analyses (EPA,
1987a).  Guidance on RAM is available from the National Technical Information Ser-
vice ("User's Guide for RAM—Second Edition,1* 1987). Guidance on UAM is listed in
Appendix B.
89058r2

-------
 with the conSSt increases in pW-mile emissions due to decreasing speeds).

Session calculations based on a single composite emission factor and

regional VMT are not appropriate for such situations.
OZONE ANALYSES
 modeling requirements.)
                    .
 have limited effects on an urban area's ozone levels.



 'the Empirical kinetics Modeling Approach (EKMA)


 Overview








  olonl %£££& '^ported along an assumed straightiine trajectory. The
  atos8r2 •»                         132

-------
trajectory is defined so that the box begins to move at 8:00 a.m. (local time) and
travels over the city or air basin to arrive at the location and time of the observed
maximum ozone concentration.
Technical Discussion
EKMA is based on a Lagrangian (moving air parcel) box model (the computer code
associated with EKMA is known as the "Ozone Isopleth Plotting with Optional Mech-
anisms 4," or OZIPM4)., The Lagrangian box contains initial nonmethane hydrocarbon
(NMOC), NO , and CO concentrations corresponding to 6:00 to 9:00 a.m. measure-
ments. EKMA can also consider transport of precursors before 8:00 a.m. and precur-
sors transported aloft.  As the box moves over a city,  fresh volatile organic corn-
pounds (VOCs), NOX, and CO are emitted into the box; the concentrations are diluted
due to mixing height rise; and entrapment of precursors aloft ^curs. Chermcal
reactions occur with the resulting concentration mix (the current chemical mechan-
ism in OZIPM4 is the "Carbon Bond IV" chemical mechanism).

Region-wide (county, MSA, CMSA) average VOC, NOX, and carbon monoxide (CO)
emissions are used in the EKMA calculations. Morning minimum (at least 250
meters) and afternoon maximum mixing heights are required as input, with hourly
variations provided through interpolation. Some consideration is given to mcludmg
SonJ f'rom large (over 5 percent of the inventory) NOX point sources during the
morning hours when the plume rise may exceed the mixing height. There is no con
s^deratfon of the emissions' spatial (both horizontal and vertical) vanabikty wito
tne resolution of a county, MSA, or CMSA. EPA guidelines recommend that VOC
emissions be allocated into Carbon Bond IV (CB-IV) species by using a set of default
speciation prof Ues (EPA, 1987b), although the actual speciation (reactivity) of the
VOC emissions can be input into EKMA.


EKMA Application Guidance

The EPA has tentatively defined a set of  procedures for applying EKMA for a  post-
1987 SIP SPA, 1987b). Days for simulation are selected by analyzing daily maximum
 ozone^concen^ations at all ozone monitors in the vicinity of the urban area.  Days
               « on which the five highest daily maximum ozone concentrations at
               within or downwind of the urban area and are not overly influenced
                     or ozone precursors from outside of  the urban area m ques-
 tion.
  6905Br2 if                         133

-------
The Urban Airshed Model (UAM)

Overview
The Urban Airshed Model (UAM) is a three-dimensional grid model ^signed  ° calcu
late the concentrations of both inert and chemically reactive pollutants by simula-
 S  he vLTous physical and chemical processes that take place in the atmosphere.
The UAM is based on the atmospheric diffusion, or species continuity equation, which
represents a mass balance in which each of the relevant emissions, transport, cherni-
Sfreadtion and removal processes is expressed in mathematical terms.  Based on
SSK^STmotW is generally employed to simulate a 24-hr to 72-hr period
during which episodic meteorological conditions persist.

Because the model can resolve both spatial and temporal features of the concentra-
                  suited to analysis of spatially and/or temporally Differentiated
             w   sue
             strategies and their effect on air quality in various parts of the model-
               analysis is accomplished by first replicating a historical orae epi-
sode  Sel inputs are prepared with observed meteorological, emission, and air-
mmHtv data Sr a particular day or days. The model is then evaluated by using
       data
                                            Evaluation °£ the
                                                                 .
   teo      episode can be used as the basis for future , a r ^quality •predic-
  ons  Onoetne model inputs have been evaluated and the model has been deter-
     d t?SrfornTwiSin prescribed levels, the emissions inventory can be modified
 ^li^^^e emission Sc^lOS. The model simulation is then re-run
 Si ?he fo'e^st emissions, producing hourly pollutant concentration patterns that
 would be likely to occur under similar future meteorological conditions.


 Technical Discussion
          of a modeling episode is usually based on the occurrence of an observed

            ^^
                  :ly gridded inputs are prepared for the day(3) to quesuon, model
                  evaluations, and controi strategy analyses follow.

 UAM Application Guidance

 -gS^^^
                    Evaluating Air Quality effects).  Inputs are usuaUy prepared by
                                     134
                                                                                              '£,

-------
 using objective techniques that are mutually agreed upon with approval from the
 EPA.  It has become standard practice in applications of the UAM to compile all of
 the model application methodologies in a modeling protocol document. This
 document sets forth the procedures to be followed in an application of the UAM for
 the following: (1) modeling domain selection, (2) episode selection, (3) model input
 preparation, W model performance evaluation, and (5) model application. The
 protocol document is reviewed and approved by all participants before the bulk of
 the work is initiated.
 Comparison of EKMA and UAM Model Formulations

 The primary differences between EKMA (OZIPM4) and UAM stem from the trajec-
 tory nature of EKMA versus the grid nature of the UAM.  The EKMA/OZIPM4 simu-
 lates the trajectory of a single air parcel from the urban core to the location of the
 observed maximum daily ozone concentration. Emissions are assumed to be instan-
 taneously mixed within the Lagrangian box, winds are assumed to be uniform, and
 there is no treatment of diffusion. As the mixing height rises, specified concentra-
 tions are entrained (i.e., diluted) from aloft. EKMA attempts to replicate the obser-
 ved maximum daily ozone concentration in terms of initial conditions, emissions,
 chemistry, and dilution. EKMA predicts the maximum daily ozone concentration,
 and the NMOC emissions reduction required to reduce the maximum daily ozone con-
 centration to the ozone NAAQS of 0.12  ppm.  EKMA also predicts the effects on
 maximum ozone of reducing NMOC and/or NOX by specified amounts.

 In contrast, the UAM simulates a number of grid cells that make up a three-dimen-
 sional volume encompassing the entire urban area rather than one air parcel. Unlike
 EKMA, variations in wind fields, wind shear, vertical transport, and diffusion, as well
 as variations in emissions distributions and emissions reactivity, are explicitly
 treated.  Elevated point source emissions are injected into the upper layers of the
 UAM and entrained into the lower layers as the mixing height rises.  The UAM calcu-
 lates hourly ozone and ozone precursor concentrations across the entire urban area.
 To determine the amount of VOC emissions reduction required to achieve the ozone
 NAAQS, a series of UAM simulations must be made with different emissions inven-
 tories. Because of the spatial and temporal resolution of the UAM, the model may
 provide a number of VOC reduction estimates to meet the standards that can be
 evaluated with a cost-benefit analysis.

 EKMA estimates the VOC control required to achieve the ozone NAAQS, whereas
the UAM predicts the ozone concentrations from a given emissions scenario. The
UAM replicates atmospheric processes better and is technically superior to EKMA;
however, it is also more costly and complex to use.
890S8r2

-------
Use of EKMA in Preparing a SIP

EKMA Inputs are prepared for the modeling day(s) according to the guidelines (EPA,
1987b), and the model is exercised to calculate a maximum daily ozone concentra-
tion   If the EKMA-predicted maximum daily ozone concentration is witmn 30 per-
   t of the observed value, then the EKMA inputs are considered to be adequate for
    ulating control requirements.  If the predicted maximum daily ozone concentra-
    deviates more than 30 percent from the observed ozone, then the inputs are
    ,wed and Aeries of adjustments are made according to the procedures given in
the guidelines.

Once  EKMA inputs are deemed to be adequate, the VOC emissions control requjre-
mem  canthen be calculated. This calculated emissions control requirement is based
on the observed maximum daily ozone concentrations, not the predicted value
EKMA ob^HTthis emissions control requirement by adjusting the VOCand NO
emissions (but not VOC-to-NOx emission ratio) up or down until the predicted maxi-
m^mTzTne concentration matches the observed value. Then EKMA performs a
*ertes of simulations lowering the VOC emission rates until the predicted maximum
daily  ozone concentration is less than the ozone NAAQS.  The resultant output is the
percent reduction of VOC emissions required to meet attainment of the ozone
NAAQS.


Use of UAM in Preparing a SB?

Three main tasks must be completed to apply the UAM for SIP developments model
^ut preparation, performance evaluation, and model application for future year
scenarios.

                               j                            ,, !     ,"     •  , '
Input Preparation

Hourly, gridded inputs of emissions, meteorology, and air quality data for the high
ozone 4vent-day(s) being modeled include more than a dozen variables. Wind mea-
°Z°ne eV      krterpolated or used as input into a wind model to create thr«e-dimen-
             wind fields.  Mixing heights are estimated from data obtained at upper-
             n sites (and from any other special observations), and inter-
oolated onto the modeling grid at hourly intervals.  Hourly temperatures are input
ft ^th*rfd ceil? Water vapor concentrations and photolysis rates are assumed to
hTcorSa?^acroithr^tirem^eling domain.  Initial and boundary concentration
be constant aero _      ^ day.specific measurements and historical observations of
                •entrations in and around urban areas.  The UAM also requires both
        ei var«, Sd elevated (point) source emissions data. The low-level emissions
        of emissions of hourly emission rates for each source in the modeling
                                    136

-------
 domain.  The elevated emissions file consists of emission rates and stack parameters
 so that plume rise calculations can be made and emissions can be released into the
 proper vertical layer for each hour of the simulation.
Performance Evaluation

After all of the inputs for the UAM have been prepared, the base year emissions
inventory is used to exercise the model, and the hourly ozone predictions are com-
pared to the observations. The ability of the model to replicate the observed ozone
is evaluated by calculating model performance statistics (e.g., bias and error). For
most UAM applications, model performance criteria defining acceptable model per-
formance are stipulated ahead of time. In past applications, a UAM performance
goal of calculating ozone concentrations within 30 percent of observed values has
been used as acceptance criteria (the specific acceptance criteria should be included
in the modeling protocol document). Also, model performance has been considered
adequate if the calculated peak values are within 15 percent of the observed peak
values.  The ability of the UAM to simulate the spatial and diurnal variations of the
hourly ozone observations is also examined to ensure that the model is providing the
right answers for the right reasons.  Diagnostic simulations can be performed that
examine the effects on ozone concentrations of varying important inputs such as
boundary conditions and mixing heights. If the model performance is not deemed to
be acceptable, then uncertain inputs, such as the wind fields or mixing depths, are
reexamined and may be adjusted within their known range of uncertainty, before the
model is rerun. Because of  uncertainties in obtaining model inputs, it is common to
conduct several diagnostic simulations before UAM model performance is deemed to
be satisfactory.
Model Application

Once all parties involved have accepted the base case model simulation, adjustments
to the emissions inventory can be made reflecting future year emissions and differing
emissions control requirements.  Emissions inventories are constructed reflecting
possible emissions controls, and the model is rerun. A general goal is to find the
lowest-cost emissions control scenario that will produce predicted peak ozone con-
centrations less than the ozone NAAQS. Note that there is no one unique emissions
inventory that will achieve attainment. In fact, since the UAM explicitly treats the
reactivity and distribution of the emissions, there may be several different percen-
tages of VOC controls that will achieve attainment. Changes in ozone concentra-
tions from the base case simulation are obtained by comparing the maximum concen-
trations calculated for the day, hour-by-hour concentrations at specific locations,
and the spatial differences in ozone throughout  the modeling domain for each hour.
Time series graphs and ozone difference isopleth figures are used to show ozone
response to changes in emissions.
8905Br2  •*
                                    137

-------
Advantages and Disadvantages of EKMA and UAM Modeling Approaches




-^^^^
                     ^
 offer an ozone  .""P^Sntial information provided by a
                                  th. added cost of app.yins the mode, con,-
 pared to EKMA.


 Factor, to Consider in Choosing EKMA or UAM for AppUcation to TCM Analyse,


     UAM is P^red » EKMA

                                   138

-------










in
i
o
E
S

3
•o
CO
2
UJ
JZ
*o
c
.§
k.
3.
E
o
CJ
•
1
(U
CO






s
^^
3










2
IU







V
fl
£
u
•g
1
o
E
T3
s>
C
.2
'u
_4»
tu




15
u
!3
0.
i«
5
§^
'So o
§5
n





§

1
S 1
£ £
"3 "3
"g "g
2 2




1
Hourly and spatially varying wi
field at several vertical levels

|S
•e E
3 •=
Single trajectory from
core to location of ma)


^
g^
i





i
&
§
eb
u
m
ja
k«
u
'i
u
o

tration.
observed ozone concen








•a
0)
*rf
shear and vertical transport tre

•o
O)
*-•
10
4>
Vertical transport is tr
as a linear dilution








15
+•*

in
,
5
_>.
"3
5
o.
1
**
•o
§
JX
5
^»
2.
t/5


•o
U
4^
C
.g
1
8-
T3
5.



"o
§
dry deposition rates as a functi











i
**
meteorology (stability), surface
and species











E

RJ
I
CQ
CJ
! 1
^ c
i: • o
o ra
2 CJ
w
1
u
tn
Not treated
Any chemical mechani

^^

§• .2
^A ^*
>• u
T3






^^
1
input; Carbon-Bond IV
Mechanism is default





0)
_c
o
CJ









                                                  in
                                                  o-
139

-------













1
V*
!»'
*
•1
1





-s.





1



2!
*•»
A
V
tu
•DM*
|




CA
CB-IV chemical rate constant:


E
.—
g
1
.a
4-"
2
12
1
U



Model Inputs
Chemistry





and species surface resistance



!^
constants (CB-F
t)
l|
i.a



^


in
«T3
screen trajector
of peak observe
S|
D o



U)
£










cL
o
o
«•
vO
O
•
•
(0
0
o
CO
M-t







,>.
k.
Spatially and temporally (hou
varying


8

*->
1*4
(0
(0
o £
oo Q0
SJ
C 60
:E .£
fe.2
S E


*^
Mixing heigl



j>*
U
Spatially and temporally (hou
varying surface temperature;
temperature lapse rate above
and below the mixing height




rarying surface
ments
f 1
I E


O-
a
1
£





Hourly varying




3
1
4-1
1
**4 *"*
+•* Q.
Sg
*•> o
23
o o



.
r
t-
i
•«
5
U














                                                     U1
                                                     o
                                                     or
140

-------
^
§




2
3
S
UJ




•0 £3 '"f if E
*i «^ *• ^ Ut
Spatially and hourly varying gridde
area source emissions and point so
emissions and stack parameters. 1
mixed layer. Speciated approprial
depending upon chemical mechani!
Region-wide VOC, NOX
and CO emissions, with large
NOX point sources screened
to determine if emissions
will be in mixed layer. VOC
emissions generally split into
CB-IV species using default
reactivity





1
E
iu.



t; -o
Based on day-specific measuremel
and historical observations
interpolated onto the modeling gri
Based on day-specific 6-9 a.m.
urban core measurements
(can be median values)
8.
"y
u '
€
i
u
3T
•»•


__
^ 2 „,
£• M> (n
Concentrations above the top of t
modeling region and along the latf
boundaries based on measurement
and historical observations
Concentrations transported in
surface layer above the mixed
layer specified according to
procedures in the guidelines
a
.2

1!
0
la"
1
a


.£
•5
Hourly ozone and ozone precursor
concentrations at each location w
the modeling domain
Maximum hourly ozone
concentration and percent VOC
emissions reduction required to
meet the ozone NAAQS



3
a
o
1
A




Explicit treatment of chemistry
•3
1
'a
^
•J3
f
tu




§
1
«





Explicit treatment of transport
Ease of use, simple inputs












o
3
'•3
«*•
o
I
(0
0>
'5
"S.
X
01
Low computer costs








.5
^2
£
vt
Explict treatment of emissions di
and reactivity









                                           141

-------
      01
4-
ft)

«
llu
            ft)
            3
            O


            O
            re
Treatment of
urban domain
                                                      0) U
                                                      BO +•>
                                                      c v
                                                      re  >
                                                      "u c
                                                            tO
                                                      £
a.
E
u
a>
>
'i
V
X
4)
fe
E
£
L>
"3 «)
ffe
a: -^
«
D
g"
•~*
1
're
w
0)
5
E
at
V
t>
'5
sr
Di.
                                                •2 £ 'E o <"
                                                eo g. .5? >, 3
                                               i .=   "" = u>
                                               i-* ^^ vj *•• nl dJ

                                              •8 § is 5 I -
                                               t 8 2 3 > -S
                                               o o ** •> sg 0
                                               » « cf £ .S E
                                               o /- .2 *i in "3
                                                      tt> u. vi U •:
                                                      >  •— *-
                                                    nini
•k
*«*
•8 I.
•I S
^ 2
£ ~
•9 "3
•q.«
(3 £
> fe
4-> >
S u-
* g
«-. J=
O to
I!


and diffusion
£
_o
'+••
_«
1
*
<*4
Does not account
fe
buttons
in emissions distri

>,
+">
emissions reactivi
4->
'1.
V
"ob
'35
Modeling result is


estimate
•o
§
T3
£
•S"
V
*l*
Cannot be evalua
4->
tl
IF
DO
!I
certainty of obtai

•eason"
b«
4-t
f
L.
5.
1_
a;
8'
g
s «-!?•
s>,i«*E
zpsassji
'£ S 22 w ° o
5^Sls
*«li!i
sls!"ll
- ' »" *5 § u
= g o 2 S 1
•** 2 5\ C "S
v 'bb£ t gj a>
•2 «j <« O .— u
D u. iu u 
-------
                   5  ORGANIZATIONAL/ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDANCE
     INTRODUCTION

     This review of issues arising in TCM program administration is designed to help
     government officials monitor and enforce adopted TCMs.  Since monitoring TCMs
     can be especially complex, this topic is discussed in some detail; methods for moni-
     toring background conditions and growth trends, for tracking implementation, and for
     assessing in-place performance and making adjustments as needed are reviewed.
     Enforcement issues are then considered, along with alternative approaches such as
     in-lieu fees and assessments. The concluding section presents a discussion of issues
     to consider in setting up the administration of TCM programs.

     The success of transportation control measures (TCMs) depends in large part on the
     quality of their implementation.  For some measures, primarily those that can be
     classified as capital improvement projects, the implementation question may seem
     straightforward?  Were the projects implemented (built or installed) as proposed? The
     establishment of park-and-ride lots, installation of traffic signals, and construction
     of high-occupancy vehicle (HOV) lanes are examples. However, such projects should
     be examined to determine whether they are performing as expected; adjustments
     may be in order. Park-and-ride lots may need better marketing, signage, and light-
     ing; traffic signals' timing plans may need adjustments; HOV lanes may need stricter
     enforcement.

     Many other TCMs involve day-to-day operations and therefore must be periodically
     reviewed and adjusted to reflect the problems and opportunities of the time.
     Demand management programs promoting commute alternatives, parking restric-
    tions, and work schedule changes provide good examples. For instance, experience
    may show that shuttle services are carrying few passengers, but subsidized subscrip-
    tion buses are in heavy demand. A sound TCM program will have the information and
    the flexibility to transfer  resources from the shuttles to the buses in such a case.

    Occasionally, TCMs will not be implemented as expected (perhaps, despite commit-
    ments to the contrary, some will not be implemented at all). In these cases decisions
    will need to be made  on what to do next—adjust the requirements, require substitute
    measures, take enforcement actions.  Whichever strategy is chosen, good monitoring
    data, sound record-keeping, and creative organizational and administrative
    approaches will be critical.
890S8r2 23

                                         U3

-------
   MONITORING

   "Monitoring" as the term is used here is the tracking and evaluation of transportation
   projects and programs, and their interplay with changes in land use and development
   patterns, demographic and employment trends, economic conditions, and related
   elements of the broader urban system.  The purposes of monitoring are to provide
   transportation managers and oversight agencies with the information they need to
   assess the performance of  transportation programs, and to make any adjustments or
   improvements that are needed to achieve program goals. TCM monitoring should
   also be designed to provide direct input to help air quality officials track percentage
   emissions reductions achieved and to prepare "Reasonable Further Progress" (RFP)
   reports.  (Consult with regional EPA staff on how to appropriately include TCM
   effectiveness in RFP reports.)
            . •    ' v*   »;;        ,  i"   ,        _
   Transportation monitoring can take several forms:

             Monitoring trends for input to planning and to provide a "background" or
             "base case" for analysis of TCM effectiveness;

             Monitoring planning activities to assess consistency and progress toward
             implementation; and

             Monitoring implemented projects and programs to assess their efficiency
             and effectiveness.

   Although much of the effort of TCM program administration goes into the
   monitoring of projects (progress toward implementation and as-implemented
   performance), all three types of transportation monitoring are usually needed in
   order to fully evaluate a TCM program. Monitoring trends allows the analyst to
   assess their effects and to distinguish these effects from the results of TCM activi-
   ties, so that the transportation management program can take credit (or  blame) only
   for the consequences of its own actions. Monitoring planning activities allows the
   TCM effort to evaluate the effects of such things as proposed or actual land use and
   transportation projects, assess how much progress is being made toward effective
   TCM action, and present cohesive policy arguments to the decision makers in the
   responsible organizations.  With these two sources of information in hand, the TCM
   program's own efforts can be better assessed and adjusted as appropriate.

   Table 5-1 lists common sources of data for each of the three categories of
   monitoring discussed here. It should be noted that trends monitoring, which is
   potentially the most resource-intensive of the three, is routinely carried out by state
   and regional planning agencies, departments of finance, and metropolitan planning
   organizations.  TCM planners rarely would need to carry out these forms of
   monitoring themselves; using the available resources is adequate if the sources of
   data and their strengths and limitations are clearly understood.
                                          144
S«OS8r2 23

-------
  TABLE 5-1 Monitoring strategies.
  1.   Analyze growth trends, travel data (to establish baseline and provide accurate
       assessment of TCM performance)

       data on population, employment, incomes (Census, Finance  Depts.)
       land use changes (local, regional agencies)
       traffic counts (local, regional, state)
       employee surveys
       home interview surveys (regional)

  2.   Track planning activities, policies, finance (to assess progress toward
       implementation of plans and programs, consistency of other actions that could
       support or interfere)

       state, regional, local plans
       legislation; regulations and guidelines
       work programs
       budgets; capital improvement programs

  3.   Assess implementation of projects, programs

       employee travel surveys                                                .
       annual reports and work programs (employers, developers, building managers)
       employer surveys                        t
        reviews of state, regional, local plans, work programs, budgets
        traffic counts, parking surveys, vehicle occupancy studies
89058rl 23

-------
   Monitoring Trends

   The monitoring of trends includes keeping track of deveiopment-"growth tracking"-
   and travel monitoring.  These types of monitoring usually involve review of census
   data, economic reports, land use inventories and building permit files, regional and
   local transportation studies, and the like; sometimes data collection is also under-
   taken expressly to support trends monitoring.  They are undertaken because changes
   in social and economic  factors and in the natural and built environments all can have
   decided effects on the feasibility and performance of transportation control
   measures. Unless trends are monitored, meaningful statements about the perfor-
   mance of TCMs cannot be made.

   Growth tracking is carried out to establish a (moving) baseline for purposes of
   evaluation. It usually covers such factors as population size and demographics,
   household size and composition, housing choices, employment characteristics, and
   income levels, as well as changes in the magnitude, distribution, and characteristics
   of commercial development and housing stock and in the availability of land and
   infrastructure for future development.

   Travel  monitoring is carried out to provide an understanding of trends in travel
   behavior, traffic levels, and transport systems' operations and performance;; it also
   provides a baseline against which to assess transportation programs and projects,  it
   involves reviewing and/or gathering data on such indicators as home-based and non-
   home-based trip generation rates, by purpose of trip and time of day; mode of ttaveli
   trip length and distribution (origin-destination patterns); and traffic volumes. When
   these data are riot available, judicious use of gasoline tax receipts and counts at key
   locations can provide rough indicators.

   Other variables that influence travel choices, such as gasoline prices and transit
   fares, should be  monitored as well.
   Monitoring Planning Activities

   The monitoring of planning activities is carried out to track TCMs' progress toward
   Sple^entation as well as to ensure that the TCMs will be effective when imp ie-
   mented and will not be offset or "cancelled out" by factors and actions not fully
   accounted for. Specific activities in this category include:

              Review of planning and implementation status, to assess whether
              particular policies, projects, and programs are progressing toward funding
              and implementation;

              Consistency assessment, to ensure that compatible assumption* and data
              are being used in different planning efforts that may affect one another;
6SOSBr2  23
                                         146

-------
              Tracking of legislative actions that could substantially affect
              transportation programs.

   These types of monitoring usually involve review of legislative actions, budgets,
   planning reports, and transportation improvement programs.


   Monitoring Projects and Programs

   Monitoring of transportation projects and programs includes:

         •     Determining whether projects and programs were in fact implemented as
              planned;

         •     Monitoring as-implemented performance to assess whether the TCM is
              operating efficiently and producing positive results (and to check whether
              it is performing as assumed in the emissions projections estimates); and,
              where necessary,

              Monitoring any changes and modifications undertaken to correct deficien-
              cies or enhance performance.

   Tracking implementation of TCMs can be complicated if there is a heavy program-
   matic emphasis on employer-based programs, development mitigation, and small-
   scale, operations-oriented .localized activities. In these cases, careful record-
   keeping is critical.  Record-keeping strikes many as a trivial task, but too often it
   has proven to be the Achilles heel of implementation:  experiences show that a lack
   of clear  records can even lead to a measure literally being "forgotten"! (This is
   especially a. problem with requirements imposed, on a case-by-case, basis, on new
   developments.) Later, lack of records  can make it hard to measure performance
   accurately, and can undermine enforcement.

   Today's microcomputers and data base management software can help keep records
   straight, and can be set up to provide  reminders that a review is called for or a
   submittal is due. Simpler methods such as calendar displays can also  be helpful.

   Evaluating performance of TCMs is also greatly helped by good  record-keeping.
   Ideally, program and project  impacts are forecasted or estimated as part of the
   initial program/project design; evaluations are then carried out  as a means of assess-
   ing the extent to which the predicted  results have been realized.  Other evaluations
   may be conducted to assess cost-effectiveness and efficiency, or to identify possible
   modifications to respond to changed conditions.
890S8r2  23                              147

-------
   Review of in-place performance can entail a variety of actions. Few TCMs can be
   meaningfully evaluated by simply determining whether they were deployed as pro-
   posed. Performance depends, as well, on market acceptance, changes in exogenous
   factors, etc., and may vary with the amount of elapsed time since implementation.
   For example, consider a traffic signal timing project.  Initially, the review of in-
   place performance may merely involve ensuring that the new timings were in fact
   installed, and are performing as expected.  In later years, however, it would be
   appropriate to check whether traffic volumes and/or patterns may have changed
   substantially.  If so, retiming may be warranted. Similar kinds of monitoring are
   warranted for  other capital investment projects whose operations may affect how
   well they work.

   Pricing strategies also should be reviewed periodically.  For example, tolls or parking
   fees may be set to capture the externality costs of congestion, pollution, and noise,
   to discourage commuting by single occupancy vehicle, or to put out-of-pocket auto
   travel costs on par with costs of vanpooling or using transit. Unless such tolls and
   fees are reviewed periodically, their effect may be lost as real costs change due to
   inflation, changed vehicle characteristics, or other  factors.

   Probably the most complex strategies to monitor are those that involve employer-
   based transport management, which itself may encompass ridesharing, parking man-
   agement, transit improvements, work schedule changes, and voluntary no-drive
   days. As implemented under trip reduction ordinances,  these programs may set
   employee participation rate targets and specific actions to be taken by employers
   which vary in scope and extent with employer or complex size and location.
   Monitoring often includes review of employee travel surveys as well as evaluation of
   trip reduction plans and programs.  In addition, complementary government actions
   such as park-and-ride faculties, higher downtown parking rates, reduced parking
   requirements for new developments, and additional transit and paratransit service
   may be committed to by local government in a trip reduction ordinance (or other-
   wise), and these" commitments also should be monitored.

   Examples of common monitoring tasks and the issues they raise are discussed next.
                     „ iiji;

   Monitoring Employee Travel: Surveys

   The most critical element of monitoring efforts for employer-based TCM programs is
   employee travel surveys. In a typical application, an initial survey, together with
   information on general transportation conditions, is the basis for the design of the
   initial tCM efforts'to be undertaken by employers. Later surveys, usually
   administered one to two years after the commencement of program activities and
   annually or biennially thereafter, aim at assessing  performance of the TCM programs
   and would form the basis for potentially significant program revisions and redirection
   of effort. In some applications employee surveys (interpreted in light of exogenous
   trends and supplemented by evidence from traffic counts or parking lot surveys, e.g.)
89058r2 23
                                       148

-------
     also would be used by agency officials to decide whether to permit employer pro-
     grams to continue as voluntary undertakings or shift to mandatory requirements.

     Employee travel surveys have been successfully utilized in many jurisdictions, but
     there are usually a number of complications to contend with. One issue is when to
     conduct the first evaluation survey. If it is scheduled for a year after the baseline
     survey, certain program activities might not yet be implemented or might be just
     getting started (since many would require  some preparation time and review before
     implementation, and some may have necessitated certain refinements during the
     early start-up phase.) However, a longer wait may unduly delay needed evaluation
     and program adjustments.

     Another issue is how to account for exogenous changes.  If at all possible, the evalua-
     tion surveys should be accompanied by a round of collecting and assessing informa-
     tion on changes in the transportation system, land use changes, population and
     employment shifts, etc., in order to give context to the survey results.  For  example,
     if gasoline prices should increase substantially, or if transit services are added or
     dropped, an attempt should be made to estimate the effect the changes have had on
     travel behavior, in order to avoid attributing too much or too little to the TCM
     program itself.

     In practice, a number of changes are likely to have occurred since the initial survey,
     and these changes may make  interpretation of the evaluation survey difficult. For  ,.
     example, some employers will have expanded; others will have reduced their work
     force or moved.  Changes in markets or in  business practices or emphases may have
     substantially altered the employment composition of some employers. Management
    changes may have resulted in major shifts  in parking policies, or in the availability of
    commute subsidies. While many of  these changes will be known to staff, it neverthe-
     less will be a challenge to account  for them in survey interpretation. These matters
    will require careful consideration and discussion, and sufficient time and resources
    should be allotted to the evaluation process to accommodate this.

    A major set of decisions has to be made concerning the administration of employee
    surveys (both the initial one and those that follow).  A review of practices reveals a
    wide range of options. For example, nearly all jurisdictions require the use of a
    standard survey form, but some require administration to 100 percent of employees
    with a 75 to 80 percent return; some permit a random sampling of employees subject
    to sample reliability constraints, and others have no set standard for survey  adminis-
    tration. While there is no hard and  fast rule on survey design issues of this sort, steps
    should be taken to ensure that the response rate is representative and large enough
    to support needed cross-tabulations.  Assistance in sample design often can be
    obtained from regional planning agencies, state agencies, or local universities.

    Analysis of the survey data is another area where there is a wide variation in
    practice.  Some jurisdictions require each employer or employment complex  to
    tabulate the data, while others carry out the analysis of raw data as a service of  the
890S8r2  23

-------
                tnerefore • 
-------
   would spell out the planned activities under each program element and would specify
   the schedule, staff assignments, and budgetary commitments for each activity.

   Progress reports discussing activities under each program element during the report-
   ing period and presenting statistics on accomplishments are usually prepared monthly
   or quarterly. These reports are referenced to the work program and review
   accomplishments on each element (percent complete, problems encountered and
   changes made, if any.)  Planned activities for the next period also are outlined, and
   sometimes expenditure data are included as well. The progress report thus serves as
   the basis for management of the program,  as well as documenting work performed.
   It can be invaluable to state or regional agencies who are technically responsible for
   a measure, the actual implementation of which is being carried out by a local
   jurisdiction or private organization; in many cases, progress payments or other
   monies can be made contingent on adequate progress as documented in the progress
   reports; this helps reduce the need for field surveillance.
   Monitoring Employers' TCM  Activities

   Employers are often asked to implement different levels and types of TSM activity,
   depending on their size. Monitoring activities also might differ by employer size.
   For example, large employers could be required to submit a TCM plan for review and
   approval, with annual reports to document performance. Medium-sized employers
   might be expected to offer ridesharing services and transit pass sales, but a plan
   might be optional. For small employers TCM activity might be optional.

   A proposal for a suburban California county's TSM program illustrates a similar
   approach using surveys rather than plan submittals. For small employers, an annual
   survey would be administered and tabulated by the staff of the oversight agency.
   The survey would request information on any TCMs the employers may have imple-
   mented.  For medium-sized employers, both a survey and a request for information
   on planned activities for the coming year would be used. These employers also would
   be asked to report on such items as the number of subsidized transit passes sold, the
   number of vanpools assisted, etc. Large employers would be asked to provide the
   most detailed data on accomplishments under each relevant program element; an
   annual progress report  and work program for the  next year would be required  and
   would be reviewed and approved or disapproved (in which case revisions would be
   mandatory).


   Surveys of Developers or Building Managers

   Most of the TCMs for which developers or building managers would be responsible
   are capital projects; a  few are services and operations such as shuttle buses, which,
   if implemented, probably would undergo significant modification only occasionally.
89058r2 23                               151

-------
   Therefore, developers and building managers might be asked to provide an initial
   status report, and thereafter, report only on any changes that have occurred.

   At small and medium-sized developments, this might be accomplished via a survey
   conducted annually (or perhaps biannually). At large developments, an annual report
   documenting the details of parking supply and pricing policies, preferential parking
   utilization, etc., and setting forth planned actions for the coming year might be
   revested.


   Monitoring City and County Activities

   Cities and counties often have primary responsibility for implementing traffic
   engineering and operations improvements and land use plan and zoning charges, and
   for monitoring traffic levels and calculating levels of service. General plans, capital
   improvement programs, and other planning and budgeting tools often set form cur-
   rent rules and outline proposed activities. Annual work programs, by department,  ^
   also may provide important monitoring data.  However, review of local governments
   plans, zoning ordinances, work programs, etc. could be a massive undertaking, and
   may be justified only for major cities and communities undergoing massive; change.

   In other cases cities and counties will make commitments to implement TCMs, which
   become part of the SIP. Monitoring implementation on a regular basis then becomes
   a regional responsibility.  One way to handle the monitoring of TCM-relevant activi-
   ties of smaller jurisdictions would be to send out an annual survey to these jurisdic-
   tions, in which they would report any engineering and planning TCM actions ac-
   complished during the preceding year and report available data on such items as
   parking supply, regulation, and prices; traffic levels (ADT, LOS) on major streets^and
   ktcritkral intersections, and so on.  The progress report approach discuss-  -ariier
   also can be used and is particularly appropriate when funding is providec       state
   or regional sources.


   Monitoring the Activities of State and Regional Agencies

   State departments of transportation and metropolitan planning agencies together are
   responsible for planning, budgeting, and programming major highway improvements
   (andoften, ridesharing programs and amenities); the MPOs and transit agencies
   perforate SSSl function for capital investments in urban and suburban rail, bus,
   and paratransit systems. In many cases there are additional county, regional,  and
   state commissions and committees who also have important review and decision
   responsibilities for major transport programs.

   Monitoring the activities of these agencies will involve review of planning *»*-
         ,. work programs, and numerous special studies.  However, in view of the: unpor-
        "• oJraanV of the projects considered by these agencies, it is well worthwhile for
69058r2  23
                                         *52

-------
  agencies with TCM responsibilities to attend the meetings of these organizations in
  order to stay on top of the issues. Being on the mailing list of important committees
  is critical.


  Other Monitoring Activities
  Numerous other monitoring strategies can be utilized to assess the performance of
  various TCMs.  They include spot traffic counts (total traffic, turning movements),
  origin-destination studies (surveys and license plate studies), travel time and delay
  studies, on- and off-street parking surveys, vehicle occupancy studies, home-based
  travel surveys, on-board transit passenger counts and surveys.  Such data can provide
  a useful picture of overall system performance and, together with TCM-specific
  monitoring data and data on broader trends (in fuel prices, income, population and
  employment, etc.), can be helpful in developing a deeper understanding of TCM
  performance. These data also can provide independent evidence of TCM perfor-
  mance (e.g., driveway counts or parking occupancy data are indicators of commute
  patterns that can be compared to survey results).   Discrepancies are commonly
  found, however, and reflect methodological differences as well as actual under- or
  over-reporting biases.  Therefore, caution should be used in drawing conclusions from
  two separate measures of the same phenomenon.

  Standard traffic engineering handbooks provide much useful information on traffic
  and travel monitoring techniques.  Survey research centers at many universities offer
  public advisory help, as well.


   ENFORCEMENT

   Implementation failures are an eventuality for which agencies charged with
   administering a TCM program must be prepared.  Such failures can result from a
   total refusal to act, continued delays, or implementation of only some aspects ol tne
   TCM project or program. Also, monitoring results may indicate that a particular
   TCM has performed poorly because implementation has been poorly carried out.
   Whatever the circumstances, oversight agencies must decide how to proceed.  A
   number of alternatives are available, so that enforcement actions can be tailored to
   the situation at hand.

   One option is to utilize conventional enforcement procedures.  In broad terms this
   would involve sending a notification or citation to the offending party, providing for
   a hearing and/or appeals process with adequate due process protections, and then
   fm^ing sanctions for failure to comply.  For this approach to be effective, the e
   must be (1) an ability to determine whether a failure has,  in fact, occurred, and (2)
   £me consequence (a fine, loss of operating permit, loss of funding, restriction on
   pTmSle uses of funds, etc.) for continued failure to comply.  Equity considera-
   Sons suggest that failure to comply should be due to wrongful actions or refusal to
   act, rather than impossibility or noncompliance despite good faitn efforts.

890S8r2  23                                153

-------
  Many trip reduction ordinances and similar regulatory programs impose f "« °' °"™^™nl
  programs. On the other hand, few impose conventional penalties for failure to
  achLe established performance targets.  Probably the most important reasons that
  for many f CMs, gooa faith implementation is no assurance of success.  For example,
   L^t service can be deployed but may not attract riders; high-quality bike lanes
  m^rfofbe used by £omlters; land use plans designed to maintain acceptable Bevels
  S service on adjacent streets can lead to gridlock if  transit services are cut.  While
  a few oroerams, including Pleasanton, CA's trip reduction ordinance and the Los
  AngLPs S South Coalt Air District's Regulation  XV, require plan revision when
  eShYd goals are not met, they do not attach further penalties in cases of poor
  consumer acceptance.
  Required plan revision is one form of a broader strategy in which
  Son triggers a review of the requirement, with modification or substitution of
  Serially effective, measure.  This approach is most often used when per-
               aweSctitlons, but it also seems to be applicable :o case, in which
            mSeSs for good cause. For example, a lack of financial capacity
              i^snsLe for*. transit agency to carry out commitments -ade in m°re
            timesVa parking agency may lack legal authority to provide ree parking
              ^ emp^er may have union agreements setting forth precise hours of
               S^Si^^L. Sometimes an extension of time will suffice, but in
  other instances a renegotiation of the requirement may be in order.
                with fines is that they can be hard to collect.  Another consideration
     fe         ^-J « associatedwith "wrong-doing," there oftenjs .n stance to
   aoDlv them to  such matters as TCM implementation quality or success.  As an
   alterhat^ to f Ses, a few jurisdictions have created in-lieu assessments, which are
          Tto fu^her TCMs (e.g., to subsidize shared ^.^^«^!SSly
            Traffic impact fees are charged on a per-tnp basis, with a substantially
   accurate monitoring is needed to provide the trip-count basis for the fee.

   agency act as its ir  emolover would be billed for the costs of the
   !S?^^^5K3^» fail to offer an adequate commute alternatives
   pSm co^ld be requLd to use the services of the ridesharing agency. Table 5-2
   summarizes available enforcement options.
                                          154
890SSr2 23

-------
    TABLE 5-2.  Enforcement approaches.
         •    Conventional enforcement: notice, hearing, fines or other penalties


         •    Required plan revision to achieve required performance


         •    In-lieu fees for failure to achieve required performance


         •    Third-party implementation of required measures; assessment of costs
SSQS8rl 23
                                        155

-------
  ADMINISTRATIVE CONSIDERATIONS

  TCM program administration generally involves a number of organizations and
  actors,  Responsibility for TCMs may fall to state transportation departments (HOV
  lanes, park-and-ride lots, ramp metering, tolls, and other projects on and along state
  highways); area-wide ridesharing agencies (carpool and vanpooi programs, promotion
  of "no drive" days); area-wide transit districts (route restructuring, special fare
  programs); city and county traffic engineers (intersection improvements, on-street
  parking management, traffic signals); local planners (off-street parking require-
  ments, traffic mitigation for new development, land use-transportation coordina-
  tion); land developers (bike facilities, shuttle  services, parking supply and price), and
  employers (work schedule changes, transportation benefits, parking charges.)
  Furthermore, TCMs may be developed by one group, approved by a second, ^ple-
  mented by a third, and monitored by still another agency.  This complex institutional
  Teeing means that program management and administration itself requires careful
  planning. As the TCMs being utilized will vary from place to place, so will program
  administration.
   A TCM oversight agency (whether an air district, a COG, or a local government
   £2ttment) ^11 SldS devise administrative procedures that reflect not only the
   pSTs ; of Se program but also the resources available for administrator,  Since
   organizational arrangements, assignments of responsibility for particular kinds of
   Sires, arid internal staff capabilities vary widely, it's likely that no two TCM
   programs can or should be administered in exactly the same way, even if they involve
   SS- measures.  Indeed, what works well in San Francisco, with a planning staff of
   9™nSy nor work at all well in Sacramento, where staff size is considerably more
   modest.

   A first step may well be to identify all the important players, put them on :-.- -.ir
   quality planning committee, and call periodic  meetings to discuss ^pleme:  ,  on
   and enforcement. The committee can serve an important educative funct:    ^ well
   as providing a forum for negotiation and decision making.
       to consider in designing the administrative program include staff skills, funds
       e^d questions of timing. With regard to staff skills, it should be noted that
my TCMs areTbased in traffic engineering know-how, others require ^plann ng ski lls,
and still others rely on knowledge of economics and pricing.  In addition, skills in
Sfic data collection, data analysis and modeling, and survey research may be
needed to evaluate performance of the measures. Depending on the kindsj>f TCMs
SgSSSSl-sEf already avaiiab e to the oversight agency, it may be possible
         pl-sf already avaiiab e to te oversg  agen,
      conduct an adequate in-house program of administration and assessment.
      ternat^, the following approaches might be used to carry out the work:
890Sar2 23                               156


-------
               Add staff positions (e.g., hire a traffic engineer to administer programs
               involving signals and HOV lanes, or a marketing specialist for the demand
               management programs); match skills to the requirements of priority
               TCMs;

         •     Hire consultants to assist with specific tasks (e.g., to conduct employee
               surveys or review all traffic signal projects) or to handle special, one-
               time projects;

         •     Design an implementation and assessment strategy that relies on self-
               reporting (e.g., employers must survey their own employees' travel
               behavior, and cities must report on parking price, supply, and utilization);

         •     Some combination of the above (e.g., use self-reporting but audit every
               Nth report using in-house staff or consultants). .

    The approach that works best will depend on the agency's  funding levels, the ability
    to pass program costs on to those being regulated, and the "fit" with the way things
    are done in the area in question.

    Timing questions include staff's ability to spend time out of the office; size of the
    program versus time available to carry out tasks; and acceptable frequency of
    reviews and turn-around times. Even if staff have the skills to carry out the
    administrative and implementation tasks, it may not be practical for them to do so if
    that would require considerable amounts of field work and absence from the office
    would disrupt other important agency functions. Similarly, staff may be able to
    perform certain tasks (analysis of travel surveys, e.g.) but might not be able to do it
    as fast  as a consultant, who could put large numbers of analysts to work on it at
    once.  If the program design permits biennial evaluations with a six-month turn-
    around, staff may be able to do the work; if an annual survey is desired with 60-day
    response times, either self-reporting or use of a consultant may be a preferable
    choice.

    Monitoring  for each TCM or package of TCMs will be most effective, and most likely
    to feed back into subsequent programmatic improvements, if it is designed to be
    carried out by (or at least with the active participation of) those to which implemen-
    tation responsibilities are assigned.  The monitoring products also  should be designed
    for use in program management; they should be used as the basis for decisions or
    subsequent  activities.

    Program administration, particularly monitoring, unavoidably involves a substantial
    amount of data gathering and analysis.  Its objective, however, is to provide useful
    information for planning and decision making, and not simply to amass statistics.  It
    is critical that monitoring activities be designed to respond to programmatic infor-
    mation needs, as reflected in the goals of the programs being evaluated. Care must
                                         157
890SSr2  23

-------
   be taken not to lose sight of the ultimate program goals in a quest for better num-
   bers or to let monitoring activities become an end in themselves.  In addition,
   because monitoring can be time consuming and expensive, it must be designed to be
   efficient in its use of resources and to utilize and complement, not duplicate, the
   work of other agencies.
SS058r2 23
                                                                                                   *.'

                                         158

-------
                      DEFINITIONS OF ABBREVIATIONS
ADT:
ARZ:
CAA:

CALINE:
CBD:
CB-IV:
CMB:

CMSA:
CO:
DOT:
DTIM:

EKMA:

EMFAQ

EPA:
FHWA:

HC:
HOV:
MOBILE*:

MOBPART:

MPO:
MSA:
NAAQS:
NCHRP:
              Average daily traffic
              Automobile restricted zone
              United States Clean Air Act of 1970 and the Clean Air Act
              Amendments of 1977
              EPA-pref erred roadway model for PM-10 analyses and for CO hot
              spot analyses; CALINE3 is the EPA-approved current available
              version
              Central business district
              Carbon-Bond IV Chemical Mechanism for ozone formation; the
              current version of the chemical mechanism for use with the Urban
              Airshed Model and EKMA
              Chemical mass balance receptor model; used to model PM-10
              concentrations
              Consolidated metropolitan statistical area
              Carbon monoxide
              U.S. Department of Transportation
              Direct Travel Impact Model; used in California to produce gridded
              mobile source emission inventories.
              Empirical Kinetics Modeling Approach; simplified computer modeling
              approach for urban-scale ozone air quality modeling
              The motor vehicle emission factor model for use in California;
              EMFAC7E is the current version
              U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
              U.S. Federal Highway Administration; part of the U.S. Department
              of Transportation
              Hydrocarbon
              High occupancy vehicle
              Inspection and maintenance program for motor vehicles
              The current version of the U.S. EPA motor vehicle emission factor
              program
              A computer model to calculate motor vehicle exhaust, tire wear, and
              brake wear particulate emission factors; available from the U.S. EPA
              Metropolitan planning organizations
              Metropolitan statistical area
              National Ambient Air Quality Standards
              National Cooperative Highway Research Program
              Nitrogen oxides
89058r2
                                    159

-------
O-D:          Origin-destination
OSHA:         U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OZIPM4:       Ozone isopleth plotting with optional mechanisms 4; the computer
               code used with the EKMA ozone model
PLANR:       Procedure for low-cost airshed application in nonattainment regions;
               lower-cost procedure to use the Urban Airshed Model with routinely
               available data while relaxing usually strict model performance
               standards
PM-iO:         Particuiate matter having an aerodynamic diameter of
               approximately 10 microns or less
RAM:          Air quality dispersion model that can be used for urban-scale CO and
               PM-10 modeling
RFDAs:        Rural fugitive dust areas; sparsely populated areas with non-
               anthropogenic emission sources of PM-10
RVP:          Reid vapor pressure of gasoline
SEP:            State implementation plan
SOV:          Single occupant vehicle
TAZ;          Traffic analysis zone
TCMi          Transportation control measure
TDM;          Transportation demand management
TMA;          Transportation management association (same as TMO)
TMO:          Transportation management organization (same as TMA)
TRANSYT:     Traffic network study tool used as a computerized signal timing
               model; U.S. versions developed by the U.S. Federal Highway
               Administration and the University of Florida Transportation
               Research Center; TRANSYT7F is the current version
TRO:          Trip reduction ordinance
TSM:          Transportation system management
UAM:          Urban Airshed Model; three-dimensional computerized air ijuality
               grid model; designed to calculate concentrations of both ir~rt and
               chemically reactive pollutants  (e.g., ozone)
UMTA:         Urban Mass Transportation Administration (part of the U,i.
               Department of Transportation)
UTPS:          Urban Transportation Planning System; a transportation computer
               modeling system developed by  the Urban Mass Transportation
               Administration and the U.S. Federal Highway Administration
VMT:          f chicle miles traveled
VOC:          Volatile organic compound
S»OS8r2
                                     160

-------
                           Appendix A

              GUIDANCE FOR ESTIMATING EFFECTS OF
          TRANSPORTATION MEASURES ON PM-10 EMISSIONS
880S8r2  9

-------

-------
                                 Appendix A

                  GUIDANCE FOR ESTIMATING EFFECTS OF
             TRANSPORTATION MEASURES ON PM-10* EMISSIONS
1. INTRODUCTION

Scope and Purpose

The promulgation of the PM-10 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and PM-10
SIP requirements (EPA, 1987d) has imposed new requirements for qualitatively
assessing primary particulate emissions and ambient concentrations. Re-entrained
road dust and motor vehicle exhaust and tire wear are among the most significant
contributors to primary and secondary PM-10 emissions in urban (and some rural)
areas.

The purpose of this appendix is to provide conceptual background and technical gui-
dance to assist local agencies in estimating the impacts of transportation control
measures (TCMs) on PM-10 emissions and ambient concentrations. Controls on non-
vehicie-related PM-10 sources, and controls that affect the PM-10 emission factors
for vehicle-related sources are outside the scope of this guidance, which is directed
at controls that affect motor vehicle use.

To make this guidance as general as possible, we have refrained from quantifying the
decreases (or increases) in trip generation and vehicle miles traveled (VMT) that
might be expected from any particular type of control measure.  Such figures are
city-specific since they are dependent on local urban traffic conditions and roadway
network layout. The main guidance document offers information to help estimate
the effectiveness of specific TCMs.

In general, TCM effectiveness in reducing PM-10 concentrations will result primarily
from reductions in road dust emissions.
* PM-10 is an acronym for particulate matter having an aerodynamic diameter of
  approximately 10 microns or less.
890S8J-2 9

-------
This appendix first briefly discusses general background information, including the
regulatory requirements that are pertinent to motor vehicle PM-10 issues (Sec-
tion 2).  Section 3 presents the technical procedures and concepts on which baseline
(pre-control) PM-10 inventories should be based.  This discussion focuses on motor-
vehicle-related emissions and, particularly, on those parameters that can be changed
by TCMs.  Following that, Section 4 discusses methods for determining the effec-
tiveness of TCMs in reducing PM-10 emissions. Sources of emission factors and rela-
ted information are  listed in Section 5. Finally, Section 6 discusses air quality
receptor and dispersion models that can be used to model PM-10 baseline and TCM
impacts.


2. BACKGROUND

Genera* Background: Motor Vehicle-Related PM-10 Emissions

Representing one of the most significant source categories of PM-10 emissions,
motor vehicles contribute both primary and secondary PM-10 emissions to an area s
total PM-10 inventory. Primary emissions are those emitted directly from the
vehicle or that result directly from the vehicle's use. Primary motor vehicle PM-10
emissions consist mostly of dust that is re-entrained from paved and unpaved road-
ways. Vehicle exhaust, tire wear, and brake wear also contribute. Secondary PM-10
results when motor vehicle emissions chemically react in the atmosphere to form
PM-10.  Vehicle exhaust emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulfur dioxide (SO2), and
volatile  organic compounds (VOCs) contribute to secondary PM-10 formation. NOx
reacts in the atmosphere to form paniculate nitrate; SO2 reacts to form particulate
sulfate?  and VOCs react to convert to organic secondary particulates (VOCs also
affect nitrate and sulfate reactions).

Two brief examples demonstrate the significance of motor-vehicle-related PM-10
(and PM-10 precursor) emissions:

     Mobile exhaust sources were estimated to contribute 29 to 38 percent of the
     PM-10 mass in 1985 ambient PM-10 concentrations in California, when secon-
     dary as well as primary contributions were considered. Re-entrained dust from
     paved roads made up 40 percent of the California PM-10 inventory (Wendt and
     Garza, 1988).

     Vehicle-related exhaust and dust emissions accounted for 30 percent of 1985
     Denver PM-iO primary and secondary  emissions (Huhn et al., 1988).


Regulatory Background

The 1987 EPA promulgation  of NAAQS and  SIP requirements for PM-10 was based on
the health effects of fine  oarticulate matter. The health effects of indr  : : ..1
                                     A-2

-------
   chemical constituents of PM-10, such as suifates and certain potentially toxic
   organic substances, were not neglected but were considered to be covered by the
   overall PM-10 standards (Emison, 1988).  Thus, PM-10 composition is not directly a
   regulatory issue.                                                          y

   The previous total suspended particulates (TSP) NAAQS were replaced with a 24-
   hour-average ambient PM-10 standard of 150 ug/m3 and an annual average PM-10
   standard of 50 wg/nr3 (EPA, 1987d). Areas are classified as Group I,  II, or III, in
   increasing order of the probability of meeting the NAAQS and decreasing order of
  difficulty in reaching attainment. A few sparsely populated rural areas have also
  been classified as rural fugitive dust areas (RFDAs) on the basis that PM-10 emis-
  sions are primarily from non-anthropogenic sources.

  This regulatory structure implies certain constraints on modeling of PM-10 emissions
  and ambient  concentrations, as follows:

       SIP  modeling must demonstrate attainment of both the 24-hour and annual
       average standards.  Different assumptions and modeling techniques are needed
       for the two averaging periods. This is important because vehicular activity
       contributes varying proportions of the total PM-10 impact during the year.
       This time variation must be accounted for in both the peak-day inventories
       used for 24-hour-average modeling and the annual average inventories.

      A PM-10 inventory and receptor modeling may be used as partial evidence that
      an area does or does not qualify as an RFDA, which may result in a change in
      its group classification.  Road dust emissions may very well be a large part of
      the inventory of an area potentially classifiable as an RFDA.


 3. BASELINE INVENTORY DEVELOPMENT

 Introduction

 The first step in estimating TCM effectiveness in PM-10 control is the development
 of a baseline PM-10 inventory (and of a precursor inventory if secondary PM-10 is a
 significant part of ambient PM-10 concentrations—a secondary inventory will usually
 be available, however, with the possible exception of SOX).  A baseline PM-10 inven-
 tory may be generated either for a historical year or for a future year. This section
 of the appendix concentrates on the procedures to follow and the information
 required to compile baseline inventories of vehicle-related PM-10 sources.


Factors Affecting the PM-10 Emissions Inventory

Paved and unpaved road dust is typically the largest  source of primary PM-10  emis-
sions in the vehicle-related inventory. The quantity  of road dust emissions, whether
890S8r2 9
                                    A-3

-------
quantity of emissions (Cowherd et al., 1988).





vehicle activity.





                                     use radial tires (SCAQMD, ,,SS>.
 Vehicle exhaust emissions of
 require characterization rt :   ^^           'e fleet, a(fcr pre-


 not depend on temperature, tne v^iatl°" 01     , {.  conditions only, not the effects

  89058r2  9
A-4

-------
Relative Importance of Factors Affecting the Emissions Inventory

In most areas the most important vehicle-related source of PM-10 is road dust. The
relative importance of unpaved and paved road dust depends on the relative amounts
of traffic on paved and unpaved roads. Exhaust PM-10 and tire and brake wear are
next, and roughly equal, in order of importance among primary PM-10 vehicle emis-
sions.  Table A-l summarizes these points.

The exact importance of vehicle emissions of secondary PM-10 precursors is difficult
to establish. In some regions, such as Phoenix, Arizona, nitrates and suifates consti-
tute a small part of ambient PM-10, partly because of the dry climate (Bird, 1989).
In other regions, such as the Los Angeles area, secondary PM-10 is a major contribu-
tor (Gray et al.t 1989). Since there are no established methods of calculating the
effect  of TCMs on secondary PM-10 concentrations, and since these concentrations
depend on local humidity, ammonia concentrations, and other locally specific fac-
tors, the importance of improving precursor emission data cannot be ranked in the
same way as for primary emissions.
Estimating the Baseline Inventory

A reasonable estimate of the baseline quantity of paved and unpaved road dust
requires three basic kinds of information:  (1) soil (or surface dust) characterization,
(2) traffic characterization, and (3) exhaust characterization.
Soil/Dust Characterization

Soil or dust characterization should be carried out for roads or parking areas that
represent

     Paved and unpaved roads and parking lots;
     Road surfaces in areas with typical and atypical soil;
     Low and high traffic volumes; and
     Public and industrial roads

The current equations for estimating road dust show less dependence of emissions on
silt content for industrial paved roads than for public paved roads (Cowherd et al.,
1988; this reference includes an appendix with a methodology to estimate silt loading
on paved roads; default values are listed in EPA's AP-42).  This implies that charac-
terization of road soil or dust is somewhat less important for industrial than for
public paved roads, given the same traffic volumes. (In this context, public roads are
those used by a typical cross section of the vehicle fleet, and industrial roads are
those most used by heavy industrial vehicles.)
                                      A-5

-------
TABLE A-l. An approximate ranking of the important factors
contributing to PM-10 conditions.*
Factors of primary importance

VMT
Road dust (and silt loading and silt content of rock soil)
Percent of VMT on paved versus unpaved roads

Factors of secondary importance

Exhaust emissions of NOX (to the extent they contribute
  to secondary PM-10 problems)*
Exhaust emissions of SO2 and evaporative emissions of VOC
Exhaust PM-10
Tire and brake wear
               ..ii!<':iii                , -,
 * This is a general ranking; some variability is to be
  expected from one area to another, and factors are not
  ranked within the two categories listed.

 * These factors are appropriate to the extent that control
  of such sources proves to be beneficial in reducing
  PM-10 concentrations; there are substantial scientific
  uncertainties concerning the fraction of secondary PM-10.
 8«058r2 10
                                     A-6

-------
Traffic Characterization

Traffic characterization can be subdivided into the categories of public and indus-
trial road usage.  For public roads and parking lots, it is appropriate to use the aver-
age vehicle weights and number of wheels that can be derived from vehicle registra-
tion records for the county or state.  For industrial roads, parking lots, loading areas,
and so on, traffic volumes and vehicle weights and numbers of wheels are likely to
depend on exactly which industries are served. (The main guidance document discus-
ses modeling approaches to estimate traffic volumes; consult with regional transpor-
tation planners for industrial road-related information.)

Road treatment practices must also be considered. Road salting and sanding during
the winter tend .to produce high particulate loadings on Toads in the spring.  Road
construction workers may typically redirect traffic onto unpaved shoulders or
through construction dirt, increasing PM-10 emissions, rather than delaying traffic.
Particulate control practices that are already in use, or definitely planned, should
also be included in the baseline.
Exhaust Characterization

Vehicle exhaust emissions follow traffic and soil characterization in importance. If
secondary particulate is an important part of PM-10 ambient concentrations, then
vehicle exhaust NOX emissions (and to a lesser extent, $©2 and VOC emissions)
should be estimated. Otherwise, only exhaust PM-10 need be estimated.

To produce an inventory of primary exhaust particulate, it is necessary to know the
traffic volume (generally in VMT), the vehicle speed distribution for the traffic, the
types and ages of the vehicles in the fleet, the lead content of the local gasoline, and
whether or not there is a local vehicle inspection and maintenance (I&M) program.
(An I&M program reduces organic particulate emissions as well as VOC emissions.) It
is more accurate to calculate the particulate emissions by means of a complete
speed distribution rather than an average speed for all travel since the  average speed
is not averaged with respect to emission-producing potential but only with respect to
traffic volume.  Of the several vehicle classes, the one producing the greatest emis-
sions of vehicle exhaust particulates is heavy duty diesei vehicles.  If resources are
limited, this vehicle class should receive the most attention.

Several more traffic and fleet variables must be known to produce an inventory of
exhaust emissions of secondary particulate precursors 
-------
   •   i  VMT The ambient temperature is also used to estimate precursor exhaust




sulfate paniculate (Somers, 1989).






4. EFFECT OF TRANSPORTATION CONTROLS ON PM-10 EMISSIONS

Introduction
 tion control measures (TCMs).


 Effects of TCMs
 either shift traffic to roads witn less uusa                  variety of effects on
 vehicle speeds or operating ^  **£»££ t^fday a'whlch traffic peaks



 changed.




  reduction in road dust oy ^^"^J djgt \ m produce 10 percent less emissions
  reduction than it would if it were

-------
effectiveness (fractional emissions reduction) is not changed, but the amount of
emissions reduction is because the inventory to which the TCM is applied is smaller.
Attribution of inventory reductions to controls with overlapping effects (TCMs or
tailpipe or dust controls) is a bookkeeping problem that should be handled consis-
tently.

Users should refer to the main guidance document for a discussion of individual
TCMs and their traffic-related effects.
5. SOURCES OF PM-10 INFORMATION

Introduction

Two types of information are needed for calculation of an emission rate. The first is
the activity rate.  VMT is the most commonly needed measure of activity for
vehicle-related PM-10 emissions. The number and timing of trips is also important
to determine relative numbers of cold and hot starts and hot soaks accompanying
VMT.  Both of these activity rates are completely locality-specific and cannot be
taken from generalized references.  The second type of information is the emission
factor, or the amount of emissions per unit of activity. Emission factors are com-
monly obtained from general information or standard relationships, although they
may be adjusted for local conditions.  The purpose of this section is to list some of
the standard references from which emission factor data and relationships can be
obtained.  Some of the known limitations of these sources of information are also
discussed.
Data Bases

The most fundamental source of emission factor data is the EPA AP-42 document
(EPA, 1985a), which continuously updates PM-10 emission factor data in support of
the new PM-10 requirements (Martinez et al., 1988).  This document contains some
vehicle-related PM-10 emission factors, including those for paved and unpaved road
dust, as well as a number of other stationary sources. However, AP-42 (and other
references) should be used in light of their limitations:

     Investigators may have difficulties analyzing PM-10 source measurements. A
     set of tests in which different contractors collaborated to analyze the particu-
     late material from the same source gave widely varying results, without any
     demonstrable error in measurement procedures. These tests show the diffi-
     culty of obtaining precise and accurate PM-10 source measurements
     (Eggleston, 1988).  In the 6 June 1989 Federal Register (EPA, 1989c), EPA
     proposed a reference stack test method for stationary sources; investigators
     may find this to be a useful resource.
 8«058r2  9

-------
     The PM-10 source samplers have a higher PM collection efficiency than do the
     samplers that measure ambient PM-10 concentrations (according to the EPA
     reference method).  Since this difference in collection efficiency varies with
     particle size, the two types of devices produce different PM-10/T5P ratios for
     the same particulate material. This discrepancy can lead to model overpredic-
     tiqn of ambient PM-10 concentrations with respect to measured ambient con-
     centrations, and excessive controls may be required on the basis of the model's
     overpredictions (Eggleston,  1988).

     Road reentrainment factors were developed from data that included very few
     samples of some road types, no studies or samples west of Kansas City, and no
     wintertime sand or silt sampling (Mohr, 1988). In general, the use of AP-*2
     non-site-specific silt loading data significantly increases the uncertainty of
     emission rates calculated using AP-42 equations.

Another important source of information on fugitive dust emissions and control
methods is Cowherd and co-workers (1988).  This document gives detailed informa-
tion on a variety of fugitive dust  sources (including road dust) and demonstrated dust
control techniques,  the document also includes example regulations, a general cost-
ing procedure and some control cost data, and general recordkeeping and inspection
procedures. Only source controls are discussed, not transportation control measures.

MOBPART, a computer model to  calculate motor vehicle exhaust, tire wear, and
brake wear particulate emission factors, is available from EPA (EEA, 1985). This
model calculates only PM emissions for different size cutpoints, including PM-10,
and is intended as a supplement to the  motor vehicle emissions model MOBILES.
(MOBILE* calculates motor vehicle NOX, CO and VOC emission factors.) Program
inputs include the vehicle type and age distribution in the fleet and the lead content
of the gasoline. The PM-10 emission factors produced by MOBPART are broken
down in terms of composition (organics, diesel organics, lead, and sulfates).  The pro-
gram can estimate the effect of a vehicle I&M program on reducing organic particu-
late emissions.  Fleet composite emission factors are calculated only for vehicle
model years up through 1995.  MOBPART is scheduled for update during 1991
(Somers, 1989).

MOBILE* is the current version of the EPA MOBILE motor vehicle emission factor
program. The MOBILE* program can be used to calculate emission factors for the
secondary particulate precursors  NOX and VOC.  It can produce emission factors for
a variety of different I&M programs. Inputs include the ambient temperature, I&M
program and gasoline Reid vapor  pressure (RVP) definitions, and the vehicle type and
age distribution in the fleet. Motor vehicle SO2 emission factors are not calculated
by MOBILE* (or MOBPART) but can be derived from the fuel sulfur content and fuel
consumption rate.
                                      A-10

-------
6. EFFECT OF TRANSPORTATION CONTROLS ON
   PM-10 AMBIENT CONCENTRATIONS

Introduction

Proving that control measures reduce the regional PM-10 inventory by a certain per-
centage is not sufficient by itself to demonstrate attainment.  It is also necessary to
conduct air quality modeling to demonstrate that the ambient concentrations as well
as the inventory are sufficiently reduced. The air quality impact can be estimated
by the use of both receptor and dispersion models. SIP development guidelines (EPA,
19S7c) recommend that both be used, and their results reconciled, as a means of
minimizing errors in control strategy projections.  In this section we first discuss the
issues that air quality modeling should address and, second, some of the modeling
approaches that have been applied.
Modeling Issues

Both the 24-hour average and the annual average PM-10 standards must be addres-
sed.  Showing compliance with the 24-hour standard may require that peak 24-hour
concentrations be modeled. In such cases, it may be necessary to develop more than
one inventory because different sources are the dominant contributors at different
times of year. The sources producing 24-hour peak concentrations can therefore be
different from those producing the highest annual average. This principle applies
strongly to vehicle-related PM-10 sources, whose emissions depend on meteorological
conditions such as precipitation and seasonal conditions such as road sanding and
variation in vehicle activity.

It may be necessary to model PM-10 concentrations in the immediate vicinity of a
point source as well as neighborhood- or urban-scale concentrations.  Transportation
control measures, per se, are  unlikely to affect sources that produce high local con-
centrations. An exception to this premise might be a TCM that (for example) routed
traffic away from unpaved parking lots or similar localized sources of road dust. In
that case, it would be appropriate to model near-field as well as neighborhood-scale
concentration changes resulting from the TCM.

Another issue that arises in air quality modeling is that of secondary particulate
formation. This is chiefly an urban-scale modeling concern, although there are
exceptions:  for example, a large ammonia source such as a livestock lot could con-
ceivably increase the concentration of secondary particulate immediately down-
wind. However, possible local effects are not directly relevant to the vehicle
exhaust precursor emissions that are affected by TCMs.  There are no EPA guideline
models or analysis techniques to judge the effects of reducing precursor emissions
upon PM-10 concentrations.  Rollback is not applicable because of the non-linear
 89058r2  9                             A-ll

-------
effects of the atmospheric reactions that are involved in secondary participate
formation. EPA, together with those regions that cannot reach attainment with pri-
mary participate controls, has pledged to work to characterize secondary particle
formation (Woodard and Bauman, 1988).

Trade-offs between PM-10 reductions and increases that may result in other pollu-
tants, such as ozone and CO, must also be considered. For example, TCMs that
decrease PM-10 by re-routing traffic away from dusty areas may increase conges-
tion, thereby increasing emissions of VOC and CO. TCMs that reduce VMT reduce
emissions of both VOC and NOX (as well as exhaust PM-10); although VOC emission
reductions consistently lead to ozone reductions, NOX emission reductions can lead
to local ozone increases, with ozone decreases eventually occurring only further
downwind. Thus, depending on local conditions and the relative magnitudes of VOC
and NOX reductions, a TCM that unequivocally reduces PM-10 may have an ambigu-
ous effect on ozone.
Modeling Approaches

Three basic approaches can be used to model the air quality impacts of PM-10 emis-
sions reductions:  use of an appropriate dispersion model alone, receptor modeling
techniques with rollback adjustments, and receptor and dispersion modeling com-
bined.  In the second approach, a receptor model can be used together with some
form of linear rollback.  Receptor models statistically analyze the composition of a
sample of ambient particulate matter to infer the relative contributions from a num-
ber of  types of sources with known emissions composition. With these contributions
known, rollback can be used to re-scale the amounts contributed to reflect reduc-
tions in the source emissions. In the third approach, receptor and dispersion models
are used in combination to make source allocations; then the correctly allocated
sources are used with the dispersion model to predict control effects. EPA prefers
this approach to consider all sources and both  averaging periods (O'Connor, 1988).
The receptor modeling element of the analysis is considered to be necessary as a
check  on the emission rates, source description, and wind speeds and directions used
in the  dispersion model. Ryan and co-workers (1989) present an example of the
'refinement of dispersion model inputs in which receptor model results are used as
guidance.  The unaided use of dispersion models that is appropriate when analyzing
other pollutants may hot be appropriate for PM-10 analysis in specific situations
where there is high uncertainty in emission factors.


Receptor Modeling

The foremost receptor model is the Chemical Mass Balance (CMB) model, which has
been used in SIP analyses  and other efforts since the late 1970s.  CMB requires
extensive data bases of emission composition*  -.- all the applicable source types.
 8S058r2 9
                                                                                                 ;: I

-------
 This requirement is not prohibitive since such data bases are available and have been
 used in several modeling efforts (Watson et al., 1989).  CMB also requires a data base
 of ambient PM-10 measurements that is representative of peak concentration events
 and that includes detailed composition data as-well as total PM-10 concentration.
 However, CMB may not fully resolve ail source contributions.  For example, source
 composition profiles may be so similar for road dust and windblown soil dust as to
 make it impossible for CMB to allocate those two sources separately (Cooper et al.,
 1988).  It is also impossible to distinguish between gasoline burned  in on-road and off-
 road vehicles. One approach to this problem is to include more tracer species or to
 examine particle characteristics other than composition.  One such study included
 CO and NOX among the tracer species on which CMB based its analyses (Benedict
 and Naylor, 1988).
Dispersion Modeling

The other method for performing source allocation is to use a dispersion model in
conjunction with CMB. The protocols for applying CMB and for reconciling CMB
with dispersion model results have already been used; see Ryan and co-workers (1988)
for a discussion of a demonstration SIP effort for Hayden, Arizona.  These protocols
allow CMB and the dispersion model of choice to be evaluated against historical
measurements before they are used to predict the effects of control scenarios.

Two scales of dispersion modeling may be appropriate for PM-10 modeling in general
and TCM PM-10 modeling in particular.  One is the urban-scale model, which looks at
the portion of ambient concentration that comes not from sources in the immediate
vicinity but from sources throughout the urban area. The other is the  near-field (or
microscale) model, which looks only at the immediately neighboring sources. The
two models are usually distinct and are supported by different types of inventory
data.

EPA recommends the RAM or COM 2.0 dispersion model for urban-scale PM-10
analysis (EPA, 1986a). Other dispersion models that have been used for urban-scale
PM-10 modeling include a 3D Lagrangian model developed by Cass and Gray (Gray et
al., 1988) and the Urban Airshed Model (UAM). These modeling techniques have not
received EPA approval.  The urban-scale models have certain general  inventory
requirements in common. They need PM-iO emission inventories that are spatially
allocated to small sub-areas or grid ceils and that are broken down to  hour-by-hour
emission rates for each cell. More details about the urban-scale air quality models
already  listed are given in Table A-2.

In these gridded urban inventories, large point sources should be represented by their
actual plume parameters and locations in such an inventory. Minor point sources,
fugitive emissions, and mobile sources can be distributed into grid cells according to
the population or VMT in the grid cells or according to other appropriate indicators
for specific source categories. Historical data can be used to produce gridded urban
S905Sr2 9
                                     A-13

-------
TABLE A-2. Sample applications of urban-scale air quality models to PM-10
problems.*


     UAM;  In addition to an emission inventory of the type already described, the
     UAM requires gridded data bases of winds at several elevations, temperatures,
     mixing heights, and other dispersion parameters, and spatially resolved ambient
     concentrations to supply the initial and boundary ambient concentrations. The
     UAM is used to model single episodes; it can model stagnation events and
     m;ulti-day episodes since it tracks air  parcel trajectories. The Maricopa
     Association of Governments (Phoenix, Arizona) is currently using the UAM with
     CMB to model primary PM-10 as part of its  SIP analysis (Bird, 1989). Since the
     UAM (which is usua.   used to model ozone episodes) includes some of the
                          reactions involved in secondary par   -utate formation, it
                        3 use the model  to estimate seconds   particulate
                        .is. This use of the UAM has not rec j. -ad EPA approval.
atmospheric chenr
is possible in theor
ambient concentrs
     Cass and Gray 3D Lagrangian particle-in-cell model (Gray et al., 1988):  This
     model has been used with CMB by the South Coast Air Quality Management
     District in southern California to model PM-lO dispersion and formation in the
     1985 South Coast/Ventura County region. The model requires gridded three-
     dimensional wind fields, spatially resolved aerometric data (from which hourly
     nitrate and sulfate conversion rates are calculated), and a gridded inventory of
     the type already discussed.  The model was used with historical data to
     calculate source apportionment transfer  matrices of secondary sulfates,
     nitrates, and organics for representative winter and summer months. Although
     nonlinear photochemistry was used to calculate the precursor/secondary
     relationships in the transfer matrices, the matrices were used in a linear
     manner to relate predicted secondary concentrations to source  controls. These
     transfer matrices were used to estimate  future baseline and SIP control
     scenario PM-10 concentrations for annual and 2ft-hour averaging periods. Since
     this SIP has not been reviewed by EPA, the adequacy of this linear estimate of
     secondary PM-10 impacts has not been determined.

     RAM;  Currently, the Denver area is being modeled with the RAM model
     (Graves, 1989). This methodology uses seasonal average meteorological data
     and accepts as inputs (a) NOX to nitrate and SO2 to sulfate conversion factors,
     and (b) inventory data for multiple sources. RAM  does not follow trajectories
     for more than one hour. An advantage of using RAM  is its ability to calculate
     24-hour average as well as annual concentrations.  RAM has EPA-preferred
     status for modeling multiple sources in urban areas, and is designed to calcu-
     late short- and long-term averages.


*" Userl should check EPA's modeling guidelines (EPA, 1986a) to learn the
  current status of each of these tools.
8905flr2 10
                                     A-14
                                                                                              	it-

-------
inventories for the episode(s) to be evaluated.  Projections of population, VMT, fuel
consumption, construction and so on can be used to produce future baseline (no new
control) inventories. The amount of emissions contributed by each source category
must be tracked so that the reductions from control measures can be accurately
applied.

The vehicle-related portion of  an urban-scale gridded inventory is generally con-
structed from VMT and vehicle speed data from an urban traffic planning model.
Some of the models in common use for traffic planning purposes include UTPS,
MINUTP, EMME2, and TRANPLAN. (See main guidance document text for a more
complete discussion.)  A traffic planning model that is to be used for TCM analysis
should be able to directly address ail of the types of TCMs that might be con-
sidered. For example, it should consider the modal split of traffic (the split between
public transit, one-person vehicle use, and so on) so that ride-share and transit sys-
tem upgrades can be explicitly evaluated.  Traffic planning models usually predict
only ADT (average daily traffic) and average peak and off-peak speeds for each
major roadway in the system.  Traffic counts or survey information on the timing of
different trip types must be used to generate hourly traffic values.  Since much road
dust comes from minor (unpaved) roadways, these should be explicitly represented in
the traffic planning network if possible.

The second type of PM-10 modeling that may be needed  is the near-field (or micro-
scale) model. The type of "hot spot" most likely to be affected by a TCM is either a
heavily traveled intersection in an inherently dusty area, or an unpaved parking lot
downwind of the center of town and of the urban PM-10  emissions.  Microscale
models require intersection- or facility-specific traffic data and emission factors on
an hourly basis. Most of them  use this type of  input to internally generate their own
microscale emission inventories as part of the process of calculating ambient con-
centration impacts.

One of the difficulties of modeling the effects of TCMs on a "hot spot" as well as on
the urban area is the problem of arriving at microscaie traffic scenarios that are
consistent with each other and with the urban-scale traffic scenarios.  Intersection
models can be particularly sensitive to  the number of cars in the idle queue in the
intersection in a given hour, although this sensitivity is reduced by the 24-hour mini-
mum averaging period used for PM-10 analyses. Some different levels of analysis for
various traffic facilities have been detailed by the Transportation Research Board
(TRB, 1985); California-specific parameters are also available (ITS, 1985). A report
from the National Cooperative Highway Research Program discusses some tech-
niques for linking urban traffic scenarios with project traffic studies (Pedersen and
Samdahl, 1982).

To our knowledge, TCM PM-10 analyses have not to date included microscale anal-
yses.  Two of the models that could be  used in such an analysis include the following:
 890S8r2  9
                                      A-15

-------
     CALINE3 is the EPA preferred roadway model in the EPA Modeling Guidelines
     (EPA, 198&L). This model requires inputs of the roadway (or other "hot spot")
     geometry, receptor locations, and hourly meteorology, emission factors, traffic
     volume and speed, and background concentrations.  The emission factors can be
     obtained from MOBILES, MOBPART, and/or road dust emission factor calcula-
     tions. CALINE3 does not include a specific intersection submodel (Benson,
     1979,1980)1

     APRAC-3 is an urban/microscale traffic emissions/dispersion model that is
     listed in the EPA Guidelines, but does not have preferred status.  It requires an
     "extensive" traffic inventory to estimate contributions from several scales—
     extraurban, intraurban, and local (street canyon).  It also uses hourly meteor-
     ology and appropriate emission factors.
890S8r2 9
A-16

-------
                            Appendix B




               ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDED REFERENCES
stoser»

-------

-------
                                  Appendix B

                  ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDED REFERENCES



Technical Analyses

Purposet Review Previously Published TCM-Related Guidance

Overview TCM Guidance Published by EPA

      1.   "Transportation-Air Quality Planning Guidelines" (and appendices). U.S.
         EPA and U.S. DOT; June 1978. This document overviews SIP policy
         regarding transportation controls, identifies TCM evaluation criteria, and
         generally discusses the process by which TCMs should be chosen and
         adopted (e.g., which government and public officials to include, what pro-
         gress reports to file).

      2.  Transportation System Management:  An Assessment of Impacts."
         UMTA-VA-06-0047. Prepared by F. A. Wagner and K. Gilbert for the
         Office of Policy and Program Development, Urban Mass Transportation
         Administration, U.S. DOT, in cooperation with the U.S. EPA. November
         1978. Classifies management actions  and, for each class, calculates how a
         major multiyear application of the measures would affect vehicle miles
         traveled and vehicle hours traveled. Six working papers are included
         describing experience with specific actions.

     3.  "How to Prepare the Transportation Portion of Your State Air Quality
         Implementation Plan."  Technical Guidance of the U.S. DOT, Federal
         Highway  Administration, with the cooperation of the U.S. EPA. November
         1978 (reprinted February 1979). This document, though outdated, is a
         comprehensive guide to preparing an emissions inventory, determining
         growth factors to project emissions activity, estimating needed emissions
         controls to meet NAAQS, and calculating the emissions benefits derived
         from each measure.

     4.  Transportation Air Quality Analysis—Sketch  Planning Methods" (Volumes
         1 and 2).  EPA 400/1-800-00la and b.  Prepared by Cambridge Systematic:,
         Inc. for the U.S. EPA; December 1979. Volume i describes sketch planning
s»osari

-------
                                                                                              rav
          methodologies to evaluate TCMs' air quality effects (techniques to analyze
          travel demand impacts, facility operations, emissions impacts). Volume 2
          illustrates the" use of these techniques through case studies.
EPA-Published Guidance Specific to Individual Measures

     5.   "Air Quality Impacts of Transit Improvements, Preferential Lane, and
          Carpool/Vanpool Programs." EPA 400/2-78-002a.  Prepared for the U.S.
          EPA in cooperation with the U.S. DOT; March 1978.  Addresses, at a
          sketch planning level of analysis, how to evaluate the cost-effectiveness of
          these measures.

     6.   "Transit Improvement, Preferential Lane, and Carpool Programs, An Anno-
          tated Bibliography of Demonstration and Analytical Experience."  EPA
          400/2-78-002b. Prepared for the U.S. EPA in cooperation with the U.S.
          DOT; March1978. Provides an annotated bibliography of useful reports
          describing the use and cost-effectiveness of these strategies to lower
          emissions, improve air quality, reduce energy consumption, and mitigate
          noise impacts.
Related Guidance Materials

     7.  "Traveler Response to Transportation System Changes." Second Edition.
         Prepared by R. H. Pratt and 3. N. Copple for the U.S. DOT, Federal High-
         way Administration, Office of Highway Planning, Urban Planning
      ,   Division.  July 1981.  Summarizes available literature on experiences with
         nine broad TCM categories; also includes an annotated bibliography of
         important references for each category.

     8.  "Measures of Effectiveness for TSM Strategies." FHWA/RD-81/177. Pre-
         pared by C. M. Abrams, 3. F.  DiRenzo, S. A. Smith, and R. A. Feriis for
         the U.S. DOT. Federal Highway Administration, Office of Research and
         Development. December 1981. Reviews and categorizes TSMs; discusses
         TSM impacts and methods of estimating these impacts.

     9.  "Transit Project Planning Guidance: Estimation of Energy and Air Quality
         Impacts.11 Draft. Prepared by M. Jacobs and P. W. Shuldiner for the U.S.
         DOT; May 1984. Includes information on estimating motor vehicle opera-
         ting emissions and resulting pollutant concentrations.

     10. "Traffic Mitigation Reference Guide.  A Review of Options Available to
         the Public and Private Sectors." Prepared by C. Brittle, N. McConnell,
         and S. 6'Hare for the Oakland, California,  Metropolitan Transportation
         Commission and the U.S. DOT, Office of the Secretary of Transportation.
ttosari
                                     B-2

-------
           December 1984. Covers traffic mitigation options for developers,
           employers, and cities; building mitigation policies into local city regula-
           tions; and financing mitigation programs.

       11.  "National Ridesharing Demonstration Program:  Comparative Evaluation
           Report." Final Report.  UMTA-MA-06-0049-85-1. Prepared by R. Booth
           and R. Waksman for the U.S. DOT, Research and Special Programs
           Administration, Transportation  Systems Center.  August 1985. Provides
           detailed analyses of five sites where rideshare programs have been imple-
           mented.

       12.  "Transportation Management for Corridors and Activity Centers:  Oppor-
           tunities and Experiences." Final Report.  DOT-I-86-21. Prepared by the
           Office of Planning, U.S. DOT, Federal Highway Administration. May
           1986.  Focuses on case studies of transportation management strategies
           for corridors and activity centers; identifies specific strategies for poten-
           tial application in other areas.


 Purpose;  Understanding EPA Requirements and Guidelines

      1.  "State Implementation Plans; Approval of Post-1987 Ozone and Carbon
          Monoxide Plan Revisions for Areas Not Attaining the National Ambient
          Air Quality Standards, Notice."  Vol. 52 Federal Register, pp. 45044-
          45122. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  24 November  1987.
          Contains criteria for EPA approval of TCM strategies; deadlines and
          guidance for overall ozone and carbon monoxide attainment requirements.

      2.   U.S. EPA/U.S. DOT Transportation-Air Quality Planning Guidelines and
          Appendices.  June 1978.  These documents, though out of date with respect
          to funding, deadlines, and implementation requirements, provide good
          background material on planning processes that emphasize interagency
          coordination.
     3.   "Emission Inventory Requirements for Post-1987 Ozone State Implementa-
          tion Plans." EPA-450/4-88-019. Prepared by D. C. Misenheimer, Techni-
          cal Support Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S.
          Environmental Protection Agency. December 1988.

     4.   "Emission Inventory Requirements for Post-1987 Carbon Monoxide State
          Implementation Plans." EPA-450/4-88-020.  Prepared by T. N. Braverman,
          Technical Support Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards,
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  December 1988.
890S8rl 17
                                    B-3

-------
      5.   "Example Emission Inventory Documentation for Post-1987 Ozone State
          implementation Plans (SIPs)." EPA-450/4-89-018. U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards,
          Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  October 1989.
,'      1!'   -  '  '  '!  ;   	i   •'    ",i it                          ..     ':    •  '  i .
       	       '  * ;,„    ',,          , ,	

 Purpose;  TCM Screening

          See documents referred to in Table 2-4.
 Purpose;  Traffic Effects Analyses

      1.  A transportation demand model from which vehicle miles traveled (VMT)
          and speeds can be estimated with necessary spatial and temporal resolu-
          tion  All areas with metropolitan planning organizations (MPOs) will have
          access to UTPS or an equivalent traffic demand modeling system.

      2   For areas without transportation demand modeling tools, sketch planning
       •  documSIs for Transportation analyses. The primary air quality-related
          reference is:
       '!"',          *'    i,1          ,   •.          ,       ••   i   , .'!.,. "ii	
          a.    "transportation Air Quality Analysis, Sketch Planning Methods
                (Volumes 1 and 2)." EPA 400/1-800-OOla and b. Prepared by
                Cambridge Systematics, Inc., for the Office of Transportation and
                Land Use Policy, U.S. Environmental Protection agency. December

                1979.

      3."  Other relevant reports include:

c
                   ansit Corridor Analysis, A Manual Sketch Planning
                UMTA-MD-06-0046-79-1. Prepared by M. M. Carter, R. H. Watkms,
                3. b. OTDoherty, M. Iwabuchi, G. W. Schultz, and 3. 3. Hinkie. Pre-
                pared for the Department of Transportation, Urban Mass Transporta--
                tion Administration, Office Planning Methods & Support. April 1979,
                and

                "Quick Response Urban Travel Estimation Techniques and Transfer-
                2le Parameters, User's Guide." National Cooperative Highway
                Research Program Report 187. Prepared by A. B. Sosslau, A. B.
                Hassam, M. M. Carter, and G. V. Wickstrom. Prepared for Transpor-
                tation Research Board, National Research Council.  1978.
  «»OS8rl 17
                                      B-A

-------
          These documents offer techniques to manually assess the impacts of
          TCMs; when applying the documents' methodologies, the most recent data
          available should be used (e.g., data relating to trip generation rates,
          household person trips, trip production estimates).
 Purpose;  Evaluating Emission Effects

      1.   "EPA Regional Workshops for Ozone and Carbon Monoxide State Imple-
          mentation Plan Emission Inventory Development." These documents are
          available from EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards,
          Technical Support Division, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.

      2.   Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors; Volume II; Mobile
          Sources.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Air Quality
          Planning and Standards. AP-42, Fourth Edition. September 1985 (provides
          information for estimating sulfur oxides (SOX) emissions factors for high-
          way vehicles; SOX control is not addressed in this guidance document).
          (Consult regional EPA office for most recent version of this document.)

      3.   Emissions modeling tools: MOBILES for ail non-California applications;
          EMFAC and either DTIM (for gridded emissions) or BURDEN (for county-
          wide emissions) for California applications.

      4.   "Procedures for Emission Inventory Preparation, Volume IV: Mobile
          Sources." EPA-450/*-81-026d (Revised).  U.S. Environmental Protection
          Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (Technical Support
          Division), and Emission Control Technology Division (Office of Mobile
          Sources).  December 1988.

      5.   "Guidance for the Preparation of Quality Assurance Plans for O3/CO SIP
          Emission Inventories."  EPA-450/4-88-023. U.S. Environmental Protection
          Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle
          Park, North Carolina. December 1988.
Purpose: Evaluating Air Quality Effects

     1.  Air quality model guidance for carbon monoxide analyses. Examples:

         a.    "CAUNE3—A Versatile Dispersion Model for Predicting Air Pollu-
               tant Levels near Highways and Arterial Streets." Report No.
               FHWA/CA/TL-79/23. Interim Report. Prepared by P. E. Benson for
               the Office of Transportation Laboratory, California Department of
               Transportation.  November 1979.
                                    B-5

-------
    b.   "Carbon Monoxide Hot Spot Guidelines, Volumes Mil." EPA-450/3-
         78-033, 034, 035.  Prepared by T. P. Midurski for the U.S. Environ-
         mental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
         1978.

    c.   "Guidelines for Air Quality Maintenance Planning and Analysis,
         Volume 9 (Revised): Evaluating Indirect Sources."  EPA-450/4-78-
         001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air, Noise,
         arid Radiation; Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards;
         Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  1978.
          '"'III! "  i „ "'lit' ' ,M ""' "   "  i i ,'!!ii        	,     i ,  •!  '!""', ,1, '" , ''!  '''      '    , ,
2.   Air quality model guidance for ozone air quality analyses using either the
    Empirical Kinetics Modeling Approach (EKMA) or the Urban Airshed Model
    (UAM). References:

    a.   For EKMA:  "Procedures for Applying City-Specific EKMA." EPA-
         450/4-89-012. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Of fie» of Air
         Quality Planning and Standards. July 1989.

    b.   For UAM: Formal EPA guidance is due to be released by late 1990:
         currently available users' guides and systems manuals include

         •  "User's Guide  for the Urban Airshed Model. Volume I: User's
            Manual for UAM(CB-IV)."  SYSAPP-90/OlSa. Prepared by
            Systems Applications, Inc., San Rafael, California. June 1990.

         •  "User's Guide  for the Urban Airshed Model. Volume II:
            Preprocessors and Postprocessors for the UAM  Modeling
            System."  SYSAPP-90/01Sb. Prepared by Systems Applications,
            Inc., San Rafael, California. June  1990.

       •-••' "User's Guide  for the Urban Airshed Model. Volume  III: User's
            fcUmual for the Diagnostic Wind Model (Version 1.1)." SYSAPP-
             90/018c.  Prepared by Systems Applications, Inc., San Rafael,
             Calif ornia. May 1990.

          •  "User's Guide for the Urban Airshed Model. Volume IV: User's
             Guide for the Emissions Preprocessor System."  SYSAPP-
             90/018d.  Prepared by Systems Applications, Inc., San Rafael,
             California. 3une 1990.
                                B-6
                                                                                           p3
                                                                                           w
                                                                                           bl

-------
 Transportation Monitoring for Air Quality    *

 Deakin, E.  1983.  "Transportation and Air Quality Programs: Case Studies on Moni-
      toring and Decision Processes, and Recommendations on EPA Assistance."
      Report to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region IX, Institute of
      Transportation Studies, University of California, Berkeley.

 Deakin, E. 198*.  "Monitoring the Effectiveness of Transportation Air Quality Pro-
      grams" (ITS-RR-85-8), Dec. 198*, *6 pp.  Institute of Transportation Studies,
      University of California, Berkeley.

 Cambridge Systematics, Inc.  198*.  "Monitoring Transportation/Air Quality
      Measures: Improving the State of the Practice." Report to U.S. Environmental
      Protection Agency.

 Harvey, G. W.  198*. "Growth Monitoring and Decision-Making for Transportation-
      Air Quality Planning." Report to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
      Region IX, Department of Civil Engineering, Stanford University.
New Financing Strategies

Barker, M. (ed.). 198*.  Rebuilding America's Infrastructure; An Agenda for the
      1980s, Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina. (Includes Choate, Pat,
      and Susan Walter, America in Ruins and Vaughan, Roger, Rebuilding America!
      Financing Public Works in the 1980s).

Bauman, G., and W. H. Ethier. 1987. Development exactions and impact fees:  A
      survey of American practices. Law and Contemporary Problems, 50(0:51-67.

Cervero, R.  1987. Paying for off-site road improvements through exactions and
      special assessments: Lessons from California. Public Administration Review,
      *8(1):531-5*1.

Colman, S. B., et al. 1987.  "A Survey and Analysis of Traffic Impact Fee Experience
      in the U.S." Institute of Transportation Engineers District 6.

Deakin, E., and W. L. Garrison.  1985. "Private Sector Funding for Urban Transpor-
      tation: Some Comments on Public-Private Partnerships" (ITS-WP-85-9). Insti-
      tute of Transportation  Studies, University of California, Berkeley.

Deakin, E. 1987. "Use of Special Assessments for Transportation Demand Manage-
      ment Programs." Paper prepared for Orange County Transportation Commis-
      sion.
81058rl 17                           B-7

-------
Duncan, i. B.t et al.  1986. Drafting impact fee ordinances:  30.  Implementation and
     administration. Zoning and Planning Law Report, 9(8):57-63.

Johnson, "G. T., and L. A. Hoel. 1987. Review of financing options for highways and
     transit. 3. Transportation Engineering, 113(0:72-83.

Kirlin, 3. J.  1985.  "Bargaining for Development Approval."  Urban Land,
Knack, R.  198*. How impact fees are working in Broward County.  Planning,
     5
-------
 Deakin, E.  1987.  Transportation System Management Ordinances: An Overview."
      Paper prepared for the Fourth Annual Association of Commuter Transportation
      Southern California Regional Conference, Long Beach, California.

 Deakin, E.  1986.  The Pleasanton, California, Trip Reduction Ordinance: Can It
      Work?" Institute of Transportation Studies, University of California, Berkeley
      (UCB-ITS-WP-86-3).

 Schreffler, E. N.  1986. Transportation management organizations: An emerging
      public/private partnership. Transportation Planning and Technology,
      10<4):257-266.

 Weiner, E.  198*.  Devolution of the federal role in urban transportation.
      3. Advanced Transportation, 18(2): 113-1
 Political Considerations

 Deakin, E.  1988.  The Politics of Exactions." In R. Alterman (ed.), Private Supply
      of Public Services, New York University Press.

 Deakin, E.  1989.  "Market and Intervention Failures in Transport Policy: Case Study
      on the United States."  Report prepared for the Organization for Economic
      Cooperation and Development, Paris.

 DeGrove, J. M. 198*. Land, Growth and Politics. APA Planners Press, Washington,
      D.C.

 Huff, N. 1981. "Negotiating Rezoning Conditions in Fairfax County, Virginia."
      Urban Land, November 1981, pp. 13-15.

 Popper, F.  1981.  The Politics of Land Use Reform. University of Wisconsin Press,
      Madison, Wisconsin.

•Popper, F.  1988.  Understanding American land use regulation since 1970:  A
      revisionist interpretation. Journal of the American Planning Association,
      5
-------
ill,!"   '            :' I'j!1*1!1''

-------
                                  Appendix C

                                TCM PROFILES
 This appendix profiles real-world examples of TCM implementation.  The profiles
 include (1) TCM descriptions, (2) a TCM screening effort, (3) TCMs targeted to ozone
 and carbon monoxide problems, (ft) a sample travel demand modeling effort, and (5)
 sample evaluations of motor vehicle emissions changes due to specific measures.
e«osBPi is

-------
s**-^

-------
  PROFILE 1
 Problems:
 Solutions
           PROFILE:  Trip Reduction Ordinances (TROs) in Small Areas"

Location:            Pleasanton, California (site of one of the country's first
                    successful TROs). Pleasanton is a small but fast-growing
                    northern California city of approximately 52,000 people. The
                    city went from 38 medium-sized employers in 1985 to over 100
                    in 1988. Since 1984, total employment has grown over 65
                    percent, and population has increased over 35 percent.

                    Business parks were proposed in 1982; city wanted to avoid
                    traffic congestion problems while promoting growth. Few
                    traffic problems existed when the ordinance idea was first
                    considered.

                    Development of a Transportation Systems Management
                    Ordinance. A citizens advisory committee recommended
                    adoption of a traffic control law; the city council directed city
                    staff to draft the law with cooperation of local employers and
                    developers. Under the law, adopted October 198*, employers
                    are required to (1) respond to the annual Transportation Survey,
                   (2) medium-sized employers must implement information
                   programs to educate employees on commute options, (3) large
                   employers and complexes must design and implement a TSM
                   program to cut (by 1988) peak-hour vehicle trips by 45 percent
                   (by 1988, average reductions for large employers were 41.5
                   percent). The city is reconstructing four interchanges on
                   interstate highways; it has a new traffic control computer and
                   a transportation systems manager? it began (in 1986) a local
                   transit service; and it is improving arterial lanes and adding
                   bicycle lanes.

                   The law applies equally, across the board, to all employers and
                   developers. The city has committed staff and dollars to the
                   TRO effort—staff train private sector coordinators, prepare
                   marketing materials, and provide personal assistance. A
                   transportation  task force (with city and private sector
                   representatives) fosters communication about the TRO and
                   projects that work well.

                   Gilpin, 1989
Comments:
Source?
S«OStrl IS
                                     C-l

-------
PROFILE 2
Location:


Problem:


Actions:
Regulatory
Provisions:
PROFILE: Trip Reduction Ordinance for a Large Urban Area

         South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD)
         (greater Los Angeles, California metropolitan area).

         Country's number one ozone problem area. Severe traffic
         congestion problems with forecasted worsening conditions.
     11   !;'"'!!!li "i            ,     ,•    • "       '            , ,'       !
         11  December 1987 SCAQMD board approval of Regulation XV,
         a regional indirect source and work trip reduction ordinance.
         1 July 1988—implementation of "Reg XV begins.

         Regulates (over a phased schedule with full implementation by
         1 January 1990) businesses with 100 or more employees! who
         arrive at work between 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 a.m.;
         approximately 8,000 businesses are affected. Requirements
         include: (1) submittai of plans by employers to achieve average
         vehicle ridership (AYR) of from 1.3 to 1.75, depending upon
         location (current AYR is approximately 1.13); (2) plans will be
         prepared by a trained transportation coordinator; (3) plans must
         include coordinator designation, a verifiable estimate of
         worksite^ existing AYR, current and future measures to meet
         target AYR within 12 months of plan approval.
Implementation:
    i)	11
Other Comments:
                  .it
 Sources:
         Beginning 180 days after Board adoption of Reg XV, District
         issued notices to businesses to submit plans. Employers had 90
         toys from receipt of notice to submit a plan. Plan approval or
         disapproval was within 60 days of plan submittai (employers had
         30 days to resubmit disapproved plans). Annual plan updates and
         resubmittals are required. Employers will not be penalized if  they
         exhibit a "good faith" effort and comply with all plan provisions,
         but they still fail to achieve the AYR.

         Program marketing is an essential component of
         implementation; the SCAQMD has completed over 100
         presentations to businesses throughout the air quality
         management district. To better manage plan review, the
         SCAQMD is staggering the implementation requirements.  In an
         attempt to provide businesses with maximum flexibility in trip
         reduction/rideshare program design, the SCAQMD has not
         outlined explicit criteria for submitting an "approvable Reg XV
         plan." As of March 1989,35 to 40 percent of all submitted
         plans have been disapproved.

         Dunlap, 1989; SCAQMD, 1987.
 89058rl IS
                                        C-2

-------
   PROFILE 3
           PROFILE: Bicycle Parking Program at an Urban CBD Office Plaza
  Location:


  Problem:

  Actions:
 Comments:
 Source:
 Empire State Office Plaza, Albany, New York (a state office
 facility).

 Need to promote bicycle use.

 Questionnaires are mailed to office workers to establish (a)
 the number of bicycle riders at the Empire State Plaza, (b)
 where they work, (c) where they begin their commute. Data
 are used to determine where bicycle parking facilities should
 be placed. The facilities are  secure, enclosed areas; riders are
 given keys; visitor bicycle parking is provided by front and rear
 locking bicycle racks. Shower facilities are provided for men
 and women.

 Facilities have been operating since June 1988. The program is
 a pilot project to determine whether similar facilities will be
 provided at other state office sites. More information is
 available from the Division of Albany Utilities, Corning II
 Tower, Room 3980, Empire State Plaza, Albany, New York
 12242.

CENTRANS, 1988.
                                           C-3
69051 15

-------
PROFILE
	PROFILE:  Using the Freeway Shoulder Lane During Peak-Hour Traffic

Location:
Problem:


Solution:
Results:
 Source:
Honolulu, Hawaii. H-l Freeway between the Pearl City and
Stadium Interchanges.

Morning peak-hour traffic congestion on central freeway
system serving the CBD.

Rather than widen the freeway, the shoulder of a two-mile
stretch of the inbound lanes of the H-l Freeway was modified
for use as a travel lane.  The lane is utilized from 5:00 a.m. to
8:30 a.m., Monday through Friday. Two emergency pull-outs
were constructed to assist disabled vehicles. A .tow truck
service was contracted to remove disabled vehicles during the
morning commute period.

Increased traffic capacity (from five to six travel lanes during
the morning commute) saves motorists approximately 15
minutes of travel time for average commutes.

CENTRANS, 1988.
                                      C-4
  ItOSIrl  IS

-------
  PROFILE 5
  Location:
  Problems:
 Goals:


 Actions:
Effects
PROFILE: Portland, Oregon's Transit Mall, Constructed 1975-1977	

         An 11-block area of downtown Portland, Oregon (the city of
         Portland is part of the Portland-Vancouver Air Quality
         Maintenance Area). The city of Portland's 1980 population was
         approximately 400,000.

         Portland in the 1970s was experiencing decreasing mass transit use,
         increasing automotive use, increasing traffic and parking
         difficulties, and a desire among civic leaders to improve the
         aesthetic quality Of the downtown area (e.g., many historic
         buildings had been torn down to increase surface parking).

         To provide more efficient transportation for commuters and
         shoppers, and to revitalize the downtown area.

         Local agencies including the Columbia Region Association of
         Governments and the Tri-County Metropolitan Transportation
         District (Tri-Met), with funding from the federal Urban Mass
         Transportation Administration, constructed a transit mall over a
         26-month period during 1975-1977. The mall was designed to carry
        up to 200 buses per hour in each direction (up to 260 buses per naif -
        hour if simultaneous signal systems are installed). When complete,
        it provided widened sidewalks, two continuous 12-foot bus lanes,
        two bus loading areas on each block of the mall (most with rain
        shelters), and a "fare-less square" providing free bus service to
        downtown area destinations. Simultaneous  to the transit mall
        actions (1975), Portland adopted a downtown parking and
        circulation policy that placed a ceiling on the number of parking
        spaces and established stringent maximum parking space ratios for
        new development projects.

        Overall, businesses and pedestrians favor the mall.  Instant traffic
        improvements were realized when the mall  opened in December,
        1977. By 1980, the mall was credited with reducing the Portland
        area's total VMT by 4.9 percent, and the downtown area's VMT by
        2.3 percent, over levels that would have existed without the mall.
        Important for the mall's success was Portland* supportive parking
        policy. An air quality modeling analysis compared 1980 traffic
        volumes assigned to with-mall and without-mail street networks,
       and assessed HC, CO, NOx, and suspended particulate emissions
       changes.  Estimates indicated that without the mall, some
       emissions would have been higher in the mall's immediate vicinity—
       CO by 600 to 1,400 percent, HC by 250 percent. Other emissions
       changes are more difficult to generalize:  NOx emissions would
       have been somewhat less (2 percent) on some streets and higher on

                                                           continued
                                        C-5

-------
PROFILE 5 (concluded)
          PROFILES Portland, Oregon's Transit Mall, Constructed 1975-1977
Sources
others (3 to 50 percent); and particulate emissions changes were
mixed. Overall, HC, CO, and NOx emissions on mall streets were
reduced. However, to the extent that VMT was not reduced, these
emissions have been shifted to other streets (though with fewer
people directly exposed to the pollutants).

Harris, 1989; Dueker et ah, 1982.
                                          C-6

-------
 PROFILE 6
            PROFILE: Developer Impact Fees to Mitigate Traffic
                       in a Smail-to-Medium-Sized Area

 Location:            Oxnard, California (western Ventura County in southern
                     California). Oxnard has grown from a small city in the 1960s
                     to one with a population over  120,000.

 Problems:            Projected revenue shortfall of $40 million needed to support
                     roadway improvements for a forecasted 440,000 new daily
                     vehicle trips by the year 2000 (or, a shortfall of about $90 per
                     trip); lack of a long-term general plan that systematically
                     considered roadway needs; traffic congestion rapidly exceeding
                     citizens' tolerance; and stagnating growth due to traffic
                     circulation problems.

 Solutions:            Development of a circulation  impact fee and "paveout"
                     policy.  The paveout policy requires developers to fund
                     construction of portions of the arterial system.  Impact fees
                     are collected when building permits are issued; fees of
                     approximately  $90 per trip generated by the development are
                     charged to mitigate the financial shortfall. Basis for
                     calculations are trip generation rates developed by the
                     Institute of Transportation Engineers and by the California
                     Department of Transportation.
Other Comments:
Source;
Policy supports TCMs by encouraging a reduction in projected
trip generation from development sites. Data gathering to
support the policy is time consuming.  Ordinance is being
adjusted to address two problems:  (1) gas stations and fast
food restaurants attract a high number of trips, but these are
trips shared with other trip-attractors; and (2) commercial
development attracts more trips than office development, but
offices generate peak-hour trips.

Kamhi, 1985.
8905*rl
                                      C-7

-------
PROFILE 7
Location:
Problems:
Actions:
Effects
 Source:
PROFILE: Minnesota's 1-39* HOV Lane (the "Sane Lane")

       Western suburbs of the Twin Cities (Minneapolis and St. Paul),
       Minnesota area.

       Need to introduce riders to the HOV lane concept, and to
       alleviate congestion problems during reconstruction of the
       roadway (Highway 12) into 1-39*. Carpooiing in the Twin Cities
       suburbs was not extensive prior to the HOV lane's
 -' •   Implementation.
  	        ,. ,          	   .                        i|.
       A 1983 study by the Metropolitan Transit Commission
      - (Minnesota Rideshare) found that 60 percent of the people
       using Highway 12 to commute to downtown Minneapolis would
       consider carpooling if an HOV lane were available. A Corridor
       Management Team was assembled to promote and coordinate
       the HOV lane development and implementation. Marketing
       programs were developed; arrangements for aggressive lane
       enforcement were made; express bus service was planned for
       the HOV lane; "before" data on ridership,  vehicle occupancy,
       and travel times were collected; and an interim parking  lot
       (free to carpoolers) was built in downtown Minneapolis.  On 19
       November  1985, the Minnesota DOT opened an interim four-
       mile "two-plus11 HOV lane on Highway 12/1-39*. The "Sane
       Lane"  Is a physically separated, single reversible lane in the
       median of a four lane, signalized highway.

       First-year  operating results showed the lane to be a success:
       the lane was carrying 1,600 people in 540 vehicles during the
       miming peak hour (mixed lanes were carrying only 1,000
       people in 890 vehicles).  Total carpools in all lanes increased
        129% during the a^n. peak hour; bus ridership increased 16% in
       the morning (6:00-9:00)  and 20% in the afternoon (3:00-7:00);
       46% of carpoolers and 9% of the express bus riders previously
       drove  alone; overall vehicle occupancy went from 1.17 to 1.29
       during the morning peak hour; average time savings were
       approximately 8 minutes (time savings were greatly increased
        in bad weather); the free downtown carpooler lots were filled
       within a few months of  opening; only known  accidents in the
        lane were minor and related to severe winter weather or drunk
        drivers hitting the closed gates at night.

        SRF, 1987.
                                                                                                  ?i
 |SOSIrl 15
                                       C-8

-------
   PROFILE 8
   Location:


   Problems:

   Goals:
PROFILE: Parking Management and Shuttle Service Operations in	
          Orlando, Florida (the "Meter Eater" System)

                     Orlando, Florida CBD and arterial streets leading to
  Actions:
 Effects:
Source:
           Congestion related to peak-hour home-to-work trips.

           To increase auto occupancy and transit ridership; reduce
           number of autos, demand for parking facilities, and energy
           consumption; and improve air quality and traffic flow. Shuttle
           service targeted to encourage long-term peripheral and fringe
           parking adjacent to the CBD.

           In February 1982, the city implemented a transportation
           management program which included traffic signal timing
           improvements, transit improvements, ridesharing, parking
          supply management, and alternative work schedules. The
          downtown park-and-ride shuttle system was one of the
          program's most innovative components. One route connected
          public-owned parking facilities adjacent to  the CBD with local
          businesses and state and local government offices in the CBD
          (operated morning and evening peak periods).  A second route
          (operating midday) started in the fall of 1982 and connected
          downtown office facilities and eating establishments.
          Employers were encouraged to participate by offering
          employees incentives to ride the shuttle. In October 1983, the
          Meter Eater trolley buses were made part of the regional
          transit system. Additional Friday midday services were also
          provided to senior citizen highrises.

          Ridership of the peak period shuttle rose from 1,200 persons
          per week 2 months after start-up, to 2,000 persons per week
          within 4 months (June 1982). Combined with the midday
         shuttle, ridership was 3,750 persons per week by February
          198*. 64 percent of those using the shuttle did not drive
         through the CBD to park in the peripheral lots (those that did
         may have added to CBD traffic congestion).  The system's
         revenue/cost ratio is approximately 40 percent.

         FHWA, 1986.
6«058rl  IS
                                     C-9

-------
PROFILE 9
Actions:
Results:
        PROFILE: One Urban Area's Approach to Selecting Potential TCMs

Location:            Toledo, Ohio (population of approximately 340,000).

                    Forecasted severe congestion on major arteriais and on
                    freeways and expressways by the year 2010. Forecasted budget
                    limitations to address problems.

                    Reviewed TCM literature to select potential strategies
                    applicable to Toledo; formulated demand management
                    strategies to address forecasted peak-period traffic congestion;
                    computer simulated year 2010 peak-period traffic under each
                    COI|trol strategy; evaluated strategies' cost-effectiveness; and
                    recommended TCMs for adoption.'

                    Literature review: reviewed (1> Ottawa, Canada's successful
                    busway system with priority bus lanes (over 30% of all person-
                    trips in the region and 60% of all CBD-destined peak-hour trips
                    made on transit); (2) HOY lane successes in Washington D.C.
                    and Houston (40% to 70% of persons moved during inbound a.m.
                    peak are in multi-occupant vehicles); (3) "timed-transfer" bus
                    systems in Edmonton, Canada that link employment, shopping,
                    and residential areas (cutting travel times 20%); (») successful
                    linking of on-site transit facilities with shopping malls and
                    residential development (again, in both Ottawa and Edmonton;
                    travel times dropped 20%); (5) the Singapore area's peak-period
                    road-pricing/vehicle-licensing plan (lowering by 73% cars
                    entering the core area during the peak period, and increasing
                    carpobling by 60%); (6) electronic toll-charging facilities (e.g.,
                    planned demonstration along the Dallas North Tollway).

                     Strategy formulation: developed base case forecast and three
                     alternative demand management strategies; each strategy an
                     extremeSvMion ofpolicies that might be adopted.

                          Strategy I:  "transit preferential* Including express bus
                          service on reserved rights-of-wayi new freeway lanes
                          reserved for-transit; park and ride  lots; feeder bus
                          services; 50% reduction in peak-period transit  fares;
                          doubling of cost to use auto for peak-period commute.

                          Strategy 2: "rictesharingrpreferential" including system-
                          wide implementation of HOV lanes; all new freeway lanes
                          reserved for HOVs; pricing policies same as in "transit
                          strategy.   [	      i	 ''
                                                                      continued
                                       C-10

-------
  PROFILE 9 (concluded)
                           Strategy 3: "transit/ridesharing-preferential" covering a
                           combination of the first two strategies.

                     Computer simulation: base case and three control strategies
                     simulated using computerized travel- demand models.  Analyses
                     focused on work trips. Separate mode choice model runs were
                     made for each strategy-but only for work trips (assumption
                     that nonwork trips were not substantially affected). Daily
                     travel was broken down, by percent, into different trip
                     purposes (using Sosslau et aL, 1978); then peak-period travel
                     was estimated by taking appropriate percentages of daily
                     travel. Work trip and total trip reductions were estimated by
                     the mode choice model.  Highway performance was estimated
                     by running a traffic assignment model with the mode choice
                     model's results.

                     Cost-effectiveness:  considered (1) highway user costs-based
                     on vehicle operating and accident costs; (2) highway facUity
                     costs-for lane widening and new faculties; (3) parking costs
                     for commuters—capital and maintenance; (*) transit costs-
                     extra buses, park and ride lots, and ramp metering required  to
                     service peak users (operation and maintenance costs); and (5)
                     employer and agency costs—for rideshare programs and
                     commuter parking management programs.

                     Recommendations: based on average volume-to-capacity
                     ratios, VMT per work person trip, transit system cost per rider,
                    and costs per work trip, analysts recommended a strategy
                    combining rideshare and transit measures, given opportunities
                    to further study potential impacts and to implement
                    demonstration programs.
Source,-             Decorla-Souza, 1988.
        is

                                    C-ll

-------
      PROFILE 10
PROFILE:  Transportation Controls in a Large Urban Area
           to Attain the Carbon Monoxide Standard
       1 ........ iiii '     , i .....  , .....   •    ,    ••  ,„ • ' ".  .           ;  •. ,, . .    •   •. i
       ' ' II  , '  II    , ..       ,n            .......    '.           li  " I ..        ', 'il1
        New York City. New York has had to take creative and drastic
        %epS to attempt to control traffic; their traffic control
        |xpferlences, though unique, shed light on potentially effective
        Strategies for other areas.
      Location:
      Problems:
      Solutions:
       Results:
       Source:
                                         111
           8>058rl  15
            ,   .      ..  .....    ,, ,    ,       ,   .    , , ,   ..  .             , . .
         Severe traffic congestion and carbon monoxide (CO) problems.  CO
         hotspots are found throughout Manhattan CBD and along major
         corridors leading to the CBD. Congestion includes a.m. and p.m.
         "commute peaks* and a midday peak (10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.)
         resulting from an overload of taxis, livery cars, commercial
         vehicles, and private cars.

         The city implemented a Transportation Control Plan in 1973, but
         worked particularly hard over the past decade to implement
         effective controls. Measures implemented include:  enhanced law
         enforcement efforts plus a V7 percent reduction in traffic signs;
         priority bus lanes on 15 major streets; numerous curb-side bus lanes
         and a contra-f low bus lane; a bus transitway which limited curblane
         use, through-movements, and on-street passenger loading/
         offloading, the city also operates a taxi I&M program
        .'(complements state's I&M program).  In  1986 the city restricted
         parking privileges for government staff-removing 200 spaces and
         98 curbside locations. In the fall of 1987,  the city began project
         SMART (Strategies for Mobility, Access and Reduction of Traffic),
         a voluntary no-drive program modeled after programs in Denver
         and other cities.  By 1992 Manhattan will have a computerized
         traffic control system that will adjust traffic signals to meet
         traffic conditions. Peripheral park and  ride lots will be constructed
         outside Manhattan. The city is also considering alternative fuels
         use (it is testing methanol-f ueled buses) and (as a last resort)
         congestion pricing strategies and car bans.

         Parking management and priority bus services have trimmed illegal
         parking 61 percent since 1981 and raised crosstown bus and taxi
         speeds 30 percent with no adverse effects on adjacent streets.
         However, small improvements in street speeds and capacities often
         increase vehicle use on these streets. Drivers, rather than
         changing lifestyles, become more congestion-tolerant.  Measures
         that work best and that will  be emphasized through project SMART
         include more enforcement, stricter illegal parking fines, and
         voluntary reductions  in vehicle use by individuals and businesses.

         Sof flan et al., 1988.
                                                    C-12
                                                                                                              •nrf
'tALli! r'lTll fl( 1H j"tir ,;'! illlili: !!i i.lt':
                         tflliit,	(Sit;1.'SA '!ii>:,••!!*'•..  ;i	;\i	IB v^ "	,'„>	-,.;-:	•> •

-------
 PROFILE 11
         PROFILE: Reducing Urban Ozone with TCMs, the Olympics Experience
 Location:
 Problem:
 Actions:
Results
Sources:
 The South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), Los
 Angeles, California (during the July-August 198* summer Olympic
 Games).

 Reducing normally congested traffic and high ozone levels during
 the summer season.

 Establishment of an interagency coordination center; a public
 relations program to educate the driving public; a joint highway
 patrol-department of transportation program to reduce truck
 traffic during peak hours; a massive system surveillance and
 monitoring program; development of 18 separate traffic
 management plans to coordinate traffic at 24 Olympic activity
 sites. Example elements included promotion of work schedule
 changes, intensified 
-------
PROFILE 12
Location:
Approach:
Data Collection
arid Model Input
Preparation:
 Model Assembly
 and Validation:
 Travel
 Forecasting:
PROFILE: Travel Demand Modeling by Oakland, California's
          Metropolitan transportation Commission (MTC)

         The MTC assists the Bay Area Air Quality Management District
         IBAAQMD), which covers parts of nine counties in the San
         Francisco'Bay Area. '   '      '	|

         VMT forecasting using travel demand models.

         The MTC has developed a comprehensive transportation demand
         modeling tool, known as MTCFCAST-SO/81.  MTCFCAST-80/81
         (equivalent in concept to UTPS) comprises 21 separate models to
         simulate residential travel behavior. Important steps and
         assumptions used by the MTC to forecast travel demand include:
          1.    Document demographic/economic/land use projections as
               prepared by the Association of Bay Area Governments
               (ABAC).
          ::,              :           •::,  •„„ *   , „  •  •••'    '  ,"  ••  „ „   '»•• • ii  ih
          2.    Document exogenous modeling assumptions associated with
               travel costs: gasoline and nongasoline auto
               operations/maintenance costs, parking charges, transit fares.

          3.    Prepare zonal and network level-of-service inputs for model.

          1.    Assemble "observed* work and nonwork trip tables;
               included data from the 1980 census, a 1981 MTC-sponsored
               Small-scale household travel survey, and data from the Urban
               Transportation Planning Package (UTPP) purchased from the
               U.S. Bureau of the Census for the MTCs area.

          2.    Validate travel model 1980 base year simulations by
               comparingsimulations to "observed" trip data and traffic and
               transit counts.

          3.   Cross-check MTCFCAST-80/81 modeling results against other
               travel demand models that use alternative algorithms (e.g.,
               Fratar, Gravity, etc.; see Table 5-6 for a sample list of
               alternative model approaches for each of the four traditional
               transportation demand modeling steps).

          1.   Prepare forecasted trips and VMT based on projected
               household, employment, population, and auto ownership
               projections (e.g., MTCs San Francisco Bay Area projections
                                                                i
                                                              continued
              1S
                                         C-14
                                                                                          (M
                                                                                                      .
                                                                                                     *-<

-------
   PROFILE 12 (concluded)
                     5.
                            show: population lagging behind jobs and consequent VMT
                            growth greater for work than for nonwork trips; household
                            sizes declining; therefore, trip rates per household may
                            decline as well; auto ownership near "saturation" levels for
                                                      ihdicatinS near universal auto
  2.    Conduct analyses for years 1980 and 2000.

  3.    Limit bulk of analysis to intra-regionai personal travel.

  *.    Divide home-based work trips into 3 groups:  drive alone,
       snared ride with two occupants, shared ride with three-oli
       occupants.                                        ^
                                                                                us
                                                                                U»
       Because assignment process will not account for intra-zonal
       trips, use an intra-zonal correction process.

       Make estimates for intra-regional commercial and inter-
       regional trips and VMT (this is the least formal of the
       modeling techniques-ballpark approximations are generated).

       Intra-regional commercial; apply Caltrans (California. State
       Department of Transportation) estimates for "percent trucks
       on state highways" for 1980 and current (1986) years to all
      roads (state, local, highways)? assume 1986 "percent truck"
      factors are valid for 2000; assume 52 percent growth in intra-
      regional truck traffic from 1980 to 2000.

      Inter-regional vehicle trips;  use Caltrans1 annual traffic
      "census" for 1980 and 1985 at regional "gateways" and
      extrapolate the growth to the year 2000 (165 percent growth
      in inter-regional VMT from 1980 to 2000); assume average
      trip length of 40 miles for inter-regional trips for both 1980
      and 2000.
Source:
Purvis, 1988a.
   8t058rl  IS
                                        C-25

-------
Ill	; I	,'<  ,. til
PROFILE 13
   PROFILE: Estimating Current and Future Emissions from On-Road Motor Vehicles

Location:
Task:   T'

Three-Step
Approach:
South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) (southern
California).
' «!" ;  Hill1 lj, „ n ' "       • ' ,  ' '",,1.     •    ,   n  ii  ' ' ' ' . '!,     i   ' i1.   , I'	  :i'!l  'I

Estimating motor vehicle emissions.

 I.    Estimate traffic demand from existing and predicted land
      use patterns; analysis yields traffic volumes.

      Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG), the
      South Coast's regional transportation planning agency,
      generates traffic demand predictions.

      SCAG uses LARTS (a travel demand model equivalent to
      UTPS) to analyze socioeconomic data and produce traffic
      volumes. Submodels within LARTS analyze socioeconomics,
      trip generation, trip distribution, mode choice, and trip
      assignments.

 2.   Aggregate emission factors for individual vehicles into "fleet
      representative" factors; analysis yields vehicle emissions
••  •-,;. factors.

      California Air Resources Board (ARB) uses EMFAC (the
      California equivalent to MOBILE) to generate vehicle
      emission factors (for NOx, CO, TOG, ROG, exhaust
      particulate matter, and tire wear particulates).

      ARB uses BURDEN and fuel use totals to generate county-
       level SOx and Pb emissions (counties use gridded VMT data to
       grid SOx and Pb emissions).

 3     Multiply vehicle volumes and emission factors to derive a
       total mass emission rate for the study area (usually in tons
       per day per pollutant).

  •     SCAG (with ARB) uses California Department of
       Transportation software (DTIM) to geographically grid
       emissions; DTIM combines traffic volume and speed outputs
       from LASTS with emission factors from EMFAQ DTIM
       outputs theseI emissions to grid cells (usually 5 km by 5 km).

                                                     "continued
     ito5»ri
                                         C-16

-------
PROFILE 13 (concluded)
                          DTIM also calculates cold start, hot start, and hot soak
                          emissions in each grid cell; it does this by using the "trip end"
                          information available from LARTS. DTIM also uses the total
                          number of vehicles in the ceils to allocate diurnal emissions  ,
                          to grid ceils.
Source:             Oliver et al.( 1987.
   s»ostri  is                          c~17

-------
PROFILE
PROFILE: Three of the TCM Analyses Conducted by the Maricopa Association of
          Governments (MAG) for Maricopa County, Arizona
Location:
Maricopa County is in the south-central portion of Arizona and
includes the city of Phoenix.
General Approach:   TCM analyses conducted for Maricopa County used the MAG
General Approacn.        ^ {ransportation Model, calibrated according to 1980 travel
                    data, and implemented by the use of UTPS software provided by
                    the U.S. Department of Transportation.  The model forecasted
                    daily traffic for a base year (1985) and various transportation
                    Scenarios in 1987, 1990,1995, and 2005.  Updates to the highway
                   "networks used iri the model were based on the region's
                    Transportation Improvement Program (TIP); analyses were
                    conducted in conjunction with the Arizona Department of
                    Transportation.
Bicycling:
Approach estimated emissions changes due to replacing 1 percent
of all vehicle trips less than six miles with bicycle trips. Modeling
analysis covered:

 1.    Assumed average regional vehicle speed of 30 mph; therefore,
      average travel of 12 minutes for six-mile trips.

 2.    Used output from gravity model (trip distribution step in the
      travel demand modeling process) to determine the number of
      person trips that were 12 minutes or less, broken down by
      category-home based work (HBW), home based nonwork
      (HBNW), nonhome based (NHB) (key to the analysis was
      tapping the gravity model's output for trips based on expected
      time of travel).

 3    Converted person trips to vehicle trips by dividing person
      trips by auto occupancy (e.g., 311,000 HBW person-trips,
      divided by an average auto occupancy of 1.1 for HBW trips,
      yields 283,000 vehicle trips).

 $.   One percent of the vehicle trips are assumed to be replaced
      by bicycle trips.

 5.   Average trip length assumed to be three miles (half of six
      miles); total VMTsavings calculated by multiplying vehicle
      trips replaced by bicycles with average trip length.

 6<   Calculated VMT reductions based on total VMT for each
      geographic location.
                                                                         "continued
                                        C-28

-------
 PROFILE it (concluded)
 Ridesharing:
Short-Range
Transit
Improvements:
Source:
 1.    Assumed that a rideshare program targeted in 1987 to firms
      with 350 or more employees would involve approximately
      120,000 employees at 125 locations.

 2.    MAG employment files were used to generate data on firm
      size and location by transportation analysis zone (TAZ).

 3.    Solo drivers assumed to join carpools averaging 2.18 persons
      per vechicle (1985 average for MAG area).

 4.    Success rate of 2.33 percent was assumed (233 carpool
      converts per 10,000 employees contacted) (this was based on
      reported success rates for other cities; see for example:
      Booth and Waksman, 1985).

 5.    Estimated number of employees exposed to the ridesharing
      message (100 percent at the contacted firms) was divided by
      total employment in each TAZ, to yield percent exposed per
      TAZ.

 6.    Percent exposed per TAZ was factored by success rates and
      carpooi occupancy to yield work trip reductions by TAZ.

 7.    For 1995, assumed program expansion to include companies
      with  100 to 349 employees; assumed success rate was 1.17
      percent for these smaller sized firms; overall program
      success rate assumed to be 1.8 percent; work  trip reductions
      were calculated as in the 1987 scenario.

 1.    Regional transit planners estimated .that new  bus funding
      would increase ridership by 6 percent in 1987  over 1985
      data.

 2.    Transit planners advised that 1985 transit network (used to
      establish modeling parameters) would provide a reasonable
      approximation of network available in 1987.

 3.    Travel demand modeling forecasted 33,643 transit trips per
      weekday without funding additions; a 6 percent (2,019 trips)
      increase was added.

 4.    Since average auto occupancy for the area is  1.3 persons per
      vehicle, transit trip increase (2,019) was divided by 1.3 to
      yield number of vehicle trips replaced by increased transit
      services (i.e., 1,552 vehicle trips).

MAG, 1987.
                                         C-13

-------
i	F
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  'IE,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   III:  '     li'i;
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       4

-------
                 Appendix D

PAST EXPERIENCE AND POTENTIAL RULES OF THUMB
     ASSOCIATED WITH TCM EFFECTIVENESS

-------

-------
                                  Appendix D

            PAST EXPERIENCE AND POTENTIAL RULES OF THUMB
                   ASSOCIATED WITH TCM EFFECTIVENESS
Overview

One of the principal points this guidance attempts to convey is: TCM effectiveness
varies substantially from region to region depending upon a wide range of factors
(e.g., extent of prior transportation controls implemented, nature of traffic conges-
tion and network configuration, availability of transit services, trends in business and
population growth). For approximately a dozen TCMs, the guidance identifies the
factors that contribute to the successful implementation of a particular measure;
information sources are referenced so analysts can research additional measures and
the factors contributing to their success. This information is provided to assist the
guidance user in evaluating how applicable a measure is to his or her own urban area,
and then to allow analysts to judge for themselves, based on these factors, how
effective a measure might be.

Although independent analysis of the potential effectiveness of individual measures
is recommended, insights can and should be drawn from TCM  implementation
experiences to-date. This appendix summarizes broad observations on the reported
effectiveness of TCMs.  To gain a complete understanding of  the information pro-
vided, users should refer to the original documentation for a more complete descrip-
tion of the basis for these observations (references cited are mostly from those listed
in Table 3-4—recommended information sources mentioned in the TCM descriptions
section of this guidance). For example, data on the effectiveness of park and ride
lots also reflect synergistic effects of rideshare promotion activities—synergistic
effects such as these are not detailed in the guidance's descriptive information
section.  The observations in this appendix are provided as a tommon sense" check—
if your analyses do not seem to agree with the results profiled below, your assump-
tions and analytical methodologies may need a second review. These observations
should not be an analytical starting point; a review of these findings should be part of
your overall approach.

The findings cover nine broad TCM categories:

    Pooling and bus service priority facilities
    Vanpools and buspools

-------
    Employer-sponsored rideshare programs
    Pool/transit fringe parking
    Variable work hours
    Transit improvements
    Traffic flow improvements
    Parking management
    Pricing strategies
Findings

 1.  Pooling and Bus Service Priority Facilities
    1 .' . •        it   ••>•••      •.       •                         	       •	  •  i
(frorn Pratt and Coppie, 1981)
                   ,'!•'          "'                           "     	        j1"
    i   .„   ,„     T'if  " •'!!!!'   '»   i! ,  '  !	      ,  ' ,      ' ,„    •    , ,     •', •"!, ,.' l'L Mi.,  !' ,,i'|l
    a.    Various priority programs mean an average of a doubling in bus on-time
          performance.

    b.    Mode shifts attributable to priority systems are often small, but transit
          market share increases of up to 50 percent can occur over an entire
          metropolitan corridor (even with substantial prior transit service).

    c.    Facilities offering moderate time advantages often realize increases of
          100 to 300 pooling vehicles per hour in the peak period.

    d.    Bypass lanes on metered freeway ramps have increased HOVs an average
          25 percent.
              	• :;'.:';;;  ,ii"i	i  :: >.        i         .. ,  ,,  ,»  :L .       i 	|   , ., * '' , ,'!„'" « „;  , 'i'1"  ». .'j,,!,, ", i  ,,  ,
    e.    Highway person-volume increases of 8 to 15 percent have been typical
          with freeway and medium distance arterial HOY facilities; vehicle volumes
          have increased 3 percent or less, or decreased.
     f.
                                                                         r...
Person-volumes declined with "take a lane" strategies that were later
discontinued.
     g.    40' to SO percent of bus and carpool passengers on newly opened freeway
          and medium distance arterial facilities formerly drove alone.

     h.    35 to 45 percent of the gross VMT reductions achieved through HOV use
          will be counterbalanced by "new" VMT from other activities.
 8505»rl
                                      D-2
                                     II	:'' ili,,iir ,,,,. •	'!" i,, „ . IT ' „ .,14": ,
                                                                          11|.	: 	i,ii	n;!1'.; i'Hi niAS1	:' w  .,;,:: ",i	ii| ,• iH!,'. H'X

-------
                      (from CSI, 1986)

                          i.   Area-wide ridesharing programs resulted in annual work trip VMT reduc-
                               tions of from 0.03 to 3.6 percent, 0.3 percent on average (1.2 percent on
                               average for programs with "before and after" evaluations).

                          j.   Average daily VMT reduction per carpooler was 10.8 percent (44 percent
                               of the roundtrip length).

                          k.   Area-wide rideshare programs account for between 2 and 5 percent of
                               total carpooiers in five urban areas.

                          1.   Vehicle volume per person reductions achieved with HOV lanes averaged 6
                               percent during peak-period commutes (data through 1985); highest reduc-
                               tions achieved were 18 percent in the morning peak period and 33 percent
                               in the afternoon peak period.

                          m.  HOV lanes physically separated from other lanes have the potential to
                               reduce peak period corridor vehicle trips and VMT by 10 percent; maxi-
                               mum reductions appear to be 5 percent on HOV lanes not physically
                               separated from routine traffic.

                      (from Levinson et al., 1987)

                          n,   HOV ramp bypasses provide travel-time savings of from 1-3 minutes per
                               vehicle.
                       2.   Vanpoois and Buspools

                      (from Pratt and Copple, 1981)

                            a.  Majority of employer-sponsored vanpool programs serve less than 5 per-
                                cent of the employees (typically 1 to 2 percent); over 20 percent of pro-
                                grams* however, serve 10 to 58 percent.

                            b.  Programs are most successful where one-way trip length exceeds 15 miles,
                                where work schedules are fixed or regular, where employer size allows for
                                matching of 10 to 12 people from the same residential area, and where
                                congestion is a problem and transit options are inadequate.

                            c.  About half (45 to 65 percent) of new vanpool/buspool riders formerly drove
                                to work (except in some CBD programs)} 50 to  100 percent of these
                                former drivers drove alone; most programs do not divert transit users to
                                pooling.
                       0SOS8fL  H»
                                                            D-3
i

-------
      d!  Rule of thumb: programs will be successful if the time spent picking up
         and dropping off passengers does not exceed the travel time.

      e.  Attendance is usually 80 to 90 percent of total participants (due to vaca-
         tion, illness, need to work overtime, etc.).

{from Levinson et al., 1987)

      f.  An effective ridesharing program would reduce VMT an estimated 0.2
         percent in suburban areas and 0.1 percent in larger cities (e.g., New York
         or Chicago).
 3.   Employer-Sponsored Rideshare Programs

 (from CSI, 1986)

      a.  Programs with subsidized carpooi parking and mandatory return of ride-
          share application forms achieve a switch to ridesharing in 12 to 15 percent
          of drive-alone employees (this translates into VMT reductions of 7 to 9
          percent).

      b.  Programs at multi-employer sites are less successful than programs sefv-
          ^ I single, large employer; typically, multi-employer sites achieve a
          decrease of 3 to 4 percent in drive-alone employees.

 4.  Pool/Transit Fringe Parking

 (from Pratt and Copple, 1981)

       a.  Typical'park and ride lots served by rail/rapid transit offer•400 parking
          spaces; aU are full if the lot is free; three-quarters are full if a fee is
          charged.

       D.  Typical commuter and light rail lots are smaller; utilization varies, but
          tends to be high; park and carpooi lots typically serve fewer than
          60 vehicles (average of 20 to 30).

       c.  Approximately 80 to 90 percent of fringe lot users travel less than 5 miles
          to the park and ride service.

       d.   40 to 60 percent of park and ride transit lot users previously commuted as
          auto drivers.
  •105«rl
D-4

-------
      e.   60 percent of carpoolers at fringe lots drove alone prior to the parking
          lot's availability.

      f.   Peripheral lots (on the outskirts of the CBD) work only if their charges are
          significantly lower than downtown parking rates (cost savings of at least
          $0.75 per day (in 1981 dollars) appear to be necessary.

      g.   Park and ride/transit travel times must be no more than 10 minutes longer
          than drive-alone times or use will decline (total time increases over 25
          minutes translate to minimal use).
(from CSI, 1986)
      h.   Data from several urban areas show that on average, about half of all park
          and ride lot users drove alone before using a park and ride lot.
 5.  Variable Work Hours

(from Pratt and Copple, 1981)

      a.   A quarter to a half of all employees in a localized area will take part in a
          variable-work-hours program if a major employer aggressively implements
          the program.

      b.   A large-scale program can reduce maximum 15-minute passenger and
          vehicle loads by 15 to 35 percent at terminal facilities (rapid transit,
          major parking lots); a 1 percent peak-hour volume reduction has been
          reported to save 0.6 to 1.2 percent in travel times.

      c.   The farther (geographically) the driver is from the employment source, the
          less is the impact/reduction in peaking volumes (program effects diminish
          by half on radial facilities serving an employment core).

      d.   In one example, a variable work hour program combined with
          corresponding carpooiing improvements reduced VMT 1* percent (among
          participating employees).

      e.   Programs do not appear to affect overall mode choice decisions.

(from Batchelder et al., 1983)

      f.   Staggered work hours and flex time can yield 5 to 15 percent volume
          reductions during peak intervals in a major activity center with several
          employers; higher reductions are possible with larger, single employment
          centers.
890SSf>

-------
6.  Transit Scheduling and Frequency; Bus Routing and Coverage; Express Transit;
    Transit Fare Changes
              •'	•	• •  '••       	•    -     •   •    •••  • •      •  ••' -   -         '  |
(from Pratt and Coppie, 1981)

      a.   Average response to transit improvements is a 0.5 percent gain in ridership
          for every 1 percent increase in service; express bus service is an excep-
          tion: a f percent increase in express bus service to the CBD yields a 0.9
          percent increase in ridership.
      i"!     . ;  	 , ,  "  «:!        .';•   .•                , '     J      :     ,,.,,,,"    J
      b.   One out of every two or three new transit riders is a former auto driver.
      :.	   '. ' - 1  " >''•'•'>   ' ,:	    • .            •     •-'•     ,       ,  ..'.   	Y.  '<• '•
       'i   -   '  ;  "    .rs,!!'1       ',    :        r      'ii:   .  .       '  ,'  .• '  .' si ' .'   4 '  i
      |;   New bus routes take 1 to 3 years to develop their full ridership (whole new
          transit systems take even longer).       .  .  •
   ,,| i  :, liii i 'n         jijli,'    ,	,         iii  i'  ,,„:,„,        ,        ,  ., " . ,i,  ,, • ''ii*,,•;;. ,  ,;    i|     '"•.
      d.   Express buses using separate roadways (e.g., Shirley Highway in
          Washington, D.C.) produce  travel-time savings of 10 to 30 minutes (in
          congested corridors).

      e.   Express buses using HOV freeway lanes save up to 5 minutes in travel
          time; large-scale programs carry from 1,000 to 11,000 passengers daily;
          smaller programs carry 200 to 600 morning peak-period travelers.

      f.   Express buses on surface street priority lanes carry 600 to 2,100
          passengers daily, with some travel time savings over local bus service and
          auto travel.
                                                                           i
      g.'  Rule of •thumb: ridership shrinks one-third as much in percentage terms as
          a fare increase (e.g., a 3 percent fare increase results in a 1 percent
          ridership loss); response rarely exceeds a 0.6 percent decrease in ridership
          per 1  percent increase in fares.

      h.  The larger the city and the more extensive the transit service is, the less
          responsive ridership is to fare increases.

       L  One out of every two to three new transit riders attracted by a fare reduc-
          tion is a former auto driver.
(from CSI, 1986)
       j.  Since transit typically accounts for a small (less than 10 percent) share of
          total regional trips, emissions reductions from short-range transit
          improvements are limited-major increases in transit ridership result in
          only small region-wide VMT reductions.
 •tos«r»

-------
      k.  Greatest VMT reductions are associated with transit service expansions.

 (from Levinson et al., 1927)

       1.  For transit fare or service changes (or changes in parking costs), general
          elasticity factors can help assess the impacts; a 100 percent increase in
          fares, headways, population coverage, or bus miles may result in transit
          ridership changes of the following (approximate) orders:

           (1)  100% fare increase:  40% ridership decrease
           (2)  100% headway increase: 40-60% ridership decrease
           (3)  100% coverage increase: 60-90% ridership increase
           (4)  100% bus miles increase: 70-100% ridership increase

          Note that these estimates are highly dependent upon initial operating
          conditions, fares, the degree to which transit improvements carefully
          match potential markets, and service coverage (geographic) and frequency.

      m.  This reference includes a "look up" table to estimate the effects of
          reduced traffic congestion or frequency of stops on bus travel times and
          speeds.

      n.  Bus malls provide travel-time savings of'from 2-5 minutes per mile.

      o.  Bus lanes on city streets provide travel-time savings of from 1-5 minutes
          per mile.

      p.  Bus lanes oh freeways provide travel-time savings of from 0 to 1.2 minutes
          per mile.

      q.  Bus lanes around major queues provide travel-time savings of from 3-5
          minutes per mile.
7.  Traffic Flow Improvements

(from CSI, 1986)

      a.  Signal timing projects in 11 cities yielded estimated average annual
          impacts, on a per-intersection basis, of (1) a decrease of 15,470 vehicle
          hours of delay, (2) 455,921 fewer stops, (3) a savings of 10,524 gallons of
          fuel (results were computed by TRANSYT-7F).
                                     D-7

-------
     b   Field surveys show signal timing projects reduce delay time 10 percent in
         p.m. arid noon peak-periods, 26 percent during the a.m. peak period, and 3
         percent during the off-peak period (fuel consumption reductions ranged
         from * to 13 percent).

     c.  A California signal timing program (also in i 1 cities) yielded travel time
         reductions (over the whole system) of 6.5 percent; stops and delays were
         reduced more than 1* percent, and fuel consumption dropped 6 percent.
      d.  In six cities implementing freeway ramp metering, average traffic speeds
         increased nearly 30 percent-from 30 to 38.9 mph (taking delays at the
         ramp meters into account, average speed increases were about 22 percent,
         tp'36.5 mph).

(from Levinson et al., 1987)

      e.  General traffic improvements result in person and vehicle roadway capa-
         Cijy gains of between 10-20 percent.

      f.  Traffic signal improvements provide travel-time savings of from 0.* to 1.6
         minutes per mile.

      g.  Auto restricted zones result in up to a 20 percent reduction in VMT across
         the screenline.
 8.  Parking Management
     ,'lii'    •    >•     i	I'!-"             "•                       „,'',,         ;  I
(from Levinson et aL, 1987)

      a.  On street poking controls result in person and vehicle roadway capacity
          gains of between 50-100 percent.

      b.  On-street parking controls provide travel-time savings of from 0.2 to 2A
          minutes per mile.


 9.  Pricing Strategies
     •.••'•"    •  ,  ,   rf*'1       ,                . '       '            i       :  ll" •
 (from Levinson et aL, 1987)

      au  Bridge, awftui^'^'wWt in a 2 to 5 percent reduction" in VMf per
     ,'::  af fected crossing.
          reduction in VMT.


 •»ostri i*
                                      D-8

-------
                                 References
Abrams, C. M., 3. F. DiRenzo, S. A. Smith, and R. A. Ferlis.  1981.  "Measures of
    Effectiveness for TSM Strategies." FHWA/RD-81/177. Prepared for the Office
    of Research and Development, Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Depart-
    ment of Transportation.  December 1981.

Albersheim, S. R.  1982.  An assessment of transportation control measures for
    improving air quality.  Transportation Quarterly.  Vol. 36, No. 3, July 1982.

Ames, J., T. C. Myers, L. E. Reid, D. C. Whitney, S. H. Golding, 5. R. Hayes, and
    S. D. Reynolds. 1985.  "Airshed Model Operations Manuals, Volume I—User's
    Manual, and Volume II—Systems Manual." EPA-600/S-85/007a,b. U.S. Environ-
    mental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park.

Batchelder, 3. H., M. Golenberg, 3. A. Howard, and H. S. Levinson.  1983. "Simpli-
    fied  Procedures for Evaluating Low-Cost TSM Projects.  User's Manual."
    National Cooperative Highway Research Program Report No. 263. Transporta-
    tion  Research Board, National Research Council. October 1983.

Benedict, R., and M. Nayior.  1988. "Fine Particulate Receptor Modeling in Las
    Vegas Using Combined Gaseous and Particulate Source Profiles." APCA/EPA
    Conference Transactions, February 1988, pp. 518-529.

Benson, P. E. 1979. "CALINE3—A Versatile Dispersion Model for Predicting Air
    Pollutant Levels near Highways and Arterial Streets." FHWA/CA/TL-79/23.
    Office of Transportation Laboratory, California Department of Transportation.
    November 1979.

Benson, P. E. 1980. "Background and Development of the CALINE-3 Line Source
    Dispersion Model." FHWA/CA/TL-80/31.  Federal Highway Administration.

Benson, P. E. 198*. "CAUNE«-A Dispersion Model for Predicting Air Pollutant
    Concentrations near Roadways." FHWA/CA/TL-84/15.  Office of Transporta-
    tion  Laboratory, California Department of Transportation. November 198*.

Bird, A.  1989. Telephone conversation regarding Region IX SIP modeling efforts
    between A. Bird, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region IX, and L. A.
    Mahoney, Systems Applications, Inc. 20 April 1989.
SflOSBrZ  12

-------
Booth, R., and R. Waksman.  1985. "National Ridesharing Demonstration Program:
    Comparative Evaluation Report."  UMTA-MA-06-0049-85-1. U.S. Department
    of Transportation, Research and Special Programs Administration.  Transporta-
    tion Systems Center. August 1985.

Bowler,  C. E., E. C. Noel, R. Peterson, and D. Christiansen.  1986.  "Park and Ride
    Facilities: Guidelines for Planning, Design, and Operation." Daniel Consultants,
    Inc., dolumlus, Missouri. January 1986.

Brittle, C., N. McConnell, and S. Ottare.  198*. "Traffic Mitigation Reference
    Guide, A Review of Options Available to the Public and Private Sectors."
    Published by the Metropolitan Transportation Commission, Oakland, California,
    and the U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of the Secretary.  December
    198*.	        ,  ,                        	• ,   ... !

Caltrans.  1983. California Highway Design Manual, Bikeway Planning and Design.
    Section 7-1000. California Department of Transportation, Sacramento, Califor-
    nia. July 1983.

Caltrans.  1989. A Directory of California Trip Reduction Ordinances.  California
    Department of Transportation, Division of Transportation Planning, Technical
    Assistance Branch, Sacramento. April 1989.

Cappelle, D. G., and S. Greene. 1988.  "High-Occupancy Vehicle Lanes: An Incen-
    tive for Ridesharing?"  Presented to the Institute of Transportation Engineers,
    District 6,1988 Annual Meeting, Colorado Springs, Colorado.  July 1988.

CARB;  1990. "Derivation of the EMFAC7E Emission and Correction Factors for On-
    Road Motor Vehicles."  Mobile Source Division, Inventory Analysis  Section,
    California Air Resources Board. July 1990.

CENTRANS.  1988. Transportation Innovation in the States: National Contest
    Entries for l98Sl  Produced by the Center for Transportation (CENTRANS), in
    cooperation with the Innovations Transfer Program, Policy Analysis Services
    Division  of the Council of State Governments.

Cooper, J. A., D. C. Redline, J. R. Sherman, L. M. Valdovinos, W. L. Pollard, and
    T. Chappie.  1988. "Evaluating Resoivability of Crustal Sources in Eagle River,
    Alaska Using Singular Value Diagnostics."  APCA/EPA Conference Transactions,
    February 1988, pp. *95-507.
 ••OStfZ  12

-------
  Cowherd, C., G. E. Muleski, and J. S. Kinsey.  1988.  "Control of Open Fugitive Dust
     Sources." EPA-450/3-88-008. Prepared for Emissions Standards Division, Office
     of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  September 1988.

  CRA.  1988.  "Characteristics of Urban Transportation Demand. An Update."
     Revised edition. DOT-T-88-18. Prepared by Charles River Associates, Inc. for
     the Urban Mass Transportation Administration.  July 1988.

 Crawford, W. 1987. The Minneapolis Experience: 1-39* Interim HOY Lane."  Pre-
     sented to the Second Annual HOV Lane & Transitway Conference. 25-28 Octo-
     ber 1987.

 CSI. 1979. Transportation Air Quality Analysis—Sketch Planning Methods, Volumes
     I and II." EPA «00/l-800-001a and OOlb.  Prepared by Cambridge Systematics,
     Inc. for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Transportation and
     Land Use Policy. December 1979.

 CSI. 1986. "Improved Air Quality in Maricopa and Pima Counties—The Applicability
     of Transportation Measures."  Contract No. 68-02-4329, Work Assignment  No.
     1.  Cambridge Systematics, Inc. Prepared for the U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Region IX.  November 1986.

 Davidson, A., and J.  Cassmassi.  1985.  Ozone reductions during Olympic period due
     to congestion reducing measures. Journal of the Air Pollution Control Associa-
     tion. Vol. 35, No. 3, March 1985.            ~~

 Deakin, E. 1988. Draft reports on transportation control measures.  Prepared  for
     Cambridge Systematics, Inc., and the U.5. EPA, Office of Mobile Sources.
     September 1988.

 Deakin, E.  1989. "Suburban Congestion." In TRB News. TRB, Washington, D.C.

 Deakin, E., and A. Skabardonis. 1985. "Assessing the Traffic Impacts of Transporta-
     tion and Land Development Scenarios." Transportation Quarterly. Vol. 39, No.
     *, pp. 605-626, October 1985.  In: E. Deakin, Strategies to Alleviate Traffic
     Congestion, Proceedings of ITE*s 1987 National Conference: Part 2, A Reader.
     Institute of Transportation Engineers.  1988.

 Deakin, K, and A. Skabardonis. 1986. "Fuel-Efficient Traffic Signal Managements-
     Three Years of Experience, 1983-85." University of California; Berkeley,
     Institute  of Transportation-Studies.
8«058r2 12
R-3

-------
Decorla-Souza, P.  1988. "An Evaluation of Demand Management Strategies for
    Toledo's 2010 Transportation Plan." Paper No. 880066.  Prepared for presenta-
    tion at the 68th Annual Meeting of the Transportation Research Board. Decem-
'•   ber 1988.    	^  .""     ;  "    ;,     ^ •     ^     ,  ^   , " _   ,„    "   '  '   '

deRoeck, D. 3.  1988.  "New Source Review for Particulate Matter."  APCA/EPA
    Conference Transactions, February 1988, pp. 21-29.

DiRenzo, 3. F. 1979.  Travel  and  Emissions Impacts of Transportation Control Mea-
    sures."  Transportation Research Record No. 71*.
      *!:,;  '  .1  ,    I,,, ' 'ft,;	 •'      " ,  , • ,  | "''•,, ,: •     i«, , •     , ;,:• , • „ • ,„ •. •;, H1 ' :   <|N Mii, ,. ';„  ;, i  ,4
DiRenzo, 3. F., and R. B. Rubin. 1978.  "Air Quality Impacts of Transit Improve-
    ments, Preferential Lane  and Carpool/Vanpool Programs."  Final Repo"- EPA-
    400/2-78-Op2a and b.  Prepared lor the Office of Transportation and Land Use
    Policy, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. March 1978.
       „ .'	        	       ,	   -       :i
DOT-EPA  1979.  "How to Prepare the Transportation Portion of Your State Air
    Quality Implementation Plan." Technical Guidance of the United States
    Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, with the
    cooperation of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. November 1978,
    reprinted February 1979.

DOT.  1983. Model Parking Code Revisions to Encourage Ridesharing and Transit
     Use.  U.S. Oejiartment of Transportation. September 1983.

 DOT.  1986.  Transportation Management for Corridors and Activity Centers:
     Opportunities "art Experiences."  Final Report. DOT-1-86-21. Prepared by
     Office of Planning, Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Trans-
     portation. Distributed in cooperation with the Technology Sharing Program,
     Office of the Secretary of Transportation. May 1986.

 DOT.  1987a.  "Microcomputers in Transition, Software and Source Book."  UMTA-
     URT-41-87-1. U.S. Department of Transportation, Urban Mass  Transportation
     Administration.  June 1987.

 DOT  1987b. financing for the Future: Changing Roles in Mass Transit." Final
     Report  DOT-T-SsX Prepared for the U.S. Department of Transportation,
     Office of Planning Assistance, Urban Mass Transportation Administration.
     December 1987.

         G B . and C. E. Bell.  1986. The Development of Traffic Information for
        mti^MobUe Source  Emissions for Air Quality Modeling-Volume I,
          Cf-  User's Guide." FHWA/TX-86/76-282-2F. Texas Transportation Insti-
          State Department of  Highways and Public Transportation, Austin, Texas, in
           ralion withthe U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway
     Administration.  October 1986.
                                      R-4

-------
Dueker, K. 3., P. Pendleton, and P. Luder. 1982. "The Portland Mall Impact
    Study."  Final Report. DOT-I-83-7. Center for Urban Studies, Portland State
    University. Prepared for Office of Planning Assistance, Urban Mass Transporta-
    tion Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation. December 1982.

Dunlap, J. 1989. Presentation at the California Air Resources Board Workshop on
    the'Transportation Provisions of the California Clean Air Act. Sacramento,
    California. 30 March 1989.

Dynatrend, Inc. 1983. Alternate Work Schedules. Prepared for Federal Highway
    Administration, Transportation Management and Ridesharing Branch.  Washing-
    ton, D.C.  August 1983.

EEA.  1985.  "Program to Calculate Size Specific Paniculate Emissions for Mobile
    Sources: A User's Guide." PBS6-179694. Prepared for U. S. Environmental Pro-
    tection Agency, Office of Mobile Sources. Ann Arbor, Michigan.  August 1985.

Eggleston, A. E.  1988. "PM-10 Emission Measurements: Their Relationship to
    the Development of Emission Factors and Other Implementation Issues."
    APCA/EPA Conference  Transactions, February 1988, pp. 267-286.

Eisinger, D. S., R. G. Ireson,  and D. R. Souten. 1988. "Transportation Control Mea-
    sures: Outline for a Technical Guidance Document." Final Report. Work
    Assignment 28, Contract No. 68-02-4393. Prepared for the U.S. Environmental
    Protection Agency and Pacific Environmental Services, Inc.  5 October 1988.

Emison, G. A. 1988.  "Overview of PM-10 Policy and Regulations." APCA/EPA Con-
    ference Transactions, February 1988, p. 2-11.

EPA.  1979.  "Bicycling and Air Quality Information Document." Final Report. EPA
    *00/2-79-001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Transportation
    and Land Use Policy. September 1979.

EPA.  1985a. "Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors.  Volume I:  Stationary
    Sources." AP-42.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
    Park, North Carolina.

EPA. 1985b. "Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors.  Volume II:  Mobile
    Sources." AP-42.  Motor Vehicle Emission Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Pro-
    tection Agency, Ann Arbor, Michigan. September 1985.
 890S8r2  12

-------
                                                                                         I;	j'  «!]>  1;
EPA.  1986.  ''Guideline on Air Quality Models (Revised)."  EPA-450/2-78-b27Rl U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air
    Quality Planning and Standards.  July 1986.  See also,  Requirements for Prepara-
    ticin, Adoption, and Sufamittal of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Final Rule;
    tls. Environmental Protection Agency [revises EPA, 1986a]; Vol. 53 Federal
    Register, pp" &2-&£. 'I January 1988.
EPA.  1987a.  State Implementation Plans; Approval of Post- 1987 Ozone and Carbon
    Monoxide Plan Revisions for Areas Not Attaining the National Ambient Air
    Quality Standards; Notice of Proposed Policy. Vol. 52 Federal Register,
    pp. 45044-45122. 24 November 1987.
EPA.  19S7b.  "Guideline for Use of City-Specific EKMA in Preparing Post-1987
    Ozone SIP'S.* draft Report [final report expected to be released October
    19893.  U.SI Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning
    and Standards. November 1987.
 •-'•  '-!	:  '  ' '•-".  "I- ""   '   •  •"::   ''I        •!•"•      '   .    ••'•  '  ;' . ;,:|  ,   ,'
EPA.  1987c.  "PM10 SIP Development Guideline." EPA-450/2-86-001.  U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.

EPA.  I987d.  "Regulations for Implementing Revised Particulate Matter
    Standards." Final rule. VoL 52 Federal Register, pp. 24672-24715.  1 July 1987.

EPA.I988a.  "EPA Lists Areas Failing to Meet Ozone or Carbon-Monoxide Stan-
    dards." U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 3 May 1988.

EPA.  1988b.  Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; Arizona State
    Implementation Plan Revision* Maricopa and Pima Counties Carbon Monoxide
    Plans; Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. Vol. 53 Federal Register, pp. 17378-
    17422. 16May ifffi.  "     '	"      _               ['   " ^    "	|
      I     '"•.'' I"'»   'I'1'	I' •               "'       •          '"i    '' •'   •""   •      'I
EPA.  I988c.  "Procedures for Emission Inventory Preparation, Volume IV:  Mobile
    Sources." EPA-450/4-81-026d (Revised). U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency. "Officeof Air Quality Planning and Standards. December 1988.

EPA.  1988d.  "Emission Inventory Requirements for Post-1987 Carbon Monoxide
    State Implementation Plans."  EPA-450/4-88-020.  Prepared by T. N. Braverman,
    Technical Support Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park. December 1988.

EPA.  1988e.  "Emission Inventory Requirements for Post-1987 Ozone State Imple-
    mentation p'iins.1* EPA-450/4-88-019. Prepared by D. C. Misenheimer, Techni-
    cal SupportDivSion, Off ice of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U«S»
    Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park. December 1988.
        12
R-6
                                                                                                 i

-------
EPA.  1989a.  "User's Guide to MOBILE* (Mobile Source Emission Factor Model)."
    EPA-AA-TEB-89-01.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Off ice of Air and
    Radiation, Office of Mobile Sources, Emission Control Technology Division, Ann
    Arbor, Michigan. February 1989.

EPA.  1989b.  "Procedures for Emission Inventory Preparation, Volume IV:  Mobile
    Sources." EPA-*50/*-81-026d, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
    Triangle Park. September 1981. Revised July 1989.

EPA.  1989c.  "Requirements for Preparations, Adoption, and Submittal of
    Implementation Plans; Methods for Measurement of PM-10 Emissions from
    Stationary Sources." Proposed Rule. Vol. 5* Federal Register, pp. 2*213-
    2*247. 6 June 1989.

Euler, G. W. 1983. "Traffic Signal Timing Optimization:  Achieving National Objec-
    tives Through State and Local Government Actions." ITE Journal, Vol. 5*, No.
    9, pp. i*-17.  September 1983.  In: E. Deakin, Strategies to Alleviate  Traffic
    Congestion, Proceedings of ITE's 1987 National Conference; Part 2, A Reader.
    Institute of Transportation Engineers. 1988.

Feldstein and Tranter.  1979.  Anatomy of an air quality maintenance plan. Introduc-
    tion (and subsequent four articles).  Journal of the Air Pollution Control
    Association.  Vol. 29, No. 4.  April 1979.

FHWA.  1986. "Transportation Management for Corridors and Activity Centers:
    Opportunities and Experiences." Final Report.  DOT-I-86-21. Prepared by
    Office of Planning, Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Trans-
    portation.  May 1986.

Fleming, L. 1989. The One-Minute Commuter. How to Keep Your Job and Stay at
    Home Telecommuting.  Acacia Books, Davis, Calif ornia.

Gilpin, G. 1989. Transportation Systems Manager, City of Pleasanton, California.
    Personal communication with Douglas Eisinger, January 1989.

Giuliano, G.  1985. "Olympics Transportation System Management Performance
    Analysis."  Preliminary Report. UCI-ITS-85-3.  Prepared for the California
    Department of Transportation, District 7, Research Contract RTA 139*5-
    55B579.  March 1985.

Gomez-Ibanez, J. A., and G. R. Fauth.  1980. "Using Demand Elasticities from
    Disaggregate Mode Choice Models." Transportation. Vol. 9, pp. 105-12*.

Gordon, G.E. 1989. Personal communicatiorr between GU Gordon of Gil Gordon
    Associates, Monmouth, New Jersey, and Douglas Eisinger of Systems Applica-
    tions, San Rafael,  California, 21 September 1989.
 8tOS8r2 12
                                     R-7

-------
Gordon, G. E., and M". M. Kelly.  1986. Telecommuting How to Make It Work for
    You and Your Company (a complete management guide). Prentice Hall, Inc.,
    New York.

Grady, A. 1989.  Five-year Evaluation Report of the Denver Better Air Campaign
    (forthcoming by September, 1989). Personal communication between Anne
    Grady, Denver Better Air Campaign Coordinator, and D. S. Eisinger, Systems
    Applications, 20 April 1989.

Granzow, E.  1988. Personal communication between E. Granzow, the Urban Analy-
    sis Group, and Douglas Eisinger, Systems Applications, 15 December 1988.

Graves, R.  1989. Personal communication regarding Denver area SIP modeling
    efforts between R. Graves, Colorado State Health Department, and L. Mahoney,
    Systems Applications, Inc. 20 April 1989.

Gray, H. A., C. S. Liu, and M. A. Nazemi.  1988.  "Optimization of PM-10 Control
    Strategy in the South Coast Air Basin."  APCA/EPA Conference Transactions,
    February 1988, pp. 589-600.

Greene and Associates.  1988. -Route 55 Travel Behavior Study." Draft Final
    Report.  Prepared by Sharon Greene and Associates for the Orange County
    Transportation Commission. September 1988.

Hamerslough, J.' 1989. Personal communication between J. Hamerslough, Senior
    Transportation Planner, Southern California Association of Governments, and
    Douglas Eisinger, Systems Applications, Inc. 3 May 1989.

Harris^ H. W. 1989. Personal communication between H. W. Harris, Oregon Depart-
    ment of Environmental Quality, Air Quality Division, and F. W. Wicher, U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency, Region IX, Air and Toxics Division.  17 July
     1989.

Hawthorn, G. 1988.  "Political and Regulatory Opportunities for Transportation Con-
    trol Measures in the Post «87 Era."  Presented at the Transportation Research
    Board, Transportation-Air Quality Committee Summer Meeting. 25 3uly 1988.

Hayes, S. R., R. G. Ireson, 3. L. Fieber, R. G. Johnson, L. A. Mahoney, and A. S.
    Rosenbaum. 1989. Technical Analyses in Determining PM10 and Other Control
    Requirements for the South Coast Air Basin." SYSAPP-89/OW. Systems Appli-
    cations, Inc., San Rafael, California.

Hlavinka, M. W., J. 3. Korpics, and J. A.  Bullin.  1987. TEXIN2:  A versatile model
     for predicting carbon monoxide concentrations near intersections. 3. Air Pollut.
     Control Assoc., 37(7):819-822.
 «sosarj 12                          R

-------
Horowitz, 3. L.  1977. "Packaging Transportation Elements to Meet Environmental
    Objectives." Transportation Research Board Special Report No. 172.

Horowitz, J.  1982. Air Quality Analysis for Urban Transportation Planning. MIT
    Press, Cambridge.

Huhn, E. J., R. Graves, and C. Selnick. 1988. "A Particulate Inventory Generation
    and Modeling System."  APCA/EPA Conference Transactions, February 1988, pp.
    387-397.

Ireson, R. G., and M.  C. Dudik.  1987. "TRFCONV Application Guide."  SYSAPP-
    87/155.  Prepared for the Maricopa Association of Governments, Phoenix, Ari^
    zona. 26 August 1987.

ITE. 1988a.  "The Effectiveness of High-Occupancy Vehicle Facilities.  An Informa-
    tional Report." Institute of Transportation Engineers, Washington,  D.C.

ITE. 1988b.  Strategies to Alleviate Traffic Congestion. Proceedings of ITE*s 1987
    National Conference.  Institute of Transportation Engineers, Washington, D.C.

ITS. 1985.  1985 Highway Capacity Manual, Supplemental Report for California
    Conditions.  Institute of Transportation Studies. University of California,
    Berkeley, California.  1985 [see TRB, 1985].

JALA.  1989. The State of California Telecommuting Pilot Project, Midterm
    Report.  Prepared by 3 ALA. Associates, Los Angeles, California, for the State of
    California Department of General Services. June 1989.

Johnson, G. T., and L. A. Hoel.  1987. "Review of Financing Options for Highways
    and Transit." Journal of Transportation Engineering. VoL 113, No.  1, pp. 72-83.
    In: E. Deakin. Strategies to Alleviate Traffic Congestion. Proceedings of ITE*s
    1987 National Conference; Part 2, A Reader.  Institute of Transportation Engi-
    neers.  1988.

Kamhi,V. 1985. Traffic Mitigation in a Small Urban Area." Presented at the
    Transportation Air Quality Symposium sponsored by the California Air
    Resources Board, the EPA, CALTRANS, CAPCOA, South Coast AQMD,
    Southern California Association of Governments, and the University of Califor-
    nia Institute of Transportation Studies. Burbank, California, 6-7 June 1985.

Klusza, R.  1987. Route 55 Newport Costa Mesa Freeway Commuter Lane 18 Month
    Report.  California Department of Transportation. 29 July 1987.

Levinson, H. S.  1987. "H.O.V. Lanes on Arterial Streets." Polytechnic University of
    New York.  Presented at the Second National H.O.V. Lane &. Transitway Confer-
    ence, Houston, Texas.  27 October 1987.
         12

-------
                                                                                        y^^vfi!*

                                                                                                III
Levinson, H. S., M. Golenberg, and K. Zografos.  1987.  Transportation System
    ||anagement—How Effective? Some Perspectives on Benefits and Impacts."
    transportation Research Record 11*2:  Urban Signal Systems and Transportation
    System Management. Transportation Research Board, National Research Coun-
    cil.

Ligas, J. F.  1989. Personal communication between F. P. Wicher of the U.S.
    Environmental. Protection Agency and J. F.  Ligas of the Chicago Area Trans-
    portation Study.  6 July 1979.

Lindley, J. A.  1987a."A Methodology for Quantifying Urban Freeway Congestion.'1
    Inj  Freeway Management and Operations, Transportation Research Record No.
    1132. Transportation Research Board, National Research Council.

Lindley, J. A.  1987b.  Urban freeway congestion:  quantification of the problem and
    effectiveness of potential solutions.  ITE Journal, January 1987.

Lovelock, C. H., G. Lewin, G. S. Day, and J.E.G. Bateson. 1987. Marketing Public
    Transit, A Strategic Approach. Praeger Books, New York.

       1987a.  "Documentation of Traffic Modeling and Transportation Control Mea-
    sure Analysis for Use in Air Quality Modeling for the Maricopa County Non-
    attainment Area." Draft Report. Appendix B, Exhibit 5. MAG Transportation
     [^Planning "Office. April 1987.
MAG.  1987b.  MAG 1987 Carbon Monoxide Plan for the Maricopa County Area.
    Prepared by the Maricopa Association of Governments. July 1987.

MAGTPO.  1988. Traffic Counting Results for the 1987-88 Voluntary No Drive Days
    Program.  Maricopa Association of Governments, Transportation and Planning
    Office.
                   	     .             .    .  .    ..  .      ,  ...        i  ..
Market Analysis Professionals.  1988. Colorado Department of Health, Better Air
    Campaign, Market Research and Evaluation.  March 1988.
                                                               	    ,.  ,|
Martinez, E. L., A. A. MacQueen, and F. M. Noonan.  1988. "PM-10 Emission Fac-
    tors: Availability and Efforts/Alternatives to Fill Existing Gaps."  APCA/EPA
    Conference transactions, February 1988, pp. 259-266.

McTrans.  1989. *TRAF-NET SIM Released by FHWA." McTrans Newsletter, Vol. 3,
    N0.5.  The Center for Microcomputers in Transportation, University of
    Florida. March	1989.    	'	      	        	•'"

Meyer, M. D., T. F. Humphrey, C. M. Walton, K. Hooper, R. G. Stanley, C. K. Orski,
    and P. A. Peyser, Jr.  1989.' "A Toolbox for Alleviating Traffic Congestion."
    Institute of Transportation Engineers, Washington, D.C.
>SOS«r2  12
     A                              R-10

-------
Mohr, R. 1988. "PM-10 SIP Development in Colorado—A Case Study." APCA/EPA
    Conference Transactions, February 1988, pp. 561-57*.

Mokhtarian, P. L. 1988.  "An Empirical Evaluation of the Travel Impacts of Tele-
    conferencing." Transportation Research-A. Volume 22A, No. *, pp.  283-289.

Morris, R. E., T. C. Myers, H. Hogo, L. R. Chinkin, L. A. Gardner, and R. G.
    Johnson.  1989. "A Low-Cost Application of the Urban Airshed Model to the
    New York Metropolitan Area and the City of St. Louis (Five Cities UAM Study
    Phase I)." SYSAPP-89/070. Systems Applications, Inc., San Rafael,  California.

Mounce, 3. M. 1987.  "Restoring Mobility in Houston." Texas Transportation
    Reporter, Official Research Publication of the Texas Transportation Institute.
    VoL 23, No. 3, September 1987.

MTC. 1985. Commute Alternatives, A Manual for Transportation Coordinators.
    Third Edition. Metropolitan Transportation Commission, Oakland, California.
    May 1985.
Murray, G. 1986. "Promoting Commute Alternatives: Will It Work in Your City?"
    Western City, April 1986; pp. 5-6,19, 32.

MWCOG.  1982.  "Final Washington Metropolitan Air Quality Plan for Control of
    Ozone and Carbon Monoxide. Appendices, Volume II."  Metropolitan Washington -'
    Council of Governments, December 1982.

Neffendorf, H.  1988. TRANSYT/9 vs TRANSYT-7F. McTrans Newsletter, VoL 3,
    No. 3. University of Florida Transportation Research Center, Gainesville,
    Florida.  September 1988.

Nilles,3. M.  1976. The Telecommunications-Transportation Tradeoff. Potions for
    Tomorrow. John Wiley &. Sons, Inc., New York.

Nollen, S. D., and V. H. Martin. 1978. Alternative Work Schedules. American
    Management Association, New York, 1978. Ire  CSI, 1986.

O'Connor, 3.  1988. Closing Remarks for the PM-10 Implementation Conference and
    Opening Remarks for the Receptor Modeling Conference, San Francisco, Cali-
    fornia. APCA/EPA Conference Transactions, 2* February 1988, pp. xxvi-xxxL

Oliver, W. R., T. W. Tesche, S. H. Peoples, R. R. Boyd, and R. Tate. 1987. "Planning
    Study for the Emission Inventory for the Southern California Air Quality
    Study." Final Report.  Prepared for the Emissions Working Group, Southern
    California Air Quality Study.  17 April 1987.
 8tossr2  12

-------
   Parody, T. E.  198*.  "Predicting Travel Volumes for High-Occupancy-Vehicle Strate-
       gies: A Quick-Response Approach."  In: Travel Model Development and Opera-
       tions Research Methods, Transportation Research Record No. 976. Transporta-
       f iori Research Soa rd, National Research Council.
                                                                          I
   PATH. Program on Advanced Technologies lor the Highway, Institute of
       Transportation Studies, University of Calif ornia, Berkeley (various publications).

   Pedersen, N. J., and D. R. Samdahl. 1982. "Highway Traffic Data for Urbanized
       Area Project Planning and Design."  National Cooperative Highway Research
       Program Report No. 255. Transportation Research Board, National Research
       Council. December 1982.

   Perardi, T. E., M."Y. Kim, E. Y. Leong, and R. Y. Wada.  1979. Preparation ana" use
       Qf spatially and temporally resolved emission inventories in the San Francisco
       Bay region. SournaJ of the  Air Pollution Control Association, Vol. 29, No. *.
       April 1979.  .......   .  .......       ..........    ; ' i   ; . .............. ; ......... ;;

   Petefsen, W. R. 1980. "User's Guide for HlWAY-2, A Highway Air Pollution
       Model." EPA-600/8-80-018. Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory,
       Qffice of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
       May 1980.  "    '"": ...... ": ....... ....... ............       ......... ;

   Pratt, R. H., and 3. N. Copple.  1981.  Traveler Response to transportation System
       Changes. Second Edition. Prepared under contract No. DOT-FH-1 1-9579
       through Barton-Aschman Associates, Inc., R. H. Pratt & Co. Division. Prepared
,'      for the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration,
       Office of Highway Planning, Urban Planning Division.  3uly 1981.
......   :  ! ...... ' ........ ' .......... . "  • •    ............................ •• •"      • ........... J
   PTI. 1986. "the Urban Transportation Planning System (UTPS), An Introduction for
       Management.* Prepared by Public Technology, Inc. for the U.S. Department of
       Transportation, Urban Mass Transportation Administration, Federal Highway
       Administration, Of f ice of the Secretary.  April 1986.
       ..... 'h ,. ',i"i' lj|! •  ,  ' V|!|l ..... ,;  , .,::   „  ";    ..... ', ; i ....... ».,!j,, ;;,;;, ,  , ..... ..... : " ;i: ..... , . '  ,,,,,,; i ••,"„, •   ,;:   , ; iiJ '„ '   i  ||" •
                                                                          j
   Pultz, S.  1988. "Key Considerations for Developing  Local Government TSM Pro-
      ^gramsi*' Final Report. Metropolitan Transportation Commission, Oakland, Caii-
       fornia. December 1988.
                                                                          j
  Purvis, C. L. 19l|a. "VMT Forecasting Using Regional Travel Demand Models."
       Metropolitan Transportation Commission.  Paper submitted to the Transporta-
       tion Research Board, Committee A 1F03, Transportation and Air Quality: Com-
       mon Ground. Sacramento, California, 26 3uly 1988.
  8$OS8r2  12                          R-12
                                                                                                     11

-------
Purvis, C. L.  1988b. "High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) Forecasting in the San Fran-
    cisco Bay Region." Metropolitan Transportation Commission. Paper submitted
    to the 1988 National HOV Facilities Conference, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 17
    October 1988.

Reynolds, S. D., T. W. Tesche, and L. E. Reid. 1979. "An Introduction to the SAI
    Airshed Model and Its Usage." EF78-53R4-EF79-31. Systems Applications, Inc.,
    San Rafael, California.  March 1979.

Roden, D. B.  1988. The development of a regional information system and subarea
    analysis process. ITE Journal, December 1988.

Rogers, F.  1986. "Airshed Modeling of Denver for Carbon Monoxide:  A Compre-
    hensive Overview." Technical Services Program Air Pollution Control Division,
    Colorado Department of Health. February 1986.

Rosenbloom, S.  1978.  "Peak-Period Traffic Congestion: A State-of-the-Art Analy-
    sis and Evaluation of Effective Solutions." Transportation, Vol. 7, No. 2, pp.
    167-191.  June 1978.  In:  E. Deakin, Strategies to Alleviate Traffic Congestion,
    Proceedings of ITE«s 1987 National Conference; Part 2, A Reader. Institute of
    Transportation Engineers. 1988.

Russell, A. G., and G. R. Cass. 1986.  Verification of a mathematical model for
    aerosol nitrate and nitric acid formation. Atmos. Environ., 20:2011-2025.

Ryan, W. M., C. R. Badgett-West, D. R. Holtz, T. A. Peters, J. A. Cooper, and
    D. Ono. 1988. "Reconciliation of Receptor and Dispersion Modeling Impacts of
    PM-10 in Hayden, Arizona."  APCA/EPA Conference Transactions, February
    1988, pp. 419-429.

SAI. 1989.  STAPPA/ACAPCD/EPA Urban Airshed Modeling Workshop. Prepared
    by Systems Applications, Inc., San Rafael, California; sponsored by the U.S.
    EPA. Presented at the Vanderbilt Plaza Hotel, Nashville, Tennessee.  11-12
    April 1989.

SCAG.  1985. "The Telecommuting Phenomenon:  Overview and Evaluation."
    Southern California Association of Governments, Transportation Planning
    Department, Special Studies Section. March  1985.

SCAG.  1989. "Telecommuting in the Air Quality  Management Plan," Telecommunity
    Newsletter of the Southern California Association of Governments. Volume 4,
    Numbers 5,6. March/June 1989.

SCAQMD.  1987. Regulation XV, Trip Reduction/Indirect Source. Rules 1501-1505.
    South Coast Air Quality Management District, El Monte, California.  As
    adopted, 11 December  1987.
                                      RT-13

-------
SCAQMD. 1988. "Draft Air Quality Management Plan, 1988 Revision. Appendix IV-
    A, tier I and Tier II Control Measures." South Coast Air Quality Management
    District, El Monte, California.  June 1988.

SCAQ'MD/SCAG. 1988.  "Proposed Modifications to the Draft 1988 Air Quality
    Management Plan." South Coast Air Quality Management District and Southern
    California Association of Governments (December 1988).
                                                                        I
Scheuernstuhl, G. J.  1989.  Personal communication between F. P. Wiener of the
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and G. J. Scheuernstuhl of the Denver
    Regional Council of Governments.  7 July 1989.

Schreff ler, E. N. 1986. "Transportation Management Organizations: An Emerging
    Public/Private Partnership." Transportation Planning and Technology, Vol. 10,
    No. 4, pp. 257-266. In: El Deakih. Strategies to Alleviate Traffic Congestion,
    Proceedings of ITE*s 1987 National  Conference; Part 2, A Reader. Institute of
    Transportation Engineers. 1988.
   " '"	 '   "''	' '  '   ' "'"'	'   	   		   	'       "         '   ' ''  '  "f
Schwartz, S, I., and L. Home.  1983.  "Traffic Metering of High Density Sectors."
    ITE Compendium of technical Papers, pp. 12-16 through 12-21.

Seiders, L. R.  1988.  Personal communication between Douglas Eisinger, Systems
    Applications, Inc., and L. R. Seiders, COMSIS.  20 December 1988.

Seitz, L. 19§9. Personal communication between L. A. Mahoney of Systems Appli-
    cations and L. Seitz, California  Department of Transportation, Division of
    Transportation Planning.  20 April 1989.

Seitz, L., andI R. Baishiki.  1988. Coding Instructions, Direct Travel Impact Model
    (DTIM). £^0^^ Department of  Transportation.  Updated 16 June 1988.

Shoup,D.1982.  Cashing out  free parking.  Transportation Quarterly. July 1982.

Skabardonis, A.  1986a. "Development of Air Quality Models for Traffic Signal
    Timing Programs." Workshop Presentation. Institute of Transportation Studies,
    University of California,  Berkeley, California. 2* June 1986.

Skabardonis, A.  19866. "Development of Emissions Models for Traffic Signal Timing
    Programs."  Institute of Transportation Studies, University of California,
    Berkeley, August 1986.

Small, K.  1983.  The incidence of congestion tolls on urban highways. Journal of
    Urban Economics, Vol. 13.
t*osar2  12                           R-14

-------
                       Soffian, G., I. Tsarnas, and J. Antokas.  1988. "New York City's Better Air Cam-
                           paign: A Program to Attain the Carbon Monoxide Standard."  Presented at the
                           81st Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Association, Dallas, Texas,
                           19-24 June 1988.

                       Somers, J.  1989. Telephone conversation regarding the MOBPART program between
                           3. Somers, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Ann Arbor, Michigan, and
                           L. Mahoney, Systems Applications, Inc.  21 April 1989.

                       Sossiau, A. B., A. B. Hassam, M. M. Carter, and G. V. Wickstrom. 1978. "Quick
                           Response Urban Travel Estimation Techniques and Transferable Parameters,
                           User's Guide." National Cooperative Highway Research Program Report No.
                           187. Transportation Research Board, National Research Council.

                      Sperling, D. 1988.  New  Transportation Fuels. University of California Press,
                          Berkeley.

                      SRF.  1987. "1-394 Interim HOV Lane: A Case Study, Phase I Report." Prepared by
                          Strgar-Roscoe-Fausch, Inc. for the Minnesota Department of Transportation and
                          the Federal Highway Administration.  October 1987.

                      Stopher, P. R., and A. H. Meyburg. 1973.  Urban Transportation Modeling and
                          Planning. Lexington Books, Lexington.

                      Suhrbier, J. H., T. J. Atherton, and E. A. Deakin.  1979. "Improved Air Quality
                          Through Transportation System Management," Transportation Research Record
                          No. 722.

                      TRB.  1983. Transportation Innovations:  Ridesharing Techniques and Public-Private
                          Cooperation."  Transportation Research Record No. 914.  Transportation
                          Research Board, National Research Council, National Academy of Sciences.

                      TRB.  1985. "Highway Capacity Manual. Special Report No. 209." Transportation
                          Research Board, National Research Council, National Academy of Sciences.
                     •    [see also ITS, 1983].

                      TRC.  1988. "TRANSYT-7F Userts Manual, Release 6."  Prepared by the Transporta-
                          tion Research Center, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida. October 1988.

                      UTPS Center.  1988. "UTPS Info, News from the Urban Transportation Planning Sys-
                          tem Center." UTPS Center, Washington State Transportation Center, Seattle.
                          Vol I, No. 2.  December 1988.

                      Van Aerde, M., S. Yagar,  A. Ugge, and E. R. Case.  1987. "A Review of Candidate
                          Freeway-Arterial Corridor Traffic Models." Ins  Freeway Management and
                          Operations, Transportation Research Record No. 1132. Transportation Research
                          Board, National Research Council.

                             12
I

-------
Wade, D. 1989. Personal communication between Dennis Wade, California Air
    Resources Board, and Douglas Eisinger, Systems Applications, Inc.  1 May 1989.

Wagner, F. A.  1980. "Energy Impacts of Urban Transportation Improvements."
    Institute of Transportation Engineers, Washington, D.C.

Wagner, F. A., and K. Gilbert.  1978. "Transportation System Managements An
    Assessment of Impacts." UMTA VA-06-0047. Interim Report. Prepared for the
    U. S. Department'of"frahsportation, Urban Mass Transportation Administration,
    and the Federal Highway Administration, in cooperation with the U.S. Environ-
    mental Projection Agency.  November 1978.

Watson, J. G., J. C. Chow, and C. V. Mathai.  1989. "Receptor Models in Air
    Resources Management: A Summary of the APCA'Intemationai Specialty Con-
    ference."  3. Air Pollut. Control Assoc., Vol. 39, No. 4, pp. U9-426. April 1989.

Weisbrod, G. "•'Business and Travel Impacts of Boston's Downtown Crossing Auto-
    mobile-Restricted Zone." Transportation Research Record 882, Washington,
    D.c.  1982, pp. 25-32. In:  3. H* Batchelder, M. Colenberg, 3. A. Howard, and
    H. S. Levinson.  1983. Simplified Procedures for Evaluating Low-Cost TSM Pro-
    iects. Use7*s"Manuai.  National Cooperative Highway Research Program Report
         .
    No. 263. Transportation Research Board, National Research Council. October
   ::1983.    , I  '".   .  ".'". "   	 ' ".;  ,	     '..       , ,

Wendt, J. G., and Y. Garza.  1988. "Motor Vehicle Contribution to PM-10 in Califor
    nia." APCA/EPA Conference Transactions, February 1988, pp. 302-313.

Wiersig, D. W.  1982. "Planning Guidelines for Selecting Ridesharirig Strategies."
    Transportation Research Record No. 876:  Rideshar ing 1981. Transportation
    Research Board, National Research Council.

Wilbur Smith and Associates. 1981.  "Measures of Effectiveness of Transportation
    Systems Management."  Final Report. UMTA-IT-09-0089-81-1.  Prepared for
    the Tri-State Regional Planning Commission, New York; and the Urban Mass
    Transportation Administration.  April 1981.

Wo^dard, K. RM and R. D. Bauman.  1988.  ^Progress in PM-10 SIP Development."
    APCA/EPA Conference Transactions, February 1988, pp. 531-539.
 •t05flr2 12
                                      R-16

-------